Chevrolet | Captiva C140 | Specifications | Chevrolet Captiva C140 Specifications

Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd.
All information, illustrations and specifications contained in this Owner's Manual are based on
the latest production information available at the time of publication. The right is reserved to
make changes at any time without notice.
Regd. Office : Block-B, Chandrapura Industrial Estate, Halol - 389 351
Dist. Panchmahals, Gujarat, India. Phone : 91 2676 221000
Customer Assistance Center : Plot No. 15, Echelon Institutional Area,
Sector 32, Gurgaon - 122 001, Haryana, India. Tel.: 91 124 3080000
Works : A-16, MIDC Talegaon Industrial Area (Phase-II),
Near Floriculture Park, Talegaon Navlakh Umbhre Village Road, Tehsil-Maval,
Pune - 410 507, Maharashtra, India. Tel: 91 2114 663939
Part No.:J29600201
Revision No. 00
Revision Date
11/2013/250
Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd.
All information, illustrations and specifications contained in this Owner's Manual are based on
the latest production information available at the time of publication. The right is reserved to
make changes at any time without notice.
Regd. Office : Block-B, Chandrapura Industrial Estate, Halol - 389 351.
Dist. Panchmahals, Gujarat, India. Phone : 91 2676 221000
Customer Assistance Center : Plot No. 15, Echelon Institutional Area,
Sector 32, Gurgaon - 122 001, Haryana, India. Tel. : 91 124 3080000
Works : A-16, MIDC Talegaon Industrial Area (Phase-II),
Near Floriculture Park, Talegaon Navlakh Umbhre Village Road, Tehsil-Maval,
Pune - 410 507, Maharashtra, India. Tel: 91 2114 663939
24 Hr. Helpline at 1800 3000 8080
Part No.:J29600201
Revision No. 00
Revision Date
04/2013/250
Owner’s Manual
Operation, Safety and Maintenance
Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd.
All information, illustrations and specifications contained in this Owner's Manual are based on
the latest production information available at the time of publication. The right is reserved to
make changes at any time without notice.
Regd. Office : Block-B, Chandrapura Industrial Estate, Halol - 389 351.
Dist. Panchmahals, Gujarat, India. Phone : 91 2676 221000
Customer Assistance Center : Plot No. 15, Echelon Institutional Area,
Sector 32, Gurgaon - 122 001, Haryana, India. Tel. : 91 124 3080000
Works : A-16, MIDC Talegaon Industrial Area (Phase-II),
Near Floriculture Park, Talegaon Navlakh Umbhre Village Road, Tehsil-Maval,
Pune - 410 507, Maharashtra, India. Tel: 91 2114 663939
24 Hr. Helpline at 1800 3000 8080
Part No.:J29600201
Revision No. 00
Revision Date
04/2013/250
Owner’s Manual
Operation, Safety and Maintenance
Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd.
All information, illustrations and specifications contained in this Owner's Manual are based on
the latest production information available at the time of publication. The right is reserved to
make changes at any time without notice.
Regd. Office : Block-B, Chandrapura Industrial Estate, Halol - 389 351.
Dist. Panchmahals, Gujarat, India. Phone : 91 2676 221000
Customer Assistance Center : Plot No. 15, Echelon Institutional Area,
Sector 32, Gurgaon - 122 001, Haryana, India. Tel. : 91 124 3080000
Works : A-16, MIDC Talegaon Industrial Area (Phase-II),
Near Floriculture Park, Talegaon Navlakh Umbhre Village Road, Tehsil-Maval,
Pune - 410 507, Maharashtra, India. Tel: 91 2114 663939
24 Hr. Helpline at 1800 3000 8080
Part No.:J29600201
Revision No. 00
Revision Date
04/2013/250
Owner’s Manual
Operation, Safety and Maintenance
Dear Customer,
Welcome to the Chevrolet family. We wish to thank you for choosing Chevrolet car.
It is our constant endeavor to provide you with products that offer excellent performance through out their ownership period. Which is
why, in addition to offering great cars, we have also set up an extensive, and very well equipped network of retailers and authorized
service centres across the country.
Naturally, these Chevrolet retailers knows everything there is to know about your car, and provides you with the best service possible. In
fact, every retailer is equipped with the most advanced technology, technicians specially trained by us, and genuine spares. Needless to
say, they are also committed to ensure your complete satisfaction.
So, please contact a Chevrolet retailer for any servicing need and make sure that only genuine spares are used for your car.
This Manual will familiarize you with the operation and maintenance of your new vehicle. It will also provide you with important safety
information. Please do read it carefully and follow the recommendations. In fact, the Manual is like a permanent part of your car. And it
would go a long way in ensuring a safe and trouble-free operation for your car.
Should you have any query please feel free to call our 24 hr. Helpline at 1800 3000 8080 or email us at : gmi.cac@gm.com.
Happy Motoring
CONTENTS
Introduction
Keys, Doors and Windows .......... 1-1
Keys and Locks ...................... 1-1
Doors ...................................... 1-7
Vehicle Security ...................... 1-9
Exterior Mirrors .................... 1-12
Interior Mirror ....................... 1-15
Windows ............................... 1-15
Sunvisors ...............................1-18
Roof ...................................... 1-18
Seats and Restraints ................... 2-1
Head Restraints ....................... 2-2
Front Seats .............................. 2-4
Rear Seats ............................... 2-9
Safety Belts ........................... 2-14
Airbag System ...................... 2-22
Child Restraints ..................... 2-30
Storage ......................................... 3-1
Storage Compartments ............ 3-1
Roof Paneling ......................... 3-5
Additional Storage Features ... 3-5
Roof Rack System .................. 3-6
Information On Loading the
Vehicle .................................... 3-7
Instruments and Controls .......... 4-1
Instrument Panel Overview .... 4-2
Controls .................................. 4-4
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators .............................. 4-12
Information Displays ............ 4-32
Trip Computer ....................... 4-33
Lighting......................................... 5-1
Exterior Lighting .................... 5-1
Interior Lighting ..................... 5-6
Lighting Features .................... 5-8
Infotainment System ................... 6-1
Introduction ............................ 6-1
Radio ....................................... 6-4
Audio Players ......................... 6-6
Phone .................................... 6-12
Climate Controls ......................... 7-1
Climate Control Systems ........ 7-1
Air Vents ............................... 7-10
Maintenance .......................... 7-11
Driving and Operating ............... 8-1
Driving Information ................ 8-2
Starting and Operating .......... 8-11
Engine Exhaust ..................... 8-18
Automatic Transmission ....... 8-20
Manual Transmission ............ 8-25
Drive Systems ....................... 8-26
Brakes ................................... 8-26
Ride Control Systems ........... 8-31
Cruise Control ....................... 8-34
Object Detection Systems ..... 8-37
Fuel ....................................... 8-38
Vehicle Care ................................. 9-1
General Information ................ 9-2
Vehicle Checks ........................ 9-3
Electrical System .................. 9-36
Wheels and Tires .................. 9-44
Jump Starting ........................ 9-60
Towing .................................. 9-64
Appearance Care ................... 9-68
Service and Maintenance ..........10-1
General Information............... 10-1
Scheduled Maintenance ........ 10-2
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants ............................. 10-5
Technical Data.............................11-1
Vehicle Identification ............ 11-1
Vehicle Specifications ........... 11-3
Service and Warranty ...............12-1
Standard Limited Warranty
Coverage ............................... 12-2
Pre-delivery Inspection and
Vehicle Delivery ................... 12-9
Owner's Statement Of
Acceptance .......................... 12-11
Chevrolet Service ................ 12-13
Maintenance Record Sheet ...12-19
Battery ................................ 12-21
Separate Corrosion Protection
Service ................................ 12-22
Body Inspection Record ..... 12-23
Emission Warranty .............. 12-25
Annexure- I ......................... 12-29
Annexure- II ........................ 12-30
Service Network ........................ 13-1
Chevrolet Sales India
Sales and Service Network .....13-1
North Zone............................. 13-2
West Zone ............................. 13-8
South Zone .......................... 13-13
East Zone ............................ 13-19
International ........................ 13-22
Introduction i
INTRODUCTION
INTRODUCTION
Introduction ....................................... i
Using this Manual.............................. i
Danger, Warnings and Cautions ....... ii
Symbols .......................................... iii
Your Chevrolet Captiva ("vehicle") is a
designed combination of advanced
technology, safety, environmental
friendliness, and economy.
This Owner's Manual provides you with
all the necessary information to enable
you to drive your vehicle safely and
efficiently.
Make sure your passengers are aware of
the possible risk of accident and injury
which may result from improper use of
the vehicle.
You must always comply with the
specific laws and regulations of the
country that you are in. These laws may
differ from the information in this
Owner’s Manual.
When this Owner's Manual refers to a
CHEVROLET retailer visit, we recommend your CHEVROLET Service
Partner.
All CHEVROLET Service Partners
provide first-class service at reasonable
prices. Experienced mechanics trained
by CHEVROLET work according to
specific CHEVROLET instructions.
The customer literature pack should
always be kept ready to hand in the
vehicle.
USINGTHISMANUAL
§ This Manual describes all options
and features available for this
model. Certain descriptions, including those for display and menu
functions, may not apply to your
vehicle due to model variant,
country specifications, special
equipment, or accessories.
§ The table of contents at the beginning
of this Manual and within each
section shows where the information
is located.
§ The vehicle display screens may not
support your specific language.
§ The Owner's Manual uses the factory
engine designations. The corresponding sales designations can be
ii Introduction
DANGER, WARNINGSAND
CAUTIONS
§
§
found in the chapter "Technical
Data".
Directional data, e.g. left or right
refers to the direction of travel.
Depending on the model variant,
country variant, integrated special
equipment and accessories, the
scope of equipment of your vehicle
can differ form the descriptions in
this Owner's Manual.
Note: Text marked Note indicates a
point to take into account when
operating the vehicle. Failure to
observe this may lead to incorrect
operation.
Danger
Text marked
Danger provides
information on risk of fatal injury.
Disregarding this information may
endanger life.
Warning
Text marked
Warning provides
information on risk of accident or
injury. Disregarding this information
may lead to injury.
Caution
Text marked Caution provides
information on possible damage to
the vehicle. Disregarding this
information may lead to vehicle
damage.
: This is a safety symbol which
means 'Do not', 'Do not do this', or
'Do not let this happen'.
* or (Option) : The asterisk in this
Manual signify an item of equipment that is not included on all
vehicles. Such items include engine
options, model variations specific
to one country, and optional
equipment.
All information, illustrations, and
specifications in this Manual are based
on the latest product information
available at the time of publication.
Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd. reserve
the right to change specifications or
designs at any time without notice and
without incurring obligation.
This vehicle is manufactured by GM
Korea Company and in India it is
imported by Chevrolet Sales India Pvt.
Ltd.
This vehicle may not comply with the
standards or regulations of other
Introduction iii
SYMBOLS
countries. Before attempting to register
this vehicle in any other country, check
all applicable regulations and make any
necessary modifications.
This Manual describes the options and
trims available at the time of publication. Some of the items covered may
not apply to your vehicle. Contact your
CHEVROLET retailer for information
on options and trims availability.
Non-genuine parts and accessories
have not been examined or approved by
Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd. We can
certify neither the suitability nor the
safety of non-genuine parts and
accessories and are not liable for
damage caused by their use.
Warning : Tampering of wiring
harness or fitment of non-genuine
accessories in your vehicle may lead to
short circuit resulting in fire.
We wish you many hours of pleasurable
driving Chevrolet.
The vehicle has components and labels
that use symbols instead of text.
Symbols are shown along with the text
describing the operation or information
relating to a specific component,
control, message, gauge, or indicator.
: This symbol is shown when you
need to see your Owner's Manual for
additional instructions or information.
: This symbol is shown when you
need to see a Service Manual for
additional instructions or information.
Vehicle Symbol Chart
Here are some additional symbols that
may be found on the vehicle and what
they mean.
: Cruise Control
: Engine Coolant Temperature
: Exterior Lamps
: Fuel Gauge
: Fuses
: Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer
: LATCH System Child Restraints*
: Malfunction Indicator Lamp
: Oil Pressure
: Power
: Safety Belt Reminder
: Airbag Readiness Light
: Traction Control
: Air Conditioning
: Windshield Washer Fluid*
: Antilock Brake System (ABS)
: Brake System Warning Light
: Charging System
iv Introduction
Keys, Doors and Windows 1-1
KEYS AND LOCKS
KEYS, DOORS AND
WINDOWS
Keys and Locks
Keys ........................................ 1-1
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System .................................... 1-2
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation ................... 1-3
Door Locks ............................. 1-4
Manual Door Locks ................. 1-5
Power Door Locks .................. 1-6
Safety Lock ............................. 1-6
Doors
Tailgate ................................... 1-7
Vehicle Security
Anti-theft Alarm System ......... 1-9
Immobilizer Operation .......... 1-11
Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors ..................... 1-12
Power Mirrors ....................... 1-13
Folding Mirrors...................... 1-13
Heated Mirrors ...................... 1-14
KEYS
Interior Mirror
Manual Rearview Mirror ...... 1-15
Windows
Power Windows .................... 1-15
Heated Rear Window/
Windshield Wiper De-Icer ......1-17
Sunvisors
Sunvisors .............................. 1-18
Roof
Sunroof ................................. 1-18
Sunblind ................................ 1-19
Warning
Leaving children in a vehicle with
the ignition key is dangerous for
many reasons. Children or others
could be badly injured or even killed.
They could operate the power
windows or other controls or even
make the vehicle move.
The windows will function with the
keys in the ignition and children
could be seriously injured or killed if
caught in the path of a closing
window. Do not leave the keys in a
vehicle with children.
1-2 Keys, Doors and Windows
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY
(RKE) SYSTEM
Two keys are provided with your new
Chevrolet vehicle.
Keep one of the two keys as a spare. The
key number is stamped on the key
number plate. For vehicle security, keep
the key number plate in a safe place, not
in the vehicle. You should also record
the key number in a safe place, not in
the vehicle.
This deters unauthorized persons from
obtaining a duplicate key.
Note
In case of loss, replacement keys are
available with your CHEVROLET
retailer.
To protect your car from theft, an
electronic immobilization system has
been installed in your vehicle. Only
keys with the correct electronic code
can be used to start the car. Even if a key
has the same profile it will not start the
engine if the electronic code is
incorrect.
Warning
Do not leave the key in the vehicle.
• Lock the vehicle.
• Take the key with you.
Key number plate
A key that is part of the Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) transmitter can be used for
the ignition and all locks.
Changes or modifications to this
system by other than an authorized
service facility could void authorization to use this equipment. If there is a
decrease in the RKE operating range:
Ÿ Check the distance. The transmitter
may be too far from the vehicle.
Ÿ Check the location. Other vehicles
or objects may be blocking the
signal.
Ÿ Check the transmitter's battery. See
“Battery Replacement” later in this
section.
Ÿ If the transmitter is still not working
correctly, see your CHEVROLET
retailer for service.
Keys, Doors and Windows 1-3
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY
(RKE) SYSTEM OPERATION
Battery Replacement
Unlock Lock
LED
Tailgate Window
The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter functions will work up to 6
m (20 ft) away from the vehicle. There
are other conditions which can affect
the performance of the transmitter. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System
on page 1-2.
The LED on the transmitter flashes to
show that it is operational.
(Lock): Press to lock all doors.
The hazard warning lamps will flash
once and the anti-theft alarm system
will be activated. See Anti-theft Alarm
System on page 1-9.
(Unlock): Press to unlock all doors.
The hazard warning lamps will flash
twice and the anti-theft alarm system
will be deactivated. See Anti-theft
Alarm System on page 1-9.
(Tailgate Window): Press for
about 1 second to release the Tailgate
Window.
Note
LOCK, UNLOCK and TAILGATE
WINDOW buttons are not operated
while the key is in the ignition switch.
Programming Transmitters to the
Vehicle
Only RKE transmitters programmed to
this vehicle will work. If a transmitter is
lost or stolen, a replacement can be
purchased and programmed through
your CHEVROLET retailer. When the
replacement transmitter is programmed
to this vehicle, all remaining transmitters
must also be reprogrammed. Any lost or
stolen transmitter will no longer work
once the new transmitter is programmed.
Warning
Make sure that you dispose of old
batteries in accordance with environmental protection regulations to help
protect the environment and your
health.
Caution
When replacing the battery, do not
touch any of the circuitry on the
transmitter. Static from your body
could damage the transmitter.
If the LED fails to illuminate or the range
is noticeably diminished, it is an indication that a new battery is needed.
1-4 Keys, Doors and Windows
DOOR LOCKS
To replace the battery:
Note
Use CR1620 (or equivalent) replacement battery.
1. Remove the screw from the back of
the cover.
2. Open the transmitter cover.
3. Pull the transmitter unit out of the
cover and open the cover of the
transmitter unit.
4. Remove the used battery. Avoid
touching the circuit board to other
components.
5. Install the new battery. Be sure the
positive side (+) faces down towards
the base.
6. Close the cover of the transmitter
unit and put the unit in the cover of
the transmitter.
7. Assemble the transmitter cover.
8. Check the operation of the transmitter with your vehicle.
Warning
Unlocked doors can be dangerous.
Ÿ Passengers, especially children,
can easily open the doors and fall
out of a moving vehicle. When a
door is locked, the handle will not
open it. The chance of being
thrown out of the vehicle in a crash
is increased if the doors are not
locked. So, all passengers should
wear safety belts properly and the
doors should be locked whenever
the vehicle is driven.
Ÿ Young children who get into
unlocked vehicles may be unable
to get out. A child can be overcome
by extreme heat and can suffer
permanent injuries or even death
from heat stroke. Always lock the
vehicle whenever leaving it.
Ÿ Outsiders can easily enter through
an unlocked door when you slow
down or stop the vehicle. Locking
the doors can help prevent this
from happening.
Keys, Doors and Windows 1-5
MANUAL DOOR LOCKS
Lock
To open a door from the inside or
outside, pull the door handle.
The driver's door and the front passenger’s door can be opened by pulling the
door handle from the inside even if the
doors are locked with the door lock
button.
Unlock
To lock the doors from outside using the
key, insert the key and turn it counterclockwise.
To unlock, turn the key clockwise.
Caution
Lock all doors and take the key with
you, while leaving the vehicle unattended.
Unlocked vehicle invite theft.
To lock any door from the inside, pull
the door lock button.
To unlock any door from the inside,
push the door lock button.
Note
The driver's door lock button cannot be
pulled when the door is open. This
prevents locking the driver's door when
you leave the key inside your car by
mistake.
1-6 Keys, Doors and Windows
POWER DOOR LOCKS
Central Locking System
SAFETY LOCK
Central Locking Button
You can activate the central door
locking system from the driver's door.
This system allows you to lock and
unlock all the doors and tailgate from
the driver's door, using either the key or
keyless remote (from outside) or the
door lock switch (from inside).
You can also lock or unlock the doors
with the door lock switches on the
driver's door trim pad.
Press the left part of the switch to lock
the doors.
To unlock the doors, press the right part
of the switch.
To open a door from the inside or
outside, pull the door handle.
Note
Grease should be applied to the door
check latch and hinge at regular intervals
or if a noise can be heard when opening,
closing the door or during driving.
You can use a key or suitable screwdriver.
To operate the child security door lock,
turn the child locks into horizontal
position.
To open a rear door when the child
security door lock is activated, open the
door from the outside.
To cancel the child security door lock,
turn the child locks into vertical
position.
Keys, Doors and Windows 1-7
DOORS
TAILGATE
Warning
Use the child security door locks
whenever children are occupying the
rear seats.
Caution
Do not pull the inside door handle
while the child security door lock is
set to LOCK position. It can damage
the inside door handle.
Warning
Exhaust gases can enter the vehicle if
it is driven with the tailgate or
trunk/hatch open, or with any objects
that pass through the seal between
the body and the trunk/hatch or
tailgate. Engine exhaust contains
carbon monoxide (CO) which
cannot be seen or smelled. It can
cause unconsciousness and even
death.
See Engine Exhaust on page 8-18.
To lock the tailgate press
on the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter or by locking driver's door with
the help of key.
To unlock the tailgate press
on the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter or by unlocking driver's door
with the help of key.
To open the tailgate, press the touchpad
on the underside of the tailgate handle
and pull up.
To close tailgate, push it down so it
latches securely.
1-8 Keys, Doors and Windows
Tailgate Window Release Button
The tailgate can be locked or unlocked
by central door locking system. See
Central Locking System on page 1-6.
Make sure your hands and any other
body parts, as well as those of other
persons, are completely away from the
tailgate closure area.
Caution
When opening or closing the tailgate,
be sure to check it is free from
obstructions.
You can open the tailgate window by
pressing the tailgate window release
button located in the driver’s door trim.
The tailgate window can be also opened
by pressing the tailgate window button
on the remote key.
See Remote Keyless Entry System
Operation on page 1-3.
After opening, hold the handle on the
tailgate window and lift it.
To close tailgate window, push it down
so it latches securely. It locks automatically.
Caution
Do not operate the tailgate window
release button while the vehicle is
moving.
Do not operate the vehicle with the
tailgate window open.
Keys, Doors and Windows 1-9
VEHICLE SECURITY
ANTI-THEFT ALARM SYSTEM
Tailgate Operation with Loss of
Power
Security Indicator
To open the tailgate if the vehicle's
battery is disconnected or the voltage is
low, access the release lever. Remove
the interior trim cover on the inside of
the tailgate. Use a tool to push the lever
on the latch until the tailgate releases.
Indicates the anti-theft system is
working.
The security indicator goes out when
doors are unlocked using the keyless
entry transmitter or key.
The security indicator comes on when
you lock the doors using the keyless
entry transmitter or key.
Door Lock and Anti-Theft Mode
Activation
1. Close all windows.
2. Turn the ignition key to LOCK and
remove the key.
3. Have all passengers exit the vehicle.
4. Close all doors, hood and tailgate.
5. Press and release LOCK button on
the transmitter.
The LED on the transmitter will
flash.
Ÿ All doors lock.
Ÿ Hazard warning lamps flash
once.
Ÿ Anti-theft mode is activated
after about 30 seconds.
If the key is inserted into the
ignition key hole, the transmitter will not operate the anti-theft
system.
Note
The system can be activated even if the
windows are open. Close all the windows
and doors before leaving the vehicle.
1-10 Keys, Doors and Windows
Horn sound
Note
If pressing the LOCK button on the
transmitter when all doors, hood and
tailgate are not completely closed, the
anti-theft system is in the open state at
this point and the security indicator will
flash quickly. The anti-theft system
transits to the locked state when all
doors, hood and tailgate are completely
closed. The security indicator will
illuminate steady when in the locked
state. If the LOCK button is pressed
after all doors, hood and tailgate have
been closed, the open state will be
bypassed and the system will transit
directly to the locked state with the
security indicator on steady.
Note
The anti-theft system is activated if the
doors are locked manually as well as the
remote keyless entry transmitter is used.
1. Confirm that the security indicator
flashes slowly after illuminating for
approximately 30 seconds from the
time that the system has entered the
locked state. If LOCK button on the
transmitter is pressed a second time,
the anti-theft system will activate
immediately, bypassing the 30
seconds delay. The security indicator
is located in the right area of the
clock.
Warning
Do not lock the vehicle if anyone is to
be left inside the vehicle.
Never leave children or pets unattended
in your vehicle. The temperature inside
the vehicle can increase more rapidly
and reach much higher levels than the
temperature outside.
This can result in serious injury or
death.
The system provides visual (exterior
lamps blink) sign and audible (horns
pulse) sound for about 30 seconds when
any of the doors, tailgate or the hood are
opened without using the key or
pressing the unlock button on the
transmitter.
To stop the horn sound:
Ÿ Press the LOCK or UNLOCK
button on the transmitter.
Ÿ Unlock the driver’s door with a key.
(In some countries, doing so may
not stop the horn sound. Press the
LOCK or UNLOCK button to stop
the sound). If the unauthorised entry
still exists, the alarm sound will be
activated with a periodic repeat.
If the system does not operate as
described above, have it checked by
your CHEVROLET retailer.
Keys, Doors and Windows 1-11
IMMOBILIZER OPERATION
Door Unlock and Anti-Theft Mode
Note
Tap the key hole or heat the key if the
door does not open with freezing key
hole in cold weather.
Warning
Do not use the transmitter to lock the
vehicle if anyone is to be left inside.
Never leave children or pets alone in
your vehicle.
The temperature inside the vehicle
can increase more rapidly and reach
much higher levels than the temperature outside.
This can result in serious injury or
death.
Deactivation
1. Unlock the driver’s door with a key.
Or,
2. Press and release UNLOCK button
on the transmitter.
Ÿ The LED on the transmitter will
flash.
Ÿ All the doors unlock.
Ÿ Hazard warning lamps flash
twice.
Ÿ Anti-theft mode is deactivated.
In some countries, unlocking the driver
door with a key may sound alarm. Make
sure to press the UNLOCK button on
the transmitter to unlock doors.
Auto Door Relock
If the door is not opened and the engine
is not started within 30 seconds after
disarming the system using the
transmitter, all the doors are automatically locked and the anti-theft mode is
reactivated.
The immobilizer system provides an
additional theft deterrent to your
vehicle in which it is installed and
prevents it from being started by
unauthorised persons. The valid key for
a vehicle equipped with immobilizer
system is an ignition key with integrated transponder, which is electronically coded. The transponder is placed
invisibly in the ignition key.
Only valid ignition keys can be used to
start the engine.
Invalid keys may only open the doors.
1-12 Keys, Doors and Windows
EXTERIOR MIRRORS
CONVEX MIRRORS
The engine is automatically immobilized after the key is turned to LOCK
and has been removed from the ignition
switch.
The immobilizer light, located in the
instrument panel cluster, comes on if
there is a problem with arming or
disarming the theft-deterrent system.
See Immobilizer Light on page 4-28.
When trying to start the vehicle, the
immobilizer light comes on briefly
when the ignition is turned on.
If the engine does not start and the
immobilizer light stays on, there is a
problem with the system. Turn the
ignition off and try again.
If the engine still does not start, and the
key appears to be undamaged, try
another ignition key.
If the engine still does not start and the
light continues to stay on with the other
key, the vehicle needs service. If the
vehicle does start, the first key may be
damaged. See your CHEVROLET
retailer who can service the theftdeterrent system and have a new key
made.
Do not leave the key or device that
disarms or deactivates the theft-deterrent system in the vehicle.
Warning
A convex mirror can make things,
like other vehicles, look farther away
than they really are. If you cut too
sharply into the right lane, you could
hit a vehicle on the right. Check the
inside mirror or glance over your
shoulder before changing lanes.
Both passenger and driver outside
mirrors are convex shaped.
The convex exterior mirror reduces
blind spots. The shape of the mirror
makes object appear smaller, which
will affect the ability to estimate
distances.
Keys, Doors and Windows 1-13
POWER MIRRORS
FOLDING MIRRORS
Manual Folding
The ignition must be in ON/RUN or
ACC / ACCESSORY. See Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) on page 8-14
for more information.
The outside mirrors will work up to 10
minutes after the vehicle has been
turned off. If a door is opened while the
key is in the LOCK position or if taken
out of the ignition, the mirror will not
work.
Controls for the outside power mirrors
are on the driver side instrument panel.
To adjust:
1. Turn the knob to the L (Left) or R
(Right) to choose a mirror.
2. Adjust the selected mirror up, down,
left or right using the corresponding
edges of the mirror adjusting pad, so
that the side and the area behind the
vehicle can be seen.
3. Return the control to the center
position so the mirror cannot be moved.
Manually fold the outside mirrors in, to
prevent damage when going through an
automatic car wash or for pedestrian
safety. To fold, while sitting in the
vehicle, pull the mirrors towards the
vehicle. Push out, to return the mirrors
to their original position.
1-14 Keys, Doors and Windows
HEATED MIRRORS
Power Folding
LOCK position or taken out of the
ignition.
Warning
Always keep your mirrors properly
adjusted, and use them while driving
to increase your visibility of objects
and other vehicles around you. Do
not drive while either outside
rearview mirror is folded back.
For vehicles with power folding
mirrors, press the folding mirror button
to fold the outside mirrors flat against
the side of the vehicle.
The ignition must be in ON/RUN or
ACC/ACCESSORY. See Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) on page 8-14
for more information.
Power to the folding outside mirrors
will work up to 10 minutes after the
vehicle has been turned off. Power to
the folding outside mirrors will turn off
if a door is opened while the key is in the
Caution
Do not operate mirror continuously
while the engine is not running.
This will discharge the battery.
R
A/C
AUTO
SYNC
MODE
OFF
A
For vehicles with outside heated
mirrors:
R
(Rear Window Defogger): Press
to heat the outside rearview mirrors.
Heating works with the ignition ON/
engine running and is switched off
automatically after a few minutes or by
pressing the button again. See Rear
Window and Outside Mirror Defogger
under Climate Control Systems on page
7-7 for more information.
Keys, Doors and Windows 1-15
INTERIOR MIRROR
WINDOWS
MANUAL REARVIEW
MIRROR
POWER WINDOWS
Warning
To adjust the inside rearview mirror,
hold the rearview mirror in the center
and move it to view the area behind the
vehicle.
Push the lever forward for daytime use
and pull it for nighttime use to avoid
glare from the headlamps from behind.
Your view through the mirror may
lose some clarity when it is adjusted
for night vision.
Take special care with using your
inside rearview mirror when it is
adjusted for night vision.
Failure to ensure a clear rear view
while driving may result in a collision
causing damage to your vehicle or
other property, and/or personal
injury.
Warning
Leaving children, helpless adults, or
pets in a vehicle with the windows
closed is dangerous.
They can be overcome by the
extreme heat and suffer permanent
injuries or even death from heat
stroke. Never leave a child, a helpless
adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,
especially with the windows closed
in warm or hot weather.
1-16 Keys, Doors and Windows
Warning
The vehicle aerodynamics are designed
to improve fuel economy performance.
This may result in a pulsing sound when
a window is partially open. To reduce
the sound, open another window or the
sunroof (if equipped).
Take care when operating the power
windows. Risk of injury, particularly
to children.
If there are children on the rear seat,
switch on the power window lockout
system for the power windows.
Keep a close watch on the windows
when closing them.
Ensure that nothing becomes trapped
in them as they move.
Warning
Body parts outside vehicle can be
struck by passing objects. Keep all
parts of body inside vehicle.
Children can operate and become
entrapped in power windows.
Do not leave your keys or unattended
children in your car.
Serious injury or death can occur
from misuse of power windows.
Power windows can be operated with
ignition ON/ACC.
Operate the switch for the respective
window by pushing to open or pulling
to close.
Operation
You may operate the power windows
when the ignition switch is ON by using
the power window switches on each
door panel.
To open the window, press down on the
switch. To close the window, lift up on
the switch. Release the switch when the
window reaches the desired position.
Keys, Doors and Windows 1-17
Express-Down (Auto Down) Window
Power Window Lockout
HEATED REAR WINDOW
/ WINDSHIELD WIPER DE-ICER
R
A/C
AUTO
SYNC
MODE
The driver’s window switch has an
express-down feature that lowers the
window without holding the switch.
To lower the window, press down
firmly, then release the switch. The
window will open automatically until it
is fully open. To stop the window while
it is opening, pull the switch again.
To raise the window, pull up and hold
the switch. To stop the window , release
the switch.
Press switch to deactivate front
passenger and rear power windows.
To activate press again.
Warning
Do not operate the power window
switch with no purpose.
OFF
A
Operated by pressing the R button.
Heating works with the engine running
/ignition ON and is switched off
automatically after a few minutes or by
pressing the button again.
1-18 Keys, Doors and Windows
SUNVISORS
ROOF
SUNVISORS
SUNROOF
The sun visors can be folded down or
swivelled to the side to prevent
dazzling.
If the sun visors have integral mirrors,
the mirror covers should be closed
when driving.
If equipped, the ignition must be in
ON/RUN, or ACC/ACCESSORY.
A. Open/Close: Slide and release the
switch rearward to express open the
sunroof. Slide the switch forward or
rearward to stop movement.
The sunblind opens automatically
with the sunroof or can be manually
operated. The sunblind cannot be
closed with the sunroof open.
Slide and hold the switch forward to
close the sunroof.
The sunblind must be closed
manually.
Caution
Do not use sharp instruments or
abrasive window cleaners on your
windshield or rear window.
Do not scratch or damage the
defroster wires when you clean or
work around the windshield or rear
window.
Warning
Do not place the sun visor in such a
manner that it obscures visibility of
the roadway, traffic or other objects.
Keys, Doors and Windows 1-19
SUNBLIND
B. Vent Open/Close: Press and hold
the switch to vent the sunroof. Pull
and hold the switch to close it. The
sunblind must be manually operated
when the sunroof is in the vent
position.
Caution
Dirt and debris may collect on the
sunroof seal or in the track. This
could cause an issue with sunroof
operation, noise, or plugging the
water drainage system. Periodically
open the sunroof and remove any
obstacles or loose debris. Wipe the
sunroof seal and roof sealing area
using a clean cloth, mild soap, and
water. Do not remove grease from
the sunroof.
Warning
Note
The sunroof can be operated for up to
10 minutes or until a door is opened
when the ignition key is in the lock
position or out of the ignition.
Take care when operating the
sunroof. There is risk of injury,
particularly to children.
Keep a close watch on the movable
parts when operating them. Ensure
that nothing becomes trapped in
them as they move.
The sunblind is operated manually.
Close or open the sunblind by sliding.
When the sunroof is open, the sunblind
is always open.
Warning
Body parts outside vehicle can be
struck by passing objects. Keep all
parts of body inside vehicle.
Serious injury or death can occur
from misuse of sunroof.
1-20 Keys, Doors and Windows
Seats and Restraints 2-1
SEATS AND
RESTRAINTS
Head Restraints
Head Restraints Position ......... 2-2
Active Head Restraints* ......... 2-3
Front Seats
Seat Position .............................2-4
Manual Seat Adjustment ......... 2-5
Power Seat Adjustment ........... 2-5
Lumbar Adjustment ................ 2-6
Reclining Seatbacks ................ 2-6
Folding Seatback .................... 2-8
Rear Seats
Second Row Seats .................. 2-9
Third Row Seats ................... 2-13
Safety Belts
Safety Belts ........................... 2-14
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly ................................ 2-16
Lap-Shoulder Belt ................. 2-17
Safety Belt Use During
Pregnancy ............................. 2-19
Lap Belt ................................ 2-20
Safety System Check ............ 2-21
Safety Belt Care .................... 2-21
Replacing Safety Belt System
Parts after a Crash ................. 2-21
Airbag System
Airbag System ...................... 2-22
Where Are the Airbags? ........ 2-24
When Should an Airbag
Inflate? ................................... 2-26
What Makes an Airbag
Inflate? .................................. 2-27
How Does an Airbag
Restrain? ............................... 2-28
What Will You See after an
Airbag Inflates? .................... 2-28
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle .................................. 2-29
Airbag System Check ........... 2-30
Replacing Airbag System
Parts after a Crash ................. 2-30
Child Restraints
Older Children ...................... 2-30
Infants and Young Children .. 2-32
Child Restraint Systems ........ 2-34
Where to Put the Restraint .....2-36
Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System)* .. 2-37
Securing a Child Restraint
Designed for the Latch
System ....................................2-41
Replacing LATCH System
Parts After a Crash ................ 2-43
Securing Child Restraints ..... 2-43
2-2 Seats and Restraints
HEAD RESTRAINTS
HEAD RESTRAINTS POSITION
Front Seats
Height Adjustment
The vehicle’s front seats have adjustable headrests in the outboard seating
positions.
Warning
Only drive with the head restraint set
to the proper position.
Removed or improperly adjusted
head restraints can result in serious
head and neck injuries in case of a
collision.
Make sure that the head restraints are
adjusted before driving.
Adjust the headrest so that the top of the
headrest is at the same height as the top
of the occupant’s head. This position
reduces the chance of a neck injury in a
crash.
The height of the headrest can be
adjusted. Pull the headrest up, to raise it.
Try to move the headrest to make sure
that it is locked in place.
To lower the headrest, press the button,
located on the top of the seatback, and
push the headrest down. Try to move
the headrest after the button is released
to make sure that it is locked in place.
Seats and Restraints 2-3
ACTIVE HEAD RESTRAINTS*
Horizontal Adjustment
Rear Seats
Head Restraints Height Adjustment
In the event of a rear-end impact, the
active head restraints at front seats
automatically tilt forward. The head is
more effectively supported by the head
restraint and the risk of injuries caused
by hyperextension in the cervical
vertebrae area is reduced.
On some models, the headrest can be
adjusted forward and rearward. To
adjust the headrest forward, grasp the
headrest at the bottom and pull forward
to the desired locked position. To adjust
the headrest rearward, grasp the
headrest at the bottom and pull forward
fully until the mechanism releases and
allows the headrest to return to the full
rear position.
The front seat outboard headrests are
not designed to be removed.
The vehicle's rear seat has adjustable
headrests in all three seating positions.
The height of the headrest can be
adjusted. Pull the headrest up, to raise
it. Try to move the headrest to make
sure that it is locked in place.
To lower the headrest, press the button,
located on the top of the seatback, and
push the headrest down. Try to move
the headrest to make sure that it is
locked in place.
2-4 Seats and Restraints
FRONT SEATS
SEAT POSITION
Ÿ
Ÿ
Warning
Only drive with the seat correctly
adjusted.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Sit with your buttocks as far back
against the backrest as possible.
Adjust the distance between the
seat and the pedals so that your legs
are slightly angled when tromping
the pedals. Slide the passenger seat
as far back as possible.
Sit with your shoulders as far back
against the backrest as possible. Set
the backrest angle so that you can
easily reach the steering wheel with
your arms slightly bent. Maintain
contact between your shoulders and
the backrest when turning the
steering wheel. Do not tilt the
backrest too far back. We recommend a maximum angle of approx.
25°.
Adjust the steering wheel. See
Steering Wheel Adjustment on
page 4-4.
Set the seat height enough to have a
clear field of vision on all sides and
on all display instruments. There
Ÿ
Ÿ
should be at least one hand of
clearance between your head and
the headlining. Your thighs should
rest lightly on the seat without
pressing into it.
Adjust the head restraints. See Head
Restraints Position on page 2-2.
Adjust the height of the safety belt.
See Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster
on page 2-18.
Seats and Restraints 2-5
MANUAL SEAT ADJUSTMENT
POWER SEAT ADJUSTMENT
(Passenger’s Seat)
Seat Positioning
(Driver’s Seat Only)
Seat Slide Adjustment
Warning
You can lose control of the vehicle if
you try to adjust a driver seat while
the vehicle is moving. Adjust the
driver seat only when the vehicle is
not moving.
Danger
Do not sit nearer than 25cm (10in) to
the steering wheel, to permit safe
airbag deployment.
To adjust a Manual Seat:
1. Lift the bar under the front of the
seat cushion to unlock the seat.
2. Slide the seat to the desired position
and release the bar.
3. Try to move the seat back and forth
to be sure it is locked in place.
To move the seat forward or backward,
move and hold the switch forward or
backward.
When the seat reaches the desired
position, release the switch.
Warning
Do not adjust the driver's seat while
the vehicle is moving.
Driver could lose control of the vehicle
and injury or property damage could
result.
2-6 Seats and Restraints
LUMBAR ADJUSTMENT
Seat Height Adjustment
RECLINING SEATBACKS
(Driver’s Seat Only)
Warning
To adjust the height of the front or rear
part of the seat cushion, push the front
or rear part of the switch up or down.
When the seat cushion reaches the
desired position, release the switch.
To increase or decrease the driver's seat
lumbar support, move the lever forward
or rearward.
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be
dangerous. Even when buckled up,
the safety belts cannot do their job.
The shoulder belt will not be against
your body. Instead, it will be in front
of you. In a crash, you could go into
it, receiving neck or other injuries.
The lap belt could go up over your
abdomen. The belt forces would be
there, not at your pelvic bones. This
could cause serious internal injuries.
For proper protection when the
vehicle is in motion, have the
seatback upright. Then sit well back
in the seat and wear the safety belt
properly.
Seats and Restraints 2-7
Manual Reclining Seatback
(Passenger’s Seat)
Warning
You can lose control of the vehicle if
you try to adjust a driver seat while
the vehicle is moving.
Adjust the driver seat only when the
vehicle is not moving.
Warning
Do not have a seatback reclined if the
vehicle is moving.
If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden stop
or crash. That could cause injury to
the person sitting there. Always push
and pull on the seatbacks to be sure
they are locked.
To recline a Manual Seatback:
1. Lift the lever.
2. Move the seatback to the desired
position, and then release the lever
to lock the seatback in place.
3. Push and pull on the seatback to
make sure it is locked.
2-8 Seats and Restraints
FOLDING SEATBACK
Power Reclining Seatback
(Driver’s Seat Only)
To return the seatback to the upright
position:
1. Lift the lever fully without applying
pressure to the seatback, and the
seatback will return to the upright
position.
2. Push and pull on the seatback to
make sure it is locked.
Passenger's Seatback Folding
Warning
To tilt seatback forward or backward,
move and hold the upper part of the
switch forward or backward.
When the seatback reaches the desired
position, release the switch.
If you fold the seatback forward to
carry longer objects, such as skis, be
sure any such cargo is not near an
airbag. In a crash, an inflating airbag
might force that object towards a
person. This could cause severe
injury or even death. Secure objects
away from the area in which an
airbag would inflate. For more
information, see Vehicle Load
Limits on page 8-9 and Where Are
the Airbags? on page 2-24.
Warning
Things you put on this seatback can
strike and injure people in a sudden
stop or turn, or in a crash. Remove or
secure all items before driving.
Seats and Restraints 2-9
REAR SEATS
SECOND ROW SEATS
Folding the Rear Seatback
5. Continue folding the seatback until
it is completely folded.
To return the seatback to the upright
position:
1. Raise the seatback and push it
rearward until it re-engages.
Warning
To fold the seatback:
1. Lower the head restraint completely.
2. Lift the bar under the front of the
seat cushion to unlock the seat.
Slide the seat as far back as it will go
and release the bar.
3. Try to move the seat back and forth
to make sure it is locked into place.
4. Lift the recliner lever and fold the
seatback forward until it disengages.
If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden stop
or crash. That could cause injury to
the person sitting there. Always push
and pull on the seatbacks to be sure
they are locked.
2. Push and pull on the seatback to
make sure it is locked in place.
The lever is also used to recline the
seatback. See Reclining Seatbacks on
page 2-6.
Caution
Folding a rear seat with the safety
belts still fastened may cause
damage to the seat or the safety belts.
Always unbuckle the safety belts and
return them to their normal stowed
position before folding a rear seat.
To fold a seatback:
1. Unbuckle the rear safety belts and
put the front seatback in the upright
position. See Reclining Seatbacks
on page 2-6.
2. Push the headrests down all the
way. See Head Restraints Position
on page 2-2.
2-10 Seats and Restraints
Returning the Rear Seatback to the
Upright Position
Warning
If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden stop
or crash. That could cause injury to
the person sitting there. Always push
and pull on the seatbacks to be sure
they are locked.
Warning
3. Lift the lever on top of the seatback
to unlock the seatback. Then, fold
the seatback forward.
4. Repeat Steps 1-3 for the other
seatback, if desired.
A safety belt that is improperly routed,
not properly attached, or twisted will
not provide the protection needed in a
crash. The person wearing the belt
could be seriously injured. After raising the rear seat back, always check to
be sure that the safety belts are properly routed and attached, and are not
twisted.
To return the seatback to the upright
position:
1. Place the safety belts in the safety
belt guides on the vehicle trim.
2. Lift the seatback up and push it back
into place.
3. Remove the safety belts from the
safety belt guides on the vehicle
trim.
Make sure the safety belts are not
twisted or caught in the seatback.
4. Push and pull the top of the seatback
to be sure it is locked into position.
Seats and Restraints 2-11
5. Repeat Steps 1-4 for the other
seatback, if necessary.
When the seatback is not in use, it
should be kept in the upright, locked
position.
Reclining the Rear Seatback
To recline the seatback:
1. Lift and hold the lever on top of the
seatback.
2. Tilt the seatback rearward, and then
release the lever.
3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for the other
seatback, if desired.
To return the seatback to the upright
position:
1. Lift and hold the lever on top of the
seatback.
2. Pull the seatback forward to the
upright position, and then release
the lever.
3. Push and pull on the seatback to
make sure it is locked.
4. Repeat Steps 1-3 for the other
seatback, if necessary.
Tumbling the Second-Row Seats
Caution
A second-row seat cannot be
tumbled when the seatback is in the
folded position. The second-row
seatback must be in the upright
position before using the lever on the
outboard side of the seatback to
tumble the seat.
Folding a rear seat with the safety
belts still fastened may cause
damage to the seat or the safety belts.
Always unbuckle the safety belts and
return them to their normal stowed
position before folding a rear seat.
Second-row seats can be tumbled to
access the third-row seat.
To tumble the seat:
1. Unbuckle the rear safety belts and
put the front seatback in the upright
position. See Reclining Seatbacks
on page 2-6.
2. Push the headrests down all the
way. See Head Restraints Position
on page 2-2.
3. Pull the lever forward on the outside
of the seatback and fold the seatback.
The seat will tumble forward automatically and air-pressurise support
rods will hold the seats folded.
4. Repeat Steps 1-3 for the other seat,
if desired.
2-12 Seats and Restraints
Returning the Second-Row Seats
from the Tumbled Position
Before returning a tumbled seat to the
sitting position, clear the area under and
around the seat base.
Make sure third-row-seat passengers
use the footprints on the vehicle floor as
a guide for proper foot placement while
returning the second-row seats to the
sitting position.
Warning
To avoid injury, do not place toes or
feet on top of or under the secondrow seats while the second-row seats
are being returned to the sitting
position from the tumbled position.
Third-row-seat passengers should
keep their feet on the floor.
To return a seat to the sitting position:
1. Place the safety belts in the safety
belt guides on the vehicle trim.
2. Pull the seat base towards the vehicle
floor and push down on the seat to
secure it.
3. Push and pull on the seat to make
sure it is locked in place.
4. Raise the seatback to the upright
position. See “Returning the Seatback
to the Upright Position” earlier in this
section.
Seats and Restraints 2-13
THIRD ROW SEATS
Folding the Seatback
5. Remove the safety belts from the
safety belt guides on the vehicle
trim.
Make sure the safety belts are not
twisted or caught in the seatback.
6. Repeat Steps 1-5 for the other seat,
if necessary.
Caution
Do not pull the lever when the
seatback is folded. This operation
can cause damage to the lever or
related parts.
Caution
Folding a rear seat with the safety
belts still fastened may cause
damage to the seat or the safety belts.
Always unbuckle the safety belts and
return them to their normal stowed
position before folding a rear seat.
To fold a seatback:
1. Unbuckle the safety belts in the
third row seats.
2. Lift the handle on the back of the
third row seatback. The headrest
will release and fold forward
automatically.
3. Grasping the handle, fold the
seatback forward and release it.
4. Repeat Steps 2 and 3 for the other
seatback, if desired.
2-14 Seats and Restraints
SAFETY BELTS
SAFETY BELTS
Returning the Seatback to the
Upright Position
Warning
If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden stop
or crash. That could cause injury to
the person sitting there. Always push
and pull on the seatbacks to be sure
they are locked.
Warning
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly, there
is a greater chance that occupants
will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a
crash. Do not drive until the head
restraints for all occupants are
installed and adjusted properly.
To return the seatback to the upright
position:
1. Lift the seatback up and push it back
into place.
2. Push and pull on the top of the
seatback to be sure it is locked into
position.
3. Return the headrest to the upright
position by lifting it up and pushing
it rearward.
Push and pull on the headrest to
make sure that it is locked in place.
4. Repeat Steps 1-3 for the other
seatback, if necessary.
When the seatback is not in use, it
should be kept in the upright, locked
position.
This section of the Manual describes
how to use safety belts properly. It also
describes some things not to do with
safety belts.
Warning
Do not let anyone ride where a safety
belt cannot be worn properly. In a
crash, if you or your passenger(s) are
not wearing safety belts, injuries can
be much worse than if you are
wearing safety belts. You can be
seriously injured or killed by hitting
things inside the vehicle harder or by
being ejected from the vehicle. In
addition, anyone who is not buckled
up can strike other passengers in the
vehicle.
(Continued)
Seats and Restraints 2-15
Why Safety Belts Work
Warning (Continued)
It is extremely dangerous to ride in a
cargo area, inside or outside of a
vehicle. In a collision, passengers
riding in these areas are more likely
to be seriously injured or killed. Do
not allow passengers to ride in any
area of the vehicle that is not
equipped with seats and safety belts.
Always wear a safety belt, and check
that all passenger(s) are restrained
properly too.
This vehicle has indicators as a reminder to buckle the safety belts. See
Safety Belt Reminder on page 4-16 for
additional information.
When riding in a vehicle, you travel as
fast as the vehicle does. If the vehicle
stops suddenly, you keep going until
something stops you. It could be the
windshield, the instrument panel, or the
safety belts!
When you wear a safety belt, you and
the vehicle slow down together. There
is more time to stop because you stop
over a longer distance and, when worn
properly, your strongest bones take the
forces from the safety belts. That is why
wearing safety belts makes such good
sense.
Questions and Answers About Safety
Belts
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle
after a crash if I am wearing a
safety belt?
A: You could be - whether you are
wearing a safety belt or not. Your
chance of being conscious during
and after a crash, so you can
unbuckle and get out, is much
greater if you are belted.
Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why
should I have to wear safety
belts?
A: Airbags are supplemental systems
only, so they work with safety belts
- not instead of them. Whether or
not an airbag is provided, all
occupants still have to buckle up to
get the most protection.
Also, in nearly all regions, the law
requires wearing safety belts.
2-16 Seats and Restraints
HOW TO WEAR SAFETY
BELTS PROPERLY
This section is only for people of adult
size.
There are special things to know about
safety belts and children. And there are
different rules for smaller children and
infants. If a child will be riding in the
vehicle, see Older Children on page
2-30 or Infants and Young Children on
page 2-32. Follow those rules for
everyone's protection.
It is very important for all occupants to
buckle up. Statistics show that unbelted
people are hurt more often in crashes
than those who are wearing safety belts.
There are important things to know
about wearing a safety belt properly.
Ÿ
Wear the shoulder belt over the
shoulder and across the chest.
These parts of the body are best able
to take belt restraining forces. The
shoulder belt locks if there is a
sudden stop or crash.
Warning
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Sit up straight and always keep your
feet on the floor in front of you.
Always use the correct buckle for
your seating position.
Wear the lap part of the belt low and
snug on the hips, just touching the
thighs. In a crash, this applies force
to the strong pelvic bones and you
would be less likely to slide under
the lap belt. If you slid under it, the
belt would apply force on your
abdomen. This could cause serious
or even fatal injuries.
You can be seriously injured, or even
killed, by not wearing your safety
belt properly.
Ÿ Never allow the lap or shoulder
belt to become loose or twisted.
Ÿ Never wear the shoulder belt
under both arms or behind your
back.
Ÿ Never route the lap or shoulder
belt over an armrest.
Seats and Restraints 2-17
LAP-SHOULDER BELT
All seating positions in the vehicle have
a lap-shoulder belt except for the
second row center position which may
have a lap belt. See Lap Belt on page
2-20 for more information.
The following instructions explain how
to wear a lap-shoulder belt properly.
1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is
adjustable, so you can sit up straight.
2. Pick up the latch plate and pull the
belt across you. Do not let it get
twisted.
The lap-shoulder belt may lock if
you pull the belt across you very
quickly. If this happens, let the belt
go back slightly to unlock it. Then
pull the belt across you more
slowly.
If the shoulder portion of a
passenger belt is pulled out all the
way, the child restraint locking
feature may be engaged. If this
happens, let the belt go back all the
way and start again.
3. Push the latch plate into the buckle
until it clicks.
Pull up on the latch plate to make
sure it is secure.
Position the release button on the
buckle so that the safety belt could
be quickly unbuckled if necessary.
4. If equipped with a shoulder belt
height adjuster, move it to the
height that is right for you. See
“Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster”
later in this section for instructions
on use and important safety
information.
2-18 Seats and Restraints
Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster
The vehicle has a shoulder belt height
adjuster for the driver and outboard
front passenger seating positions.
Adjust the height so that the shoulder
portion of the belt is centered on the
shoulder. The belt should be away from
the face and neck, but not falling off of
the shoulder. Improper shoulder belt
height adjustment could reduce the
effectiveness of the safety belt in a
crash.
5. To make the lap part tight, pull up
on the shoulder belt.
It may be necessary to pull the
stitching on the safety belt through
the latch plate to fully tighten the
lap belt on smaller occupants.
To unlatch the belt, push the button on
the buckle. The belt should return to its
stowed position. Slide the latch plate up
the safety belt webbing when the safety
belt is not in use. The latch plate should
rest on the stitching on the safety belt,
near the guide loop on the side wall.
Before a door is closed, be sure the
safety belt is out of the way. If a door is
slammed against a safety belt, damage
can occur to both the safety belt and the
vehicle.
Seats and Restraints 2-19
Safety Belt Pretensioners
Squeeze the release buttons (A) together and move the height adjuster up or
down to the desired position.
After the adjuster is set to the desired
position, try to move it up or down
without squeezing the release buttons
to make sure it has locked into position.
The vehicle has safety belt pretensioners
for the front outboard occupants.
Although the safety belt pretensioners
cannot be seen, they are part of the safety
belt assembly. They can help tighten the
safety belts during a severe frontal crash,
and side and rear impacts if the threshold
conditions for pretensioner activation
are met. Pretensioners are not designed
to activate in a minor frontal crash.
Pretensioners are designed to activate in
a moderate to severe rear crash.
Pretensioners work only once. If the
pretensioners activate in a crash, the
pretensioners and probably other new
parts for the vehicle’s safety belt system
will need to be replaced. See Replacing
Safety Belt System Parts after a Crash
on page 2-21.
SAFETY BELT USE DURING
PREGNANCY
Safety belts work for everyone, including
pregnant women. Like all occupants,
they are more likely to be seriously
injured if they do not wear safety belts.
A pregnant woman should wear a lapshoulder belt, and the lap portion
should be worn as low as possible,
across the pelvis to prevent pressure on
the abdomen.
2-20 Seats and Restraints
LAP BELT
The best way to protect the fetus is to
protect the mother. When a safety belt is
worn properly, it is more likely that the
fetus will not be hurt in a crash. For
pregnant women, as for anyone, the key
to make safety belts effective is wearing
them properly.
This section is only for the lap belt. To
learn how to wear a lap-shoulder belt,
see Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 2-17.
The vehicle may have a second row
center seating position with a lap belt.
The lap belt has no retractor.
To make the belt longer, tilt the latch
plate and pull it along the belt. Buckle,
position and release it the same way as
the lap part of a lap-shoulder belt.
To make the belt shorter, pull its free
end as shown until the belt is snug.
Make sure the release button on the
buckle is positioned so you would be
able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly
if necessary.
If you find that the latch plate will not
go fully into the buckle, see if you are
using the correct buckle. Be sure that
the latch plate clicks when inserted into
the buckle.
To unlatch the belt, push the button on
the buckle.
Seats and Restraints 2-21
SAFETY SYSTEM CHECK
SAFETY BELT CARE
Now and then, check that the safety belt
reminder light, safety belts, buckles,
latch plates, retractors, and anchorages
are all working properly. Look for any
other loose or damaged safety belt
system parts that might keep a safety
belt system from doing its job. See your
CHEVROLET retailer to have it
repaired. Torn or frayed safety belts
may not protect you in a crash. They can
rip apart under impact forces. If a belt is
torn or frayed, get a new one right away.
Make sure the safety belt reminder light
is working. See Safety Belt Reminder
on page 4-16.
Keep safety belts clean and dry. See
Safety Belt Care on page 2-21.
Keep belts clean and dry.
Warning
Do not bleach or dye safety belts. It
may severely weaken them. In a
crash, they might not be able to
provide adequate protection. Clean
safety belts only with mild soap and
lukewarm water.
REPLACING SAFETY BELT
SYSTEM PARTS AFTER A
CRASH
Warning
A crash can damage the safety belt
system in the vehicle. A damaged
safety belt system may not properly
protect the person using it, resulting
in serious injury or even death in a
crash. To help make sure the safety
belt systems are working properly
after a crash, have them inspected
and any necessary replacements
made as soon as possible.
2-22 Seats and Restraints
AIRBAG SYSTEM
AIRBAG SYSTEM
After a minor crash, replacement of
safety belts may not be necessary. But
the safety belt assemblies that were used
during any crash may have been stressed
or damaged. See your CHEVROLET
retailer to have the safety belt assemblies inspected or replaced.
New parts and repairs may be necessary
even if the safety belt system was not
being used at the time of the crash.
Have the safety belt pretensioners
checked if the vehicle has been in a
crash, or if the airbag readiness light
stays on after you start the vehicle or
while you are driving. See Airbag
Readiness Light on page 4-16 .
The vehicle has the following airbags:
Ÿ A frontal airbag for the driver.
Ÿ A frontal airbag for the outboard
front passenger.
The vehicle may have the following
airbags:
Ÿ A seat-mounted side impact airbag
for the driver.
Ÿ A seat-mounted side impact airbag
for the outboard front passenger.
Ÿ A roof-rail airbag for the driver and
the passenger seated directly behind
the driver.
Ÿ A roof-rail airbag for the outboard
front passenger and the passenger
seated directly behind the outboard
front passenger.
All of the airbags in the vehicle will
have the word AIRBAG embossed in
the trim or on an attached label near the
deployment opening.
For frontal airbags, the word AIRBAG
will appear on the middle part of the
steering wheel for the driver and on the
instrument panel for the outboard front
passenger.
With seat-mounted side impact airbags,
the word AIRBAG will appear on the
side of the seatback closest to the door.
With roof-rail airbags, the word AIRBAG
will appear along the trim.
Warning
Be sure that cargo is not near an
airbag. In a crash, an inflating airbag
might force that object towards a
person. This could cause severe
injury or even death. Secure objects
away from the area in which an
airbag would inflate. For more
information, see Where Are the
Airbags? on page 2-24 and Vehicle
Load Limits on page 8-9.
Seats and Restraints 2-23
Airbags are designed to supplement the
protection provided by safety belts.
Even though today's airbags are also
designed to help reduce the risk of
injury from the force of an inflating
bag, all airbags must inflate very
quickly to do their job.
Here are the most important things to
know about the airbag system:
Warning
You can be severely injured or killed
in a crash if you are not wearing your
safety belt, even with airbags.
Airbags are designed to work with
safety belts, not replace them. Also,
airbags are not designed to inflate in
every crash. In some crashes safety
belts are the only restraint. See When
Should an Airbag Inflate? on page
2-26.
Wearing your safety belt during a
crash helps reduce the chance of
hitting things inside the vehicle or
being ejected from it. Airbags are
“supplemental restraints” to the
safety belts. Everyone in the vehicle
should wear a safety belt properly,
whether or not there is an airbag for
that person.
Warning
Because airbags inflate with great
force and faster than the blink of an
eye, anyone who is up against, or
very close to any airbag when it
inflates can be seriously injured or
killed. Do not sit unnecessarily close
to any airbag, as you would be if
sitting on the edge of the seat or
leaning forward. Safety belts help
keep you in position before and
during a crash. Always wear a safety
belt, even with airbags. The driver
should sit as far back as possible
while still maintaining control of the
vehicle.
Occupants should not lean on or
sleep against the door or side
windows in seating positions with
seat-mounted side impact airbags
and/or roof-rail airbags.
2-24 Seats and Restraints
WHERE ARE THE AIRBAGS?
Warning
Children who are up against, or very
close to, any airbag when it inflates
can be seriously injured or killed.
Airbags plus lap-shoulder belts offer
protection for adults and older
children, but not for young children
and infants. Neither the vehicle's
safety belt system nor its airbag
system is designed for them. Young
children and infants need the
protection that a child restraint
system can provide. Always secure
children properly in the vehicle. To
read how, see Older Children on
page 2-30 or Infants and Young
Children on page 2-32.
There is an airbag readiness light on the
instrument panel cluster, which shows
the airbag symbol.
The system checks the airbag electrical
system for malfunctions. The light tells
you if there is an electrical problem. See
Airbag Readiness Light on page 4-16
for more information.
The driver frontal airbag is in the
middle of the steering wheel.
Seats and Restraints 2-25
The outboard front passenger frontal
airbag is in the instrument panel on the
passenger side.
Passenger Side Shown, Driver Side
Similar
If the vehicle has seat-mounted side
impact airbags for the driver and
outboard front passenger, they are in the
side of the seatbacks closest to the door.
Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side
Similar
If the vehicle has roof-rail airbags for
the driver, outboard front passenger,
and second row outboard passengers,
they are in the ceiling above the side
windows.
2-26 Seats and Restraints
WHEN SHOULD AN AIRBAG
INFLATE?
Warning
If something is between an occupant
and an airbag, the airbag might not
inflate properly or it might force the
object into that person causing
severe injury or even death. The path
of an inflating airbag must be kept
clear. Do not put anything between
an occupant and an airbag, and do
not attach or put anything on the
steering wheel hub or on or near any
other airbag covering.
Do not use seat accessories that
block the inflation path of a seatmounted side impact airbag.
Never secure anything to the roof of
a vehicle with roof-rail airbags by
routing a rope or tie‐down through
any door or window opening. If you
do, the path of an inflating roof-rail
airbag will be blocked.
Frontal airbags are designed to inflate
in moderate to severe frontal or nearfrontal crashes to help reduce the
potential for severe injuries mainly to
the driver’s or outboard front passenger’s head and chest. However, they are
only designed to inflate if the impact
exceeds a predetermined deployment
threshold. Deployment thresholds are
used to predict how severe a crash is
likely to be in time for the airbags to
inflate and help restrain the occupants.
Whether the frontal airbags will or
should deploy is not based on how fast
your vehicle is traveling. It depends
largely on what you hit, the direction of
the impact, and how quickly your
vehicle slows down.
Frontal airbags may inflate at different
crash speeds. For example:
Ÿ If the vehicle hits a stationary
object, the airbags could inflate at a
different crash speed than if the
vehicle hits a moving object.
If the vehicle hits an object that
deforms, the airbags could inflate at
a different crash speed than if the
vehicle hits an object that does not
deform.
Ÿ If the vehicle hits a narrow object
(like a pole), the airbags could
inflate at a different crash speed
than if the vehicle hits a wide object
(like a wall).
Ÿ If the vehicle goes into an object at
an angle, the airbags could inflate at
a different crash speed than if the
vehicle goes straight into the object.
Thresholds can also vary with specific
vehicle design.
Frontal airbags are not intended to
inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear
impacts, or in many side impacts.
Ÿ
Seats and Restraints 2-27
WHAT MAKES AN AIRBAG
INFLATE?
Always wear your safety belt, even
with frontal airbags.
The vehicle may have seat-mounted side
impact and roof-rail airbags. See Airbag
System on page 2-22. Seat-mounted side
impact and roof-rail airbags are intended
to inflate in moderate to severe side
crashes. Seat-mounted side impact and
roof-rail airbags will inflate if the crash
severity is above the system’s designed
threshold level. The threshold level can
vary with specific vehicle design.
Seat-mounted side impact airbags are
not intended to inflate in frontal
impacts, near frontal impacts, rollovers,
or rear impacts. Roof-rail airbags are
not intended to inflate in rollovers or
rear impacts.
A seat-mounted side impact airbag and
roof‐rail airbags are intended to deploy
on the side of the vehicle that is struck.
In any particular crash, no one can say
whether an airbag should have inflated
simply because of the damage to a
vehicle or because of what the repair
costs were. For frontal airbags, inflation
is determined by what the vehicle hits,
the angle of the impact, and how quickly
the vehicle slows down. For seatmounted side impact and roof-rail
airbags, deployment is determined by
the location and severity of the side
impact.
In a deployment event, the sensing
system sends an electrical signal
triggering a release of gas from the
inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the
airbag causing the bag to break out of
the cover and deploy. The inflator, the
airbag, and related hardware are all part
of the airbag module. Frontal airbag
modules are located inside the steering
wheel and instrument panel. For
vehicles with seat-mounted side impact
airbags, there are airbag modules in the
side of the front seatbacks closest to the
door. For vehicles with roof-rail
airbags, there are airbag modules in the
ceiling of the vehicle, near the side
windows that have occupant seating
positions.
2-28 Seats and Restraints
HOW DOES AN AIRBAG
RESTRAIN?
WHAT WILL YOU SEE AFTER
AN AIRBAG INFLATES?
In moderate to severe frontal or near
frontal collisions, even belted occupants
can contact the steering wheel or the
instrument panel. In moderate to severe
side collisions, even belted occupants
can contact the inside of the vehicle.
Airbags supplement the protection
provided by safety belts. Frontal
airbags distribute the force of the
impact more evenly over the occupant's
upper body, stopping the occupant
more gradually. Seat-mounted side
impact and roof-rail airbags distribute
the force of the impact more evenly
over the occupant's upper body.
But airbags would not help in many
types of collisions, primarily because
the occupant's motion is not towards
those airbags. See When Should an
Airbag Inflate? on page 2-26 for more
information.
Airbags should never be regarded as
anything more than a supplement to
safety belts.
After the frontal airbags and seatmounted side impact airbags inflate,
they quickly deflate, so quickly that
some people may not even realize an
airbag inflated. Roof-rail airbags may
still be at least partially inflated for
some time after they inflate. Some
components of the airbag module may
be hot for several minutes. For location
of the airbags, see Where Are the
Airbags? on page 2-24.
The parts of the airbag that come into
contact with you may be warm, but not
too hot to touch. There may be some
smoke and dust coming from the vents
in the deflated airbags. Airbag inflation
does not prevent the driver from seeing
out of the windshield or being able to
steer the vehicle, nor does it prevent
people from leaving the vehicle.
Warning
When an airbag inflates, there may
be dust in the air. This dust could
cause breathing problems for people
with a history of asthma or other
breathing trouble. To avoid this,
everyone in the vehicle should get
out as soon as it is safe to do so. If you
have breathing problems but cannot
get out of the vehicle after an airbag
inflates, then get fresh air by opening
a window or a door. If you experience breathing problems following
an airbag deployment, you should
seek medical attention.
The vehicle has a feature that may
automatically unlock the doors, turn the
interior lamps on, turn the hazard
warning flashers on, and shut off the
fuel system after the airbags inflate.
You can lock the doors, turn the interior
lamps off, and turn the hazard warning
flashers off by using the controls for
those features.
Seats and Restraints 2-29
SERVICING THE AIRBAG
-EQUIPPED VEHICLE
Warning
A crash severe enough to inflate the
airbags may have also damaged
important functions in the vehicle,
such as the fuel system, brake and
steering systems, etc. Even if the
vehicle appears to be drivable after a
moderate crash, there may be
concealed damage that could make it
difficult to safely operate the vehicle.
Use caution if you should attempt to
restart the engine after a crash has
occurred.
In many crashes severe enough to inflate
the airbag, windshields are broken by
vehicle deformation. Additional windshield breakage may also occur from the
front outboard passenger airbag.
Ÿ Airbags are designed to inflate only
once. After an airbag inflates, you
will need some new parts for the
airbag system. If you do not get
them, the airbag system will not be
Ÿ
Ÿ
there to help protect you in another
crash. A new system will include
airbag modules and possibly other
parts. The Service Manual for the
vehicle covers the need to replace
other parts.
The vehicle has a crash sensing and
diagnostic module which records
information after a crash.
Let only qualified technicians work
on the airbag systems. Improper
service can mean that an airbag
system will not work properly. See
your CHEVROLET retailer for service.
Airbags affect how the vehicle should
be serviced. There are parts of the
airbag system in several places around
the vehicle. Your CHEVROLET retailer and the Service Manual have
information about servicing the vehicle
and the airbag system.
Warning
For up to 10 seconds after the vehicle
is turned off and the battery is
disconnected, an airbag can still
inflate during improper service. You
can be injured if you are close to an
airbag when it inflates. Avoid yellow
connectors. They are probably part
of the airbag system. Be sure to
follow proper service procedures,
and make sure the person performing
work for you is qualified to do so.
2-30 Seats and Restraints
CHILD RESTRAINTS
AIRBAG SYSTEM CHECK
The airbag system does not need
regularly scheduled maintenance or
replacement. Make sure the airbag
readiness light is working. See Airbag
Readiness Light on page 4-16.
Caution
If an airbag covering is damaged,
opened, or broken, the airbag may
not work properly. Do not open or
break the airbag coverings. If there
are any opened or broken airbag
covers, have the airbag covering
and/or airbag module replaced. For
the location of the airbags, see
Where Are the Airbags? on page 224. See your CHEVROLET retailer
for service.
REPLACING AIRBAG SYSTEM
PARTS AFTER A CRASH
OLDER CHILDREN
Warning
A crash can damage the airbag
systems in the vehicle. A damaged
airbag system may not work
properly and may not protect you
and your passenger(s) in a crash,
resulting in serious injury or even
death. To help make sure the airbag
systems are working properly after a
crash, have them inspected and any
necessary replacements made as
soon as possible.
If an airbag inflates, you will need to
replace airbag system parts. See your
CHEVROLET retailer for service.
If the airbag readiness light stays on
after the vehicle is started or comes on
when you are driving, the airbag system
may not work properly. Have the
vehicle serviced right away. See Airbag
Readiness Light on page 4-16.
Older children who have outgrown
booster seats should wear the vehicle's
safety belts.
Seats and Restraints 2-31
The manufacturer's instructions that
come with the booster seat, state the
weight and height limitations for that
booster. Use a booster seat with a lapshoulder belt until the child passes the
below fit test:
Ÿ Sit all the way back on the seat. Do
the knees bend at the seat edge? If
yes, continue. If no, return to the
booster seat.
Ÿ Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. Does
the shoulder belt rest on the
shoulder? If yes, continue. If no,
then return to the booster seat.
Ÿ Does the lap belt fit low and snug on
the hips, touching the thighs? If yes,
continue. If no, return to the booster
seat.
Ÿ Can proper safety belt fit be
maintained for the length of the
trip? If yes, continue. If no, return to
the booster seat.
Q: What is the proper way to wear
safety belts?
A: An older child should wear a lapshoulder belt and get the additional
restraint a shoulder belt can
provide. The shoulder belt should
not cross the face or neck. The lap
belt should fit snugly below the
hips, just touching the top of the
thighs. This applies belt force to the
child's pelvic bones in a crash. It
should never be worn over the
abdomen, which could cause severe
or even fatal internal injuries in a
crash.
According to accident statistics, children
and infants are safer when properly
restrained in a child restraint system or
infant restraint system secured in a rear
seating position.
In a crash, children who are not buckled
up can strike other people who are
buckled up, or can be thrown out of the
vehicle. Older children need to use
safety belts properly.
Warning
Never allow more than one child to
wear the same safety belt. The safety
belt cannot properly spread the
impact forces. In a crash, they can be
crushed together and seriously
injured. A safety belt must be used by
only one person at a time.
2-32 Seats and Restraints
INFANTS AND YOUNG
CHILDREN
Warning
Never allow a child to wear the
safety belt with the shoulder belt
behind their back. A child can be
seriously injured by not wearing the
lap-shoulder belt properly. In a
crash, the child would not be
restrained by the shoulder belt. The
child could move too far forward
increasing the chance of head and
neck injury. The child might also
slide under the lap belt. The belt
force would then be applied right on
the abdomen. That could cause
serious or fatal injuries. The shoulder
belt should go over the shoulder and
across the chest.
Everyone in a vehicle needs protection!
This includes infants and all other
children. Neither the distance traveled
nor the age and size of the traveler
changes the need, for everyone, to use
safety restraints.
Warning
Children can be seriously injured or
strangled if a shoulder belt is
wrapped around their neck and the
safety belt continues to tighten.
Never leave children unattended in a
vehicle and never allow children to
play with the safety belts.
Airbags plus lap‐shoulder belts offer
protection for adults and older children,
but not for young children and infants.
Neither the vehicle's safety belt system
nor its airbag system is designed for
them. Every time infants and young
children ride in vehicles, they should
have the protection provided by
appropriate child restraints.
Seats and Restraints 2-33
Children who are not restrained
properly can strike other people, or can
be thrown out of the vehicle.
Warning
Never hold an infant or a child while
riding in a vehicle. Due to crash
forces, an infant or a child will
become so heavy it is not possible to
hold it during a crash. For example,
in a crash at only 40 km/h (25 mph), a
5.5 kg (12 lb) infant will suddenly
become a 110 kg (240 lb) force on a
person’s arms. An infant should be
secured in an appropriate restraint.
Warning
Children who are up against, or very
close to, any airbag when it inflates
can be seriously injured or killed.
Never put a rear-facing child
restraint in the left front seat. Secure
a rear-facing child restraint in a rear
seat. It is also better to secure a
forward-facing child restraint in a
rear seat. If you must secure a
forward-facing child restraint in the
left front seat, always move the front
passenger seat as far back as it will
go.
Warning
A young child's hip bones are still so
small that the vehicle's regular safety
belt may not remain low on the hip
bones, as it should. Instead, it may
settle up around the child's abdomen.
In a crash, the belt would apply force
on a body area that is unprotected by
any bony structure. This alone could
cause serious or fatal injuries. To
reduce the risk of serious or fatal
injuries during a crash, young
children should always be secured in
appropriate child restraints.
2-34 Seats and Restraints
CHILD RESTRAINT
SYSTEMS
Q: What are the different types of
add-on child restraints?
A: Add-on child restraints, which are
purchased by the vehicle’s owner,
are available in four basic types.
Selection of a particular restraint
should take into consideration not
only the child’s weight, height, and
age but also whether or not the
restraint will be compatible with the
motor vehicle in which it will be
used.
For most basic types of child
restraints, there are many different
models available. When purchasing
a child restraint, besure it is
designed to be used in a motor
vehicle.
The restraint manufacturer’s instructions that come with the restraint
state the weight and height limitations for a particular child restraint. In
addition, there are many kinds of
restraints available for children with
special needs.
Warning
To reduce the risk of neck and head
injury during a crash, infants need
complete support. In a crash, if an
infant is in a rear-facing child restraint,
the crash forces can be distributed
across the strongest part of an infant's
body, the back and shoulders. Infants
should always be secured in rearfacing child restraints.
(A) Rear-Facing Infant Seat
A rear-facing infant seat (A) provides
restraint with the seating surface
against the back of the infant.
The harness system holds the infant in
place and, in a crash, acts to keep the
infant positioned in the restraint.
Seats and Restraints 2-35
Securing an Add-On Child
Restraint in the Vehicle
Warning
A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child restraint
is not properly secured in the vehicle.
Secure the child restraint properly in
the vehicle using the vehicle safety
belt or LATCH system, following the
instructions that came with that child
restraint and the instructions in this
Manual.
(B) Forward-Facing Child Seat
A forward-facing child seat (B)
provides restraint for the child's body
with the harness.
(C) Booster Seats
A booster seat (C) is a child restraint
designed to improve the fit of the
vehicle's safety belt system. A booster
seat can also help a child to see out the
window.
To help reduce the chance of injury, the
child restraint must be secured in the
vehicle. Child restraint systems must be
secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or
the lap belt portion of a lap-shoulder
belt, or by the LATCH system. See
Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System)* on page
2-37 for more information. Children
can be endangered in a crash if the child
restraint is not properly secured in the
vehicle.
2-36 Seats and Restraints
Securing the Child Within the
Child Restraint
When securing an add-on child
restraint, refer to the instructions that
come with the restraint which may be
on the restraint itself or in a booklet, or
both, and in this Manual. The child
restraint instructions are important, so
if they are not available, obtain a
replacement copy from the manufacturer.
Keep in mind that an unsecured child
restraint can move around in a collision
or sudden stop and injure people in the
vehicle. Be sure to properly secure any
child restraint in the vehicle - even
when no child is in it.
Warning
A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child is not
properly secured in the child
restraint. Secure the child properly
following the instructions that came
with that child restraint.
WHERE TO PUT THE
RESTRAINT
According to accident statistics, children
and infants are safer when properly
restrained in a child restraint system or
infant restraint system secured in a rear
seating position.
We recommend that children and child
restraints be secured in a rear seat,
including: an infant or a child riding in a
rear-facing child restraint; a child riding
in a forward-facing child seat; an older
child riding in a booster seat; and children, who are large enough, using safety
belts.
Never put a rear-facing child seat in the
front. This is because the risk to the
rear-facing child is so great if the airbag
deploys.
Seats and Restraints 2-37
LOWER ANCHORS AND
TETHERS FOR CHILDREN
(LATCH SYSTEM) (Option)
Warning
A child in a rear-facing child restraint
can be seriously injured or killed if
the passenger airbag inflates. This is
because the back of the rear-facing
child restraint would be very close to
the inflating airbag. Secure rearfacing child restraints in a rear seat.
A child in a forward‐facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed
if the outboard front passenger airbag
inflates and the passenger seat is in a
forward position. If you secure a
forward-facing child restraint in the
outboard front passenger seat, always
move the passenger seat as far back as
it will go. It is better to secure the child
restraint in a rear seat.
When securing a child restraint in a rear
seating position, study the instructions
that came with the child restraint to
make sure it is compatible with this
vehicle.
Child restraints and booster seats vary
considerably in size, and some may fit
in certain seating positions better than
others. Always make sure the child
restraint is properly secured.
Depending on where you place the
child restraint and the size of the child
restraint, you may not be able to access
adjacent safety belt assemblies or
LATCH anchors for additional passengers or child restraints. Adjacent
seating positions should not be used if
the child restraint prevents access to or
interferes with the routing of the safety
belt.
Wherever a child restraint is installed,
be sure to secure the child restraint
properly.
Keep in mind that an unsecured child
restraint can move around in a collision
or sudden stop and injure people in the
vehicle. Be sure to properly secure any
child restraint in the vehicle - even
when no child is in it.
The LATCH system holds a child
restraint during driving or in a crash.
This system is designed to make
installation of a child restraint easier.
The LATCH system uses anchors in the
vehicle and attachments on the child
restraint that are made for use with the
LATCH system.
Make sure that a LATCH-compatible
child restraint is properly installed
using the anchors, or use the vehicle's
safety belts to secure the restraint,
following the instructions that came
with that restraint, and also the
instructions in this Manual. When
installing a child restraint with a top
tether, you must also use either the
lower anchors or the safety belts to
properly secure the child restraint. A
child restraint must never be installed
using only the top tether and anchor.
2-38 Seats and Restraints
In order to use the LATCH system in
your vehicle, you need a child restraint
that has LATCH attachments. The child
restraint manufacturer will provide you
with instructions on how to use the
child restraint and its attachments. The
following explains how to attach a child
restraint with these attachments in your
vehicle.
Not all vehicle seating positions or
child restraints have lower anchors and
attachments or top tether anchors and
attachments.
Lower Anchors
Top Tether Anchor
Lower anchors (A) are metal bars built
into the vehicle. There are two lower
anchors for each LATCH seating
position that will accommodate a child
restraint with lower attachments (B).
A top tether (A, C) anchors the top of
the child restraint to the vehicle. A top
tether anchor is built into the vehicle.
The top tether attachment (B) on the
child restraint connects to the top tether
anchor in the vehicle in order to reduce
the forward movement and rotation of
the child restraint during driving or in a
crash.
Your child restraint may have a single
tether (A) or a dual tether (C). Either
Seats and Restraints 2-39
Lower Anchor and Top Tether
Anchor Locations*
will have a single attachment (B) to
secure the top tether to the anchor.
Some child restraints that have a top
tether are designed for use with or
without the top tether being attached.
Others require the top tether always to
be attached. Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for your child restraint.
Rear Seat
(Top Tether Anchor): Seating
positions with top tether anchors.
(Lower Anchor): Seating positions
with two lower anchors.
To assist in locating the lower anchors,
each seating position with lower
anchors has two labels, near the crease
between the seatback and the seat
cushion.
2-40 Seats and Restraints
Top Tether Anchors
According to accident statistics, children
and infants are safer when properly
restrained in a child restraint system or
infant restraint system secured in a rear
seating position. See Where to Put the
Restraint on page 2-36 for additional
information.
To assist in locating the top tether
anchors, the top tether anchor symbol is
near the anchor.
The top tether anchors for the outboard
rear seating positions are on the back of
the rear seatback. Be sure to use an
anchor on the same side of the vehicle
as the seating position where the child
restraint will be placed.
Do not secure a child restraint in a
position without a top tether anchor if a
national or local law requires that the
top tether be attached, or if the
instructions that come with the child
restraint say that the top tether must be
attached.
Seats and Restraints 2-41
SECURING A CHILD
RESTRAINT DESIGNED
FOR THE LATCH SYSTEM
Warning
If a LATCH-type child restraint is
not attached to anchors, the child
restraint will not be able to protect
the child correctly. In a crash, the
child could be seriously injured or
killed. Install a LATCH-type child
restraint properly using the anchors,
or use the vehicle safety belts to
secure the restraint, following the
instructions that came with the child
restraint and the instructions in this
Manual.
Warning
Do not attach more than one child
restraint to a single anchor. Attaching
more than one child restraint to a
single anchor could cause the anchor
or attachment to come loose or even
break during a crash. A child or
others could be injured. To reduce
the risk of serious or fatal injuries
during a crash, attach only one child
restraint per anchor.
Warning
Children can be seriously injured or
strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped
around their neck and the safety belt
continues to tighten. Buckle any
unused safety belts behind the child
restraint so children cannot reach
them. Pull the shoulder belt all the
way out of the retractor to set the lock,
if the vehicle has one, after the child
restraint has been installed.
Caution
Do not let the LATCH attachments rub
against the vehicle’s safety belts. This
may damage these parts. If necessary,
move buckled safety belts to avoid
rubbing the LATCH attachments.
Do not fold the empty rear seat with a
safety belt buckled. This could damage
the safety belt or the seat. Unbuckle
and return the safety belt to its stowed
position, before folding the seat.
Make sure to attach the child restraint at
the proper anchor location.
This system is designed to make
installation of child restraints easier.
When using lower anchors, do not use
the vehicle's safety belts. Instead use
the vehicle's anchors and child restraint
attachments to secure the restraints.
Some restraints also use another
vehicle anchor to secure a top tether.
1. Attach and fasten the lower
attachments to the lower anchors. If
the child restraint does not have
lower attachments or the desired
seating position does not have
lower anchors, secure the child
restraint with the top tether and the
safety belts. Refer to your child
restraint manufacturer instructions
and the instructions in this Manual.
1.1. Find the lower anchors for the
desired seating position. Make
sure there are no foreign
objects around lower anchors.
2-42 Seats and Restraints
Foreign objects can interfere
with the proper latching of the
child restraint to the anchors.
1.2. Put the child restraint on the
seat.
1.3. Attach and fasten the lower
attachments on the child
restraint to the lower anchors.
2. If the child restraint manufacturer
recommends that the top tether be
attached, attach and tighten the top
tether to the top tether anchor, if
equipped. Refer to the child restraint
instructions and the following steps:
2.1. Find the top tether anchor.
2.2. You may need to adjust the
rear compartment storage
panel/cover in the rear cargo
area to access the anchors.
2.3. Route, attach, and tighten the
top tether according to your
child restraint instructions and
the following instructions:
Ÿ If the rear outboard seating position
Ÿ If the rear outboard seating position
you are using has an adjustable
headrest or head restraint and you
are using a single tether, raise the
headrest or head restraint and route
the tether under the headrest or head
restraint and in between the headrest
or head restraint posts.
you are using has an adjustable
headrest or head restraint and you
are using a dual tether, raise the head
restraint and route the tether under
the headrest or head restraint and
around the headrest or head restraint
posts.
3. Before placing a child in the child
restraint, make sure it is securely
held in place. Refer to your child
restraint manufacturer instructions.
Seats and Restraints 2-43
REPLACING LATCH SYSTEM*
PARTS AFTER A CRASH
Warning
A crash can damage the LATCH
system in the vehicle. A damaged
LATCH system may not properly
secure the child restraint, resulting in
serious injury or even death in a
crash. To help make sure the LATCH
system is working properly after a
crash, see your CHEVROLET
retailer to have the system inspected
and any necessary replacements
made as soon as possible.
If the vehicle has the LATCH system
and it was being used during a crash,
new LATCH system parts may be
needed.
New parts and repairs may be necessary
even if the LATCH system was not
being used at the time of the crash.
SECURING CHILD
RESTRAINTS
When securing a child restraint in a rear
seating position, study the instructions
that came with the child restraint to
make sure it is compatible with this
vehicle.
If the child restraint has the LATCH
system, see Lower Anchors and Tethers
for Children (LATCH System) on page
2-37 for how and where to install the
child restraint using LATCH. If a child
restraint is secured in the vehicle using
a safety belt and it uses a top tether, see
Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) on page
2-37 for top tether anchor locations.
Do not secure a child seat in a position
without a top tether anchor if a national
or local law requires that the top tether
be anchored, or if the instructions that
come with the child restraint say that
the top strap must be anchored.
If the child restraint does not have the
LATCH system, you will be using the
safety belt to secure the child restraint
in this position. Be sure to follow the
instructions that came with the child
restraint. Secure the child in the child
restraint when and as the instructions
say.
If more than one child restraint needs to
be installed in the rear seat, be sure to
read Where to Put the Restraint on page
2-36.
1. Put the child restraint on the seat.
2. Pick up the latch plate, and run the
lap and shoulder portions of the
vehicle's safety belt through or
around the restraint. The child
restraint instructions will show you
how.
2-44 Seats and Restraints
3. Push the latch plate into the buckle
until it clicks.
Position the release button on the
buckle so that the safety belt could
be quickly unbuckled if necessary.
4. To tighten the belt, push down on
the child restraint, pull the shoulder
portion of the belt to tighten the lap
portion of the belt and feed the
shoulder belt back into the retractor.
When installing a forward-facing
child restraint, it may be helpful to
use your knee to push down on the
child restraint as you tighten the
belt.
If the child restraint system has a
lock‐off mechanism, use it to secure
the vehicle safety belt.
5. If the child restraint has a top tether,
follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions regarding the
use of the top tether. See Lower
Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) on page 2-37 for
more information.
6. Before placing a child in the child
restraint, make sure it is securely
held in place. To check, push and
pull the child restraint in different
directions to be sure it is secure.
To remove the child restraint, unbuckle
the vehicle safety belt and let it return to
the stowed position. If the top tether is
attached to a top tether anchor,
disconnect it.
Seats and Restraints 2-45
This vehicle has airbags. A rear seat is a
safer place to secure a forward-facing
child restraint. See Where to Put the
Restraint on page 2-36.
Never put a rear-facing child seat in the
front. This is because the risk to the
rear-facing child is so great, if the
airbag deploys.
Warning
A child in a rear-facing child restraint
can be seriously injured or killed if
the passenger airbag inflates. This is
because the back of the rear-facing
child restraint would be very close to
the inflating airbag. Secure rearfacing child restraints in a rear seat.
Warning (Continued)
A child in a forward‐facing child
restraint can be seriously injured or
killed if the outboard front passenger
airbag inflates and the passenger seat
is in a forward position. If you secure
a forward-facing child restraint in
the outboard front passenger seat,
always move the passenger seat as
far back as it will go. It is better to
secure the child restraint in a rear
seat.
If the vehicle does not have a rear seat
that will accommodate a child restraint,
a child restraint should not be installed
in the vehicle, even if the airbag is off.
2-46 Seats and Restraints
Storage 3-1
STORAGE
Storage Compartments
Instrument Panel Storage ........ 3-1
Glove Box ............................... 3-1
Cupholders .............................. 3-2
Sunglasses Storage .................. 3-3
Card Holder.............................. 3-3
Coin Storage .............................3-3
Center Console Storage ........... 3-4
Underseat Storage .................... 3-4
Rear Storage ............................ 3-4
Roof Paneling
Assist Grip With Coat Hook .....3-5
Additional Storage Features
Convenience Net ..................... 3-5
Warning Triangle.......................3-6
Roof Rack System
Roof Rack ............................... 3-6
Information On Loading the Vehicle
Information On Loading the
Vehicle ......................................3-7
STORAGE
COMPARTMENTS
INSTRUMENT PANEL
STORAGE
GLOVE BOX
There is a storage compartment on the
instrument panel. Push the handle to
open.
Open the glove box by pulling the
bottom of the handle upward and the
glove box lamp will be turned on. Close
the glove box with a firm push and the
glove box lamp will be turned off.
3-2 Storage
CUPHOLDERS
Glove Box Partition*
Warning
The inner partition can be removed if
you want to store larger items.
After taking inner partition off, keep it
in the right side groove of the glove box.
Warning
To reduce the risk of injury in an
accident or a sudden stop, always
keep the glove box door closed while
driving.
There are cupholders in the center
console and in the second row seat
armrest.
Pull down the armrest to access the
cupholders.
Do not place uncovered cups of hot
liquid in the cup holder while the
vehicle is in motion. If the hot liquid
spills, you burn yourself. Such a burn
to the driver could lead to loss of
control of the vehicle.
To reduce the risk of personal injury
in the event of sudden stop or
collision, do not place uncovered or
unsecured bottles, glasses, cans, etc.,
in the cup holder while the vehicle is
in motion.
Storage 3-3
SUNGLASSES STORAGE
CARD HOLDER
COIN STORAGE
If equipped, the sunglasses holder is in
the overhead console. To open it, push
on the rear of the cover.
Close it by pushing up until it latches.
You can use the card holder by inserting
a card into slot.
To open the coin storage, pull the
handle on the coin storage door towards
you.
To close the coin storage, firmly push
the coin storage door.
Warning
Do not use for storing heavy objects.
3-4 Storage
CENTER CONSOLE
STORAGE
To open the console box, pull up on the
lever and lift lid.
To close the console box, lower the lid
and push it down until it latches.
UNDERSEAT STORAGE
REAR STORAGE
To use the front passenger seat
undertray, pull up on the end of the tray
and pull it towards the instrument
panel. Push the tray towards the seat to
return it to its original position.
On the right side of the luggage
compartment floor, there is floor side
tray.
Caution
Do not allow items in the storage to
extend above the top of the storage.
Otherwise, the storage or luggage floor
may be damaged.
You can use another storage by pressing
and pushing the lever on the cup holders.
Storage 3-5
ROOF PANELING
ADDITIONAL STORAGE
FEATURES
ASSIST GRIP WITH COAT
HOOK
CONVENIENCE NET
Luggage Floor Net
Caution
Your vehicle has assist grips above the
front seat passenger’s door and the rear
doors. The grip above each rear door
includes coat hook.
To use the assist grips, pull down and
hold it. The grips will swing up
automatically when releasing it.
Passengers can use the grips for assistance in entering / exiting the vehicle, or
for hand-holds during vehicle in motion.
Hanging items on your vehicle's
assist grips can obstruct the driver’s
view.
Do not hang anything on the assist
grips, unless they are equipped with
a coat hook.
Obstructing the driver’s view can
lead to an accident resulting in
personal injuries and damage to your
vehicle or other property.
The luggage floor net can help keep
small loads from moving during sharp
turns or quick starts and stops.
Attach the four net hooks in the metal
rings on the each corner of the floor.
3-6 Storage
ROOF RACK SYSTEM
WARNING TRIANGLE
ROOF RACK
Luggage Holder Net
You can carry small loads with your
optional luggage holding net.
To install the net, hang each loop in the
upper corner of the net to both anchors
of the back panel and two net hooks in
the metal rings on the both lower corner
of the floor.
Caution
The luggage holding net is designed
for small loads.
Do not carry heavy objects in your
luggage holding net.
The warning triangle is stored under the
luggage compartment floor.
To pull out the warning triangle, lift the
luggage compartment floor handle
upward.
The roof rack can be used to conveniently
carry additional cargo, or bulky items,
such as bicycles, which are better carried
outside than inside. The roof rack has side
rails attached to the roof. Consult
CHEVROLET retailer for details and
regulations on driving with a loaded roof
rack.
Ensure that the load is evenly distributed
over the side or cross rails. The roof
surface must not be loaded.
A loaded luggage carrier alters the
vehicle's centre of gravity. Drive carefully
when in crosswinds and do not drive at
high speeds.
To prevent damage or loss of cargo as you
are driving, check frequently to make
sure your cargo are securely fastened.
Warning
The maximum load for the roof rack
rails is 220lbs (100kg). Do not exceed
the maximum vehicle capacity when
loading your vehicle.
Storage 3-7
INFORMATION ON
LOADING THE VEHICLE
INFORMATION ON LOADING
THE VEHICLE
Warning
If you try to carry something on top
of your vehicle that is longer or wider
than the roof rack, the wind can catch
it as you drive along.
This can cause you to lose control.
What you are carrying could be
violently torn off, and this could
cause you or other drivers to have a
collision, and of course damage your
vehicle.
Never carry something longer or
wider than the roof rack on top of
your vehicle.
A loaded roof rack changes the
vehicle's centre of gravity. Do not
drive at high speeds. Take precautions when driving in crosswinds.
Failure to follow this caution can
result in vehicle damage and personal
injury.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Heavy object in the tailgate should
be placed against the seat backrests.
Ensure the backrests are securely
engaged. If objects can be stacked,
the heavier object should be placed
at the bottom.
Secure objects in tailgate to prevent
sliding.
When transporting objects in the
tailgate, the backrests of the rear
seats must not be angled forward.
Do not allow the load to protrude
above the upper edge of the
backrests.
Do not place any objects on the
tailgate cover or the instrument
panel, do not cover the sensor on
top of the instrument panel.
The load must not obstruct the
operation of the pedals, parking
brake and gear selector, or hinder
the freedom of movement of the
driver. Do not place any unsecured
objects in the interior.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Do not drive with an open tailgate.
Driving with a roof load increases the
sensitivity of the vehicle to crosswinds and has a detrimental effect on
vehicle handling due to the vehicle's
higher centre of gravity. Distribute
the load evenly and secure it properly
with retaining straps. Adjust the tyre
pressure and vehicle speed according
to the load conditions. Check and
retighten the straps frequently. Do
not exceed the maximum vehicle
capacity when loading the vehicle.
For more information on vehicle
capacity and loading, see Vehicle
Load Limits on page 8-9.
3-8 Storage
Instruments and Controls 4-1
INSTRUMENTS
AND CONTROLS
Instrument Panel Overview
Instrument Panel Overview .... 4-2
Controls
Steering Wheel Adjustment .... 4-4
Steering Wheel Controls ......... 4-4
Horn ........................................ 4-5
Windshield Wiper/Washer ...... 4-5
Rear Window Wiper/Washer .. 4-7
Clock ...................................... 4-9
Power Outlets ....................... 4-10
Cigarette Lighter ................... 4-11
Ashtrays ................................ 4-12
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators .............................. 4-12
Instrument Cluster ................ 4-13
Speedometer ......................... 4-14
Odometer .............................. 4-14
Trip Odometer ...................... 4-14
Tachometer ........................... 4-15
Fuel Gauge ........................... 4-15
Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge .................................... 4-16
Safety Belt Reminder ........... 4-16
Airbag Readiness Light ........ 4-16
Charging System Light ......... 4-17
Diesel Particulate Filter
Light* ................................... 4-17
Malfunction Indicator
Lamp ..................................... 4-18
Reduced Engine Power
Light* ................................... 4-19
Service Vehicle Soon Light .. 4-20
Brake System Warning
Light ..................................... 4-20
Electric Parking Brake Light ..4-21
Apply FootBrake Light ........ 4-21
Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Warning Light ....................... 4-22
All-Wheel-Drive Light
(AWD Only) ......................... 4-22
Descent Control System
Light* ................................... 4-23
Ultrasonic Parking Sensor
Light ..................................... 4-23
Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) Indicator Light* ......... 4-24
Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) Off Light* ................. 4-24
Engine Coolant Temperature
Warning Light ....................... 4-25
Wait-to-Start Light ................ 4-25
Engine Oil Pressure Light .... 4-25
Low Engine Oil Level Light ..4-26
Change Engine Oil Light ...... 4-27
Fuel Economy Light* ........... 4-27
Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 4-27
Water in Fuel Warning Light ..4-28
Immobilizer Light ................. 4-28
Turn Signal Lights ..................4-29
High-Beam On Light ............ 4-29
Front Fog Lamp Light .......... 4-29
Rear Fog Lamp Light ........... 4-30
Lamps On Reminder Light ... 4-30
Cruise Control Light ............. 4-30
Door Ajar Light .................... 4-31
Gate Ajar Light ..................... 4-31
Transmission Display .............4-31
Information Displays
Driver Information Center......4-32
Trip Computer
Trip Computer ........................4-33
4-2 Instruments and Controls
INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW
A
B
Z
Y C DE
F
G
H
I
DUAL ZONE
5
REAR
A/C
Q
J
K L M N
O
P
R S
UV T X W
Instruments and Controls 4-3
A. Air Vents on page 7-10.
B. Hazard Warning Flashers on
page 5-4.
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)*
on page 8-31.
C. Driver Information Center (DIC)
on page 4-32.
D. Descent Control System (DCS)* on
page 8-33.
E. Rear Air Conditioning System
Button. See Rear Air Conditioning
System on page 7-9.
F. Turn and Lane-Change Lever.
See Turn and Lane-Change Signals
on page 5-4.
Exterior Lamp Controls on page
5-1.
Front Fog Lamps on page 5-5.
Rear Fog Lamps on page 5-5.
G. Instrument Cluster on page 4-13.
H. Horn on page 4-5.
Driver Frontal Airbag on page 2-24
I. Windshield Wiper/Washer on page
4-5.
Rear Window Wiper/Washer on
page 4-7.
J. Glove Box on page 3-1.
K. Audio System on page 6-1.
L. Automatic Climate Control System
on page 7-1.
M. Shift Lever. See Automatic
Transmission on page 8-20.
N. ECO Button*. See Fuel Economy
Mode on page 8-24.
O. Electric Parking Brake (EPB) Switch
on page 8-29.
P. Cigarette Lighter on page 4-11.
Q. Clock on page 4-9.
R. Steering Wheel Controls on page
4-4.
S. Steering Wheel Adjustment on page
4-4.
T. Coin Storage on page 3-3.
U. Cruise Control on page 8-34.
V. Hood Release Lever. See Hood on
page 9-4.
W. Power Mirrors on page 1-13.
Instrument Panel Illumination Control on page 5-6.
Headlamp Range Adjustment on
page 5-3.
X. Card Holder on page 3-3.
Y. Instrument Panel Storage on page
3-1.
Z. Passenger Frontal Airbag on page
2-25
4-4 Instruments and Controls
CONTROLS
STEERING WHEEL
ADJUSTMENT
STEERING WHEEL
CONTROLS
2. Move the steering wheel up or
down.
3. Pull or push the steering wheel
closer or away from you.
4. Pull the lever up to lock the steering
wheel in place.
Do not adjust the steering wheel while
driving.
Tilt Wheel
For vehicles with a tilt wheel:
1. Hold the steering wheel and pull the
lever down.
2. Move the steering wheel up or
down.
3. Pull the lever up to lock the steering
wheel in place.
Tilt and Telescoping Wheel
For vehicles with a tilt and telescoping
wheel:
1. Hold the steering wheel and pull the
lever down.
Caution
If strong impact delivers to steering
column axle direction when the
steering wheel is adjusted or the
lever is locked, it may cause damage
to the parts related to steering wheel.
For vehicles equipped with audio
steering wheel controls, basic audio
system operations can be performed.
(Mute/Power): Press to turn
on the system. Press to mute audio
while the radio is on. Press and hold
to turn off radio.
(Push to Talk / Bluetooth /
End Call): Press once to answer or
make a call. Press to access the
Bluetooth menu (if equipped).
Press twice to dial a call. Press and
hold to cancel, decline, or hang up a
call. See Bluetooth on page 6-12 for
more information.
Instruments and Controls 4-5
HORN
WINDSHIELD WIPER / WASHER
Windshield Wiper
SEEK: Press to go to the next preset
radio station. Press and hold to search
for the next station.
MODE: Press to toggle through radio
modes as follows: FM-AM-CD-AUXFM.
: Press to increase volume.
: Press to decrease volume.
Press
on the steering wheel pad to
sound the horn.
The windshield wiper lever is located
on the side of the steering column. The
ignition must be turned to ACC/
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN to operate
the windshield wipers.
Move the lever to one of the following
positions:
HI: Continuous wipes, fast speed
LO: Continuous wipes, slow speed
AUTO : Automatic
OFF : System off
MIST : Misting function
4-6 Instruments and Controls
Misting function
To operate the windshield wipers once
in case of light rain or mist, lightly press
the windshield wiper/washer lever
down and release it. The lever will
return automatically to its normal
position when released. The wipers will
operate through one cycle.
Caution
Less than clear vision for the driver
can lead to an accident resulting in
personal injury and damage to your
vehicle or other property.
Do not operate the windshield
wipers when the windshield is dry or
obstructed, as with snow or ice.
Using the wipers on an obstructed
windshield can damage the wiper
blades, wiper motor, and glass.
Check blades are not frozen to
windshield before operating in cold
weather. Wiper operation while
blade is frozen can damage wiper
motor.
Automatic Windshield Wipers
With Rainsense
For vehicles with automatic windshield
wipers with Rainsense, the rain sensor
detects the amount of water on the
windshield and automatically adjusts
the windshield wipers.
AUTO: Turns the windshield wipers
on automatically.
The sensitivity of the system can be
adjusted by turning the band on the
windshield wiper lever towards F or S.
When the wiper lever is moved to
AUTO position while the ignition is in
ON/RUN or ACC/ ACCESSORY, the
windshield wipers turn on once to
check the system.
OFF: Turns the automatic windshield
wiper system off.
The rain sensor is located near the top of
the windshield and must be free from
dust and dirt to work properly. See
Wiper Blade Replacement on page
9-30.
The wipers are not operated when shift
lever of automatic transaxle is in "N"
position and vehicle speed is lower than
5 km/h.
Caution
Do not switch on the windscreen wiper
or set them to automatic operation
with rain sensor in car washes. This
could damage the wiper blades or
wiper system.
Instruments and Controls 4-7
REAR WINDOW WIPER /
WASHER
Windshield Washer
Windshield Wiper
Warning
In freezing weather, do not use the
washer until the windshield is
warmed. Otherwise the washer fluid
can form ice on the windshield,
blocking your vision.
Caution
The ignition must be turned to ON/RUN
or ACC/ACCESSORY and pull the
windshield washer/wiper lever towards
you to spray washer fluid on the
windshield.
When the lever is pulled and released,
windshield washer fluid is sprayed onto
the windshield. The wipers operate for
two wipe cycles after the lever is
released and one more cycle after 3
seconds. See Washer Fluid on page
9-22 for information on filling the
windshield washer fluid.
Do not operate the windshield
washer continuously for more than
some seconds, or when the washer
fluid tank is empty. This can cause
the washer motor to overheat
resulting in costly repairs.
The vehicle may have a rear window
wiper/washer. The ignition must be in
the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN
position to operate the rear window
wiper/washer.
Turn the end of the windshield wiper
lever to operate the rear window
wiper/washer.
The tailgate wiper operates in the
following three positions :
OFF : System off. Default position.
INT : Intermittent operation.
LO : Continuous wipe, slow speed.
4-8 Instruments and Controls
Washer
Warning
In freezing weather, do not use the
washer until the windshield is
warmed. Otherwise the washer fluid
can form ice on the windshield,
blocking your vision.
To spray washer fluid on the rear
window, press the button at the end of
the lever until the washers begin. When
the button is released, the washers stop,
but the wipers continue to wipe for
about three wipes.
Caution
Less than clear vision for the driver
can lead to an accident resulting in
personal injury and damage to your
vehicle or other property.
Do not operate the tailgate window
wiper when the tailgate window is
dry or obstructed, as with snow or
ice.
Using the wiper on an obstructed
window can damage the wiper blade,
wiper motor and glass.
Check blade is not frozen to windshield before operating in cold
weather. Wiper operation while
blade is frozen can damage wiper
motor.
Do not spray washer fluid on the
tailgate window in freezing weather.
Warm the tailgate window before
you operate the tailgate window
washer.
Instruments and Controls 4-9
CLOCK
Rear Smart Wiper
For vehicles with this feature, the rear
wiper turns on automatically when the
shift lever is set to R (Reverse) while
the front wiper is on.
The windshield washer reservoir is
used for the windshield and rear
window. Check the fluid level if either
washer is not working. See Washer
Fluid on page 9-22.
The digital clock is located above the
radio.
When the ignition is in ACC/ ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, the digital clock
displays the time. The digital clock has
three adjusting buttons.
H: Hour button.
Ÿ To advance one hour, press the H
button.
Ÿ To advance more than one hour,
press and hold the H button until
you reach the correct hour.
M: Minute button.
Ÿ To advance one minute, press the M
button.
Ÿ To advance more than one minute,
press and hold the M button until
you reach the correct minute.
S: Reset button.
Ÿ To reset the time to the nearest hour,
press the S button.
Ÿ If you press this button when the
time is between 8:00 and 8:29 for
example, the display will reset to
8:00.
Ÿ If you press this button while the
time is between 8:30 and 8:59 for
example, the display will reset to
9:00.
Note
Remember to reset your vehicle’s clock
each time you disconnect and then
reconnect the battery or replace a fuse.
4-10 Instruments and Controls
POWER OUTLETS
Additionally the power outlet is
deactivated in case of low battery
voltage.
Remove the cover to access and refix
when not in use.
Caution
The accessory power outlets can be
used to plug in electrical equipment,
such as a cell phone or an MP3 player.
A 12V power outlet is located below the
backward of center console and on the
left side of luggage compartment.
Do not exceed the maximum power
consumption of 120 watts.
With ignition OFF the power outlet is
deactivated.
Do not connect any current delivering accessories, e.g. electrical
charging devices or batteries.
Do not damage the sockets by using
unsuitable plugs.
Warning
Power is always supplied to the
outlets. Do not leave electrical
equipment plugged in when the
vehicle is not in use because the
vehicle could catch fire and cause
injury or death.
Caution
Always unplug electrical equipment
when not in use and do not plug in
equipment that exceeds the maximum
20 ampere rating.
Certain accessory power plugs may not
be compatible with the accessory power
outlet and could overload vehicle or
adapter fuses. If a problem is experienced, see your CHEVROLET retailer.
When adding electrical equipment, be
sure to follow the proper installation
instructions included with the equipment.
Caution
Hanging heavy equipment from the
power outlet can cause damage not
covered by the vehicle warranty. The
power outlets are designed for
accessory power plugs only, such as
cell phone charge cords.
Instruments and Controls 4-11
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
Caution
Warning
OFF
To operate the cigarette lighter, turn the
ignition switch to ACC or ON and push
the lighter in all the way.
The cigarette lighter will pop out
automatically when it is ready to use.
Overheating the cigarette lighter can
damage the heating element and the
lighter itself.
Do not hold the lighter in while it is
heating. This can cause the lighter to
overheat.
Trying to operate malfunctioning
cigarette lighter can be dangerous. If
the heated cigarette lighter does not
pop out, pull it out and consult a
CHEVROLET retailer to have it
repaired. It can cause injuries and
damage to your vehicle.
Caution
The cigarette socket should only be
used with the cigarette lighter. If
other 12V power adapters are
installed into the cigarette socket,
fuse failure or a potential thermal
incident may occur.
If you leave the vehicle with an
inflammable explosive substance,
such as a disposable lighter, inside
the car in summer, it can explode and
cause fire due to an increase of
temperature in the passenger compartment and the boot.
Please ensure that no inflammable
explosive substances are left or kept
inside the car.
Caution
The barrel of an operating cigarette
lighter can become very hot.
Do not touch the barrel of the
cigarette lighter and do not allow
children to operate or play with the
cigarette lighter.
This hot metal can cause personal
injuries and damage to your vehicle
or other property.
4-12 Instruments and Controls
WARNING LIGHTS,
GAUGES, AND
INDICATORS
ASHTRAYS
Caution
Cigarettes and other smoking materials could set them on fire.
Do not put paper or other flammable
items in the ashtray.
An ashtray fire can lead to personal
injury or damage to your vehicle or
other property.
For vehicles with a removable ashtray
and cigarette lighter, the ashtray can be
placed into the front console cupholders.
To open the ashtray, lift the lid of the
ashtray. After using, close the lid.
To empty the ashtray for cleaning,
slightly turn the upper part of the ashtray
counterclockwise and remove it.
Warning lights and gauges can signal
that something is wrong before it
becomes serious enough to cause an
expensive repair or replacement. Paying
attention to the warning lights and
gauges could prevent injury.
Warning lights come on when there
could be a problem with a vehicle
function. Some warning lights come on
briefly when the engine is started to
indicate they are working.
Gauges can indicate when there could
be a problem with a vehicle function.
Often gauges and warning lights work
together to indicate a problem with the
vehicle.
When one of the warning lights comes on
and stays on while driving, or when one
of the gauges shows there may be a
problem, check the section that explains
what to do. Follow this Manual's advice.
Waiting to do repairs can be costly and
even dangerous.
Instruments and Controls 4-13
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
x1000 RPM
4-14 Instruments and Controls
SPEEDOMETER
ODOMETER
TRIP ODOMETER
The speedometer shows the vehicle's
speed in kilometers per hour (km/h).
The odometer shows how far the
vehicle has been driven in kilometers.
There are independent trip odometers,
which measure the distance your vehicle
has travelled since you last reset this
function. To reset each trip meter to zero,
press and hold the trip odometer button
until it resets. The trip odometer button
is located in the lower right area of the
speedometer.
The odometer, trip A and trip B can be
switched by pressing the trip odometer
button.
Instruments and Controls 4-15
TACHOMETER
FUEL GAUGE
x1000 RPM
The tachometer displays the engine
speed in revolutions per minute (rpm).
Drive in a low engine speed range for
each gear as much as possible.
Caution
If the needle is in the warning zone, the
maximum permitted engine speed is
exceeded. Engine is at risk.
Displays the fuel level in the tank.
Never run the tank dry.
Because of the fuel remaining in the
tank, the top-up quantity may be less
than the specified tank capacity.
Movement of the fuel within the fuel
tank causes the fuel gauge pointer to
move when you brake, accelerate or
turn.
Here are three things that some owners
ask about. All these things are normal
and do not indicate that anything is
wrong with the fuel gauge:
Ÿ At the fuel station, the pump shuts
off before the gauge reads full.
Ÿ It takes more, or less, fuel to fill up
than the gauge reads. For example,
the gauge reads half full, but it took
more, or less, than half of the tank's
capacity to fill it.
Ÿ The gauge pointer may move while
cornering, braking or accelerating.
Warning
Before refueling, stop vehicle and
switch off the engine.
4-16 Instruments and Controls
ENGINE COOLANT
TEMPERATURE GAUGE
SAFETY BELT REMINDER
Displays the engine coolant temperature.
If the gauge pointer moves towards the
H, the engine is too hot.
This reading indicates the same thing as
the warning light. It means that the
engine coolant has overheated. If the
vehicle has been operating under
normal driving conditions, pull off the
road, stop the vehicle, and turn off the
engine as soon as possible. See Engine
Overheating on page 9-19.
There is a driver safety belt reminder
light on the instrument panel cluster.
When the engine is started, this light
flashes for several seconds to remind a
driver to fasten the safety belt. The light
stays on solid until the belt is buckled.
This cycle may continue with a chime if
the driver remains or becomes unbuckled while the vehicle is moving.
If the driver safety belt is already
buckled, neither the light nor the chime
comes on.
Driver Safety Belt Reminder Light
AIRBAG READINESS
LIGHT
This light shows if there is an electrical
problem in airbag system. The system
check includes the airbag sensor(s), the
pretensioners (if equipped), the airbag
modules, the wiring, and the crash
sensing and diagnostic module. For
more information on the airbag system,
see Airbag System on page 2-22.
The airbag readiness light comes on and
stays on for several seconds when the
vehicle is started. Then the light goes
out.
Instruments and Controls 4-17
CHARGING SYSTEM LIGHT
DIESEL PARTICULATE
FILTER LIGHT*
The charging system light comes on
briefly when the ignition is turned ON,
but the engine is not running, as a check
to show the light is working. The light
turns off when the engine is started. If it
does not, have the vehicle serviced by
your CHEVROLET retailer. If the light
stays on, or comes on while driving,
there could be a problem with the
electrical charging system. Have it
checked by your CHEVROLET
retailer. Driving while this light is on
could drain the battery.
If a short distance must be driven with
the light on, be sure to turn off all
accessories, such as the radio and air
conditioner.
This light comes on briefly when the
ignition is turned ON as a check to show
the light is working.
It flashes if the diesel particulate filter
requires cleaning and previous driving
conditions did not permit automatic
cleaning. Continue driving and if
possible do not allow engine speed to
drop below 2000 rpm.
It goes off as soon as the self cleaning
operation is complete.
Vehicle trouble or deployment of the
belt tensioners or airbags may be
indicated by continuous illumination of
m.
Warning
If the airbag readiness light stays on
after the vehicle is started or comes
on while driving, it means the airbag
system might not be working
properly. The airbags in the vehicle
might not inflate in a crash, or they
could even inflate without a crash.
To help avoid injury, have the
vehicle serviced right away.
4-18 Instruments and Controls
MALFUNCTION
INDICATOR LAMP
problem and service is required.
Malfunctions often are indicated by the
system before any problem is apparent.
Being aware of the light can prevent
more serious damage to the vehicle. This
system assists the service technician in
correctly diagnosing any malfunction.
Caution
A computer system called OBD (OnBoard Diagnostics) monitors operation
of the fuel, ignition, and emission control
systems. It ensures that emissions are at
acceptable levels for the life of the
vehicle, helping to produce a cleaner
environment.
This light comes on when the ignition is
on, but the engine is not running, as a
check to show it is working. If it does
not, have the vehicle serviced by your
CHEVROLET retailer.
If the check engine light comes on and
stays on while the engine is running,
this indicates that there is an OBD
Modifications made to the engine,
transmission, exhaust, intake, or fuel
system of the vehicle or the replacement of the original tires with
other than those of the same Tire
Performance Criteria (TPC) can
affect the vehicle's emission controls
and can cause this light to come on.
Modifications to these systems could
lead to costly repairs not covered by
the vehicle warranty. This could also
result in a failure to pass a required
Emission Inspection/Maintenance
test. See Accessories and Modifications on page 9-2.
Caution
If the vehicle is continuously driven
with this light on, the emission
controls might not work as well, the
vehicle fuel economy might not be as
good, and the engine might not run as
smoothly. This could lead to costly
repairs that might not be covered by
the vehicle warranty.
This light comes on during a malfunction in one of two ways:
Light Flashing: A misfire condition has
been detected. A misfire increases vehicle
emissions and could damage the
emission control system on the vehicle.
Diagnosis and service might be required.
The following can prevent more serious
damage to the vehicle:
Ÿ Reduce vehicle speed.
Ÿ Avoid hard accelerations.
Ÿ Avoid steep uphill grades.
Instruments and Controls 4-19
REDUCED ENGINE POWER
LIGHT*
If towing a trailer, reduce the
amount of cargo being hauled as
soon as it is possible.
If the light continues to flash, when it is
safe to do so, stop the vehicle. Find a
safe place to park. Turn the key off, wait
at least 10 seconds, and restart the
engine. If the light is still flashing,
follow the previous steps and see your
CHEVROLET retailer for service as
soon as possible.
Light On Steady: An emission control
system malfunction has been detected
on the vehicle. Diagnosis and service
might be required.
The following may correct an emission
system malfunction:
Ÿ Check that the electrical system is
not wet. The system could be wet if
the vehicle was driven through a
deep puddle of water. The condition
is usually corrected when the
electrical system dries out. A few
driving trips should turn the light
off.
Check that good quality fuel is used.
Poor fuel quality causes the engine
not to run as efficiently as designed
and may cause: stalling after start-up,
stalling when the vehicle is changed
into gear, misfiring, hesitation on
acceleration, or stumbling on
acceleration. These conditions might
go away once the engine is warmed
up.
If one or more of these conditions
occurs, change the fuel brand used.
It will require at least one full tank
of the proper fuel to turn the light
off. See Fuel on page 8-38.
If none of the above have made the light
turn off, your CHEVROLET retailer can
check the vehicle. The CHEVROLET
retailer has the proper test equipment
and diagnostic tools to fix any mechanical or electrical problems that might
have developed.
Ÿ
This light comes on briefly when the
ignition is turned ON as a check to show
the light is working.
It illuminates with the service vehicle
soon light when the vehicle needs a
service.
Pull off the road, stop the engine and
restart after 10 seconds.
The vehicle may be driven at a reduced
speed.
4-20 Instruments and Controls
SERVICE VEHICLE SOON
LIGHT
BRAKE SYSTEM WARNING
LIGHT
Warning
The service vehicle soon light comes on
when the ignition is turned to ON/RUN
and goes out after several seconds.
It comes on if a condition exists that
may require the vehicle to be taken in
for service.
If the light comes on and stays on, take
the vehicle to your CHEVROLET
retailer for service as soon as possible.
The warning light illuminates, if the
brake fluid level is too low or if there is
a brake system fault.
See Brake Fluid on page 9-24.
The Brake System Warning Light should
come on briefly as the engine is started. If
it does not come on, have the vehicle
serviced by your CHEVROLET retailer.
The brake system might not be
working properly if the brake system
warning light is on. Driving with the
brake system warning light on can
lead to a crash. If the light is still on
after the vehicle has been pulled off
the road and carefully stopped, have
the vehicle towed for service.
If the light comes on while driving, a
chime sounds. Pull off the road and
stop. The pedal might be harder to push
or go closer to the floor. It might also
take longer to stop. If the light is still on,
have the vehicle towed for service. See
Towing the Vehicle on page 9-64.
Instruments and Controls 4-21
APPLY FOOTBRAKE LIGHT
ELECTRIC PARKING
BRAKE LIGHT
Parking Brake Status Light
Parking Brake Warning Light
For vehicles with the Electric Parking
Brake (EPB), the parking brake status
light comes on briefly as the engine is
started. If it does not come on, have the
vehicle serviced by your CHEVROLET
retailer.
The parking brake status light comes on
when the parking brake is applied. If the
light continues flashing after the parking
brake is released, or while driving, there
is a problem with the Electric Parking
Brake system. If the light does not come
on, or remains flashing, see your
CHEVROLET retailer.
For vehicles with the Electric Parking
Brake (EPB), the parking brake
warning light should come on briefly
when the vehicle is in ON/RUN. If it
does not come on then, have it fixed so
it will be ready to warn if there is a
problem.
If this light comes on, there is a problem
with a system on the vehicle that is
causing the parking brake system to
work at a reduced level. The vehicle can
still be driven, but should be taken to a
CHEVROLET retailer as soon as
possible. See Parking Brake on page
8-29 for more information.
For vehicles with the Electric Parking
Brake (EPB), this indicator comes on
when the EPB switch is released
without pressing the brake pedal.
Always press the brake pedal before
pressing the EPB switch to release the
Electric Parking Brake.
See Parking Brake on page 8-29.
4-22 Instruments and Controls
ANTILOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
(ABS) WARNING LIGHT
The ABS warning light comes on
briefly when the ignition key is turned
to ON/RUN. This is normal. If the light
does not come on then, have it fixed so
it will be ready to warn you if there is a
problem.
If the light does not go out after a few
seconds, or if it illuminates while
driving, there is a fault in the ABS.
If the light stays on, turn the ignition to
LOCK/OFF. If the light comes on while
driving, stop as soon as possible and
turn the ignition off. Then start the
engine again to reset the system. If the
ALL-WHEEL-DRIVE LIGHT
(AWD ONLY)
light still stays on, or comes on again
while driving, the vehicle needs service.
If the regular brake system warning
light is not on, there are still brakes, but
no antilock brakes. If the regular brake
system warning light is also on, there
are no antilock brakes and there is a
problem with the regular brakes. See
Brake System Warning Light on page
4-20.
The All-Wheel-Drive Light comes on
briefly when the ignition is turned to
ON/RUN.
If it does not, have the vehicle serviced
by your CHEVROLET retailer. If the
system is working normally, the
indicator light then goes off.
This light comes on when there is a
malfunction in the All-Wheel-Drive
(AWD) system.
This light flashes when the AWD
system is temporarily disabled.
For more information see All-Wheel
Drive on page 8-26 .
Instruments and Controls 4-23
DESCENT CONTROL
SYSTEM LIGHT*
ULTRASONIC PARKING
SENSOR LIGHT
Active and Not Ready/Warning Light
Ÿ
The green DCS light is DCS active
indicator and the amber DCS light is
DCS not ready & warning light.
DCS active indicator illuminates (as
green colour) when DCS is ready for
use and blinks (as green colour) while
DCS is operating by pressing the DCS
button located on the centre of the
instrument panel.
DCS not ready & warning light works
as the following :
Ÿ Blinks (as amber colour) to indicate
that DCS is not ready for condition
to operate due to the high temperature (about 350~400°C) of friction
material (front pad) through severe
Ÿ
Ÿ
or repeated braking. This light will
disappear when the temperature of
friction material (front pad) is
lower than 350°C.
Illuminates (as amber colour) to
indicate that there is a malfunction
in the system due to the high
temperature (over 400°C) of friction
material (Front pad) through severe
or repeated braking.
This light also will disappear when
temperature of friction material
(front pad) is lower than 350°C.
The blinking and illuminating of
DCS not ready & warning light
notify you that the friction material
needs to cool down (drive your
vehicle enough without braking as
much as possible). Above temperature may differ somewhat according to vehicle condition or environment (season or outer temperature) or etc. See Descent Control
System (DCS) on page 8-33 for
more information.
This light comes on to indicate that
there is a malfunction in the system.
Ÿ Fault due to sensors that are dirty
Ÿ Covered by ice or snow
Ÿ Outside ultrasonic waves interference
The source of interference is removed,
the system will operate normally.
If the lamp does not go off, you have the
cause of the fault in the system
remedied by a CHEVROLET retailer.
See Ultrasonic Parking Assist on page
8-37 for more information.
4-24 Instruments and Controls
ELECTRONIC STABILITY
CONTROL (ESC) INDICATOR
LIGHT*
ELECTRONIC STABILITY
CONTROL (ESC) OFF
LIGHT*
The light flashes if the system is active
and is working to assist the driver with
directional control of the vehicle in
difficult driving conditions.
See Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
on page 8-31 for more information.
For vehicles with Electronic Stability
Control (ESC), this light comes on
briefly while starting the engine.
If it does not, have the vehicle serviced
by your CHEVROLET retailer. If the
system is working normally the
indicator light then turns off.
If the light comes on and stays on while
driving, there could be a problem with
the ESC and the vehicle might need
service. When this warning light is on,
the ESC is off and does not limit wheel
spin.
For vehicles with Electronic Stability
Control (ESC), this light comes on
briefly when the ignition is turned to
ON/RUN.
If it does not, have the vehicle serviced
by your CHEVROLET retailer. If the
system is working normally the
indicator light then goes off.
This light comes on when the ESC
system is turned off.
The system can be turned off by
pressing the ESC control button located
on the center of the instrument panel.
For more information, see Electronic
Stability Control (ESC) on page 8-31.
Instruments and Controls 4-25
ENGINE COOLANT
TEMPERATURE WARNING
LIGHT
WAIT-TO-START LIGHT
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
LIGHT
Caution
The engine coolant temperature
warning light comes on briefly when
the engine is started. If the system is
working normally the indicator light
then goes off.
If it does not, have the vehicle serviced
by your CHEVROLET retailer.
This light indicates that the engine
coolant has overheated.
If the light comes on and stays on while
driving, the vehicle may have a
problem with the cooling system. Stop
the vehicle and turn off the engine to
avoid damage to the engine.
See Engine Overheating on page 9-19
for more information.
The wait‐to‐start light illuminates when
preheating is activated. When the light
goes out the engine can be started.
For more information, see Starting the
Diesel Engine on page 8-13.
Lack of proper engine oil maintenance
can damage the engine. Driving with
the engine oil low can also damage the
engine. The repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Check the oil level as soon as possible.
Add oil if required, but if the oil level
is within the operating range and the
oil pressure is still low, have the
vehicle serviced. Always follow the
maintenance schedule for changing
engine oil.
4-26 Instruments and Controls
LOW ENGINE OIL LEVEL
LIGHT
Caution
The oil pressure light should come on
briefly as the engine is started. If it does
not come on, have the vehicle serviced
by your CHEVROLET retailer.
If the light comes on and stays on, it
means that oil is not flowing through
the engine properly. The vehicle could
be low on oil and might have some
other system problem. If the engine oil
pressure warning lamp comes on while
driving, pull off the road, stop the
engine and check the oil level. Seek
assistance from your CHEVROLET
retailer.
This light should come on briefly when
the ignition is turned ON as a check to
let you know that the light is working.
If this light comes on and stays on while
the engine is running, it means your
engine is low on oil. Check the oil level
as soon as possible. See Engine Oil on
page 9-6 for further information.
Lack of proper engine oil maintenance
can damage the engine. Driving with
the engine oil low can also damage the
engine. The repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Check the oil level as soon as possible.
Add oil if required, but if the oil level
is within the operating range and the
oil pressure is still low, have the
vehicle serviced. Always follow the
maintenance schedule for changing
engine oil.
Instruments and Controls 4-27
CHANGE ENGINE OIL
LIGHT
FUEL ECONOMY LIGHT*
(AWD)
LOW FUEL WARNING
LIGHT
This light illuminates when the ignition
is ON and goes out after about a few
seconds.
Your vehicle may have an engine oil life
system that lets you know when to
change the engine oil.
When the change engine oil light comes
on, it means that the engine oil needs to
be changed.
Once the engine oil has been changed,
the engine oil life system must be reset.
After reset, the change engine oil light
will go out.
See Changing Engine Oil and Filter on
page 9-9 for more information.
See Engine Oil Life System on page
9-11 for more information.
For vehicles with the eco (fuel economy
mode light), it comes on when the eco
(economy) switch, located on the center
console near the shift lever, is pressed.
Press the switch again to turn off the
light and exit the fuel saver mode.
This light comes on when the fuel tank
is low on fuel. When fuel is added, the
light should go off. If it does not, have
the vehicle serviced.
Caution
Do not let your vehicle run out of
fuel. This can damage the catalytic
converter.
4-28 Instruments and Controls
WATER IN FUEL WARNING
LIGHT
IMMOBILIZER LIGHT
Caution
Driving when this warning indicator is
on, can damage the fuel injection
system and the engine. If the indicator
comes on right after a refuel, it means
water was pumped into the fuel tank.
Turn off the engine immediately.
Then, have the water drained at once.
When the water level in the fuel filter
exceeds a certain level, this warning
light comes on. If this condition occurs,
immediately drain the water from the
fuel filter.
For the drain procedures, see Water in
Fuel on page 8-39.
The warning light goes off when the
draining is complete.
The immobilizer light should come on
briefly as the engine is started. If it does
not come on, have the vehicle serviced
by your CHEVROLET retailer. If the
system is working normally the
indicator light turns off.
This light comes on when the ignition is
turned from LOCK/OFF to ON/RUN
and stays on if the vehicle is immobilized. This happens when an incorrect
key or an unprogrammed key is used to
start the vehicle.
If the light stays on and the engine does
not start, there could be a problem with
the theft-deterrent system. See Immobilizer Operation on page 1-11 for more
information.
Instruments and Controls 4-29
TURN SIGNAL LIGHTS
HIGH-BEAM ON LIGHT
FRONT FOG LAMP LIGHT
The control indicator flashes if a turn
signal or the hazard warning flashers
are activated.
Fast flashing: failure of a turn signal
light or associated fuse. See Turn and
Lane-Change Signals on page 5-4 for
more information.
The high-beam on light comes on when
the high-beam headlamps are in use and
during headlamp flash.
See Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer
on page 5-2 for more information.
For vehicles with front fog lamps, this
light comes on when the front fog lamps
are in use.
The light goes out when the front fog
lamps are turned off. See Front Fog
Lamps on page 5-5 for more information.
4-30 Instruments and Controls
REAR FOG LAMP LIGHT
LAMPS ON REMINDER
LIGHT
CRUISE CONTROL LIGHT
If your vehicle has rear fog lamps, this
light will come on when they are in use.
For more information see Rear Fog
Lamps on page 5-5.
The lamps on reminder light comes on
when the exterior lamps are in use. See
Exterior Lamp Controls on page 5-1.
The light comes on green when the
cruise control is set.
The light goes out when the cruise
control is turned off. See Cruise Control
on page 8-34 for more information.
Instruments and Controls 4-31
DOOR AJAR LIGHT
GATE AJAR LIGHT
TRANSMISSION DISPLAY
This light comes on when a door is open
or not securely latched. Before driving,
check that all doors are properly closed.
If the gate ajar light comes on, the
tailgate or the tailgate window is open
or not securely latched.
Driving with the tailgate open can cause
carbon monoxide (CO) to enter the
vehicle.
See Engine Exhaust on page 8-18 for
more information.
It indicates the selected gear or transmission mode.
4-32 Instruments and Controls
INFORMATION DISPLAYS
DRIVER INFORMATION CENTRE (DIC)
The DIC is the Driver Information Centre that displays the trip computer, display panel for automatic temperature control, outside
temperature, compass information and dual zone when ignition switch is ON.
DUAL ZONE
5
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
FATC (Full Automatic Temperature Control) display panel
Outside temperature
Trip computer
Compass
Dual Zone
Instruments and Controls 4-33
TRIP COMPUTER
TRIP COMPUTER
Trip computer provides a driver with
driving information such as driving
distance for remaining fuel, average
fuel consumption, average speed, and
driving time.
Each time you press the MODE button,
the display changes in the following
order:
Driving distance for remaining fuel à
Average speed à Driving time à
Average fuel consumption à Driving
distance for remaining fuel
To reset average speed or driving time
or average fuel consumption, press the
MODE button for more than 2 seconds.
To change the distance unit, do the
following:
1. Press the SET button for more than
2 seconds. The temperature unit
will blink.
2. Press the SET button again. The
distance unit will blink.
3. Press the or button to change the
distance unit (km ßà mile).
Driving Distance For Remaining Fuel
Average Speed
This mode indicates the estimated
driving distance to empty from the
current fuel in the fuel tank.
When the distance to empty is less
than 50 km (30 miles), --- will display.
Note
The driving distance for remaining fuel
can differ from the actual distance
according to driving conditions, driving
pattern or vehicle speed.
This mode indicates the average speed.
To reset the average speed to zero, press
the MODE button for more than 2
seconds.
4-34 Instruments and Controls
Driving Time
Average Fuel Consumption
-
This mode indicates the total driving
time.
To reset the driving time to zero, press
the MODE button for more than 2
seconds.
The driving time will be initialized to
0:00 after being displayed to 99:59.
This mode indicates the vehicle’s
average fuel consumption.
Note
- Average fuel consumption is reset to
10.0 if the battery is disconnected.
- To reset the average fuel consumption to zero, press the MODE button
for more than 2 seconds.
- The average fuel consumption can
differ from the actual average fuel
consumption according to driving
conditions.
The average fuel consumption can
vary according to the driving
conditions, driving pattern or vehicle
speed.
Instruments and Controls 4-35
Compass
Compass Calibration
2. Turn the vehicle around 1 complete
circle within 90 seconds slowly, then
the calibration will be accomplished.
3. When the calibration is finished, the
compass display does not flash
anymore. You can turn around to
any direction, left or right.
If enough space is not available to
turn around 1 circle, turn the vehicle
around as shown in the figure.
This displays the vehicle’s driving
direction to 8–direction (N, NE, E, SE,
S, SW, W, NW).
Whenever the DIC or the battery is
disconnected, the DIC must be
recalibrated.
To do this, the vehicle must be driven
through 360°. Until calibrated the
compass will not function correctly.
1. If you press the MODE and SET
button simultaneously for more
than 2 seconds, the compass display
flashes.
4-36 Instruments and Controls
Release conditions for the compass
calibration
• Press the SET button twice continuously.
• When the vehicle is not turned
within 90 seconds after calibration
mode started.
Note
The direction will be displayed while
driving.
If the compass display continues to
flash, turn around again slowly until it
goes off.
Note
In the compass calibration mode, press
the SET button to move to deflection
calibration mode. At that time, press00
or button to adjust deflection calibration value.
Caution
If there are mobile telephones or
magnetic bodies around the DIC, the
compass may not be operated
properly.
FATC Display Panel / Outside
Temperature
See Automatic Climate Control on page
7-1.
Lighting 5-1
LIGHTING
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
EXTERIOR LAMP
CONTROLS
Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lamp Controls .......... 5-1
Exterior Lamps Off Reminder ..5-2
Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer ................................... 5-2
Flash-to-Pass ........................... 5-3
Headlamp Range Adjustment .. 5-3
Hazard Warning Flashers ........ 5-4
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals ..................................... 5-4
Front Fog Lamps ..................... 5-5
Rear Fog Lamps ...................... 5-5
Interior Lighting
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control .................................... 5-6
Dome Lamps .......................... 5-6
Reading Lamps.........................5-7
Lighting Features
Entry Lighting ..........................5-8
Front Door Step Lamps .......... 5-8
Ambient Lighting ....................5-8
Battery Power Protection ........ 5-8
The turn signal / multifunction lever
located on the side of the steering
column operates the exterior lamps.
To turn the head, tail and parking lamps
on or off, twist the end of the combination switch lever.
The light switch has three positions
which activate various lamp functions
as follows:
OFF : Turns all the lamps off.
(Parking Lamps): Turns on the
parking lamps, together with the
following:
Ÿ Taillamps
Ÿ License Plate Lamp
Ÿ Instrument Panel Lights
Ÿ Ambient Lights
(Headlamps): Turns on the lowbeam headlamps, together with the
following:
Ÿ Taillamps
Ÿ License Plate Lamp
Ÿ Instrument Panel Lights
Ÿ Parking Lamps
Ÿ Ambient Lights
Caution
If you open a driver's door using key
or when you press UNLOCK button
on the remote keyless entry
transmitter, instrument panel lamps
will come on automatically and stay
on for about 30 seconds.
5-2 Lighting
EXTERIOR LAMPS OFF
REMINDER
HEADLAMP HIGH /
LOW-BEAM CHANGER
A warning chime sounds, if the driver
door is opened while the ignition is OFF
and the exterior lamps control is in the
or
position.
If the lamps are turned off while the
warning is chiming and then turned
back the lamps on, you will not hear a
warning chime.
Caution
Always switch the high-beam headlamps to low-beam when you
approach on coming vehicles or when
other vehicles are ahead.
High-beam headlamps can temporarily blind other drivers, which
could result in a collision.
To turn the high-beam headlamps on,
make sure the low-beam headlamps are
on.
Push the turn signal/lane change lever
away from you and release, to turn the
high beams on. To return to low beams,
pull the lever towards you and release.
This indicator light turns on in the
instrument panel cluster when the
high‐beam headlamps are on.
Lighting 5-3
FLASH-TO-PASS
HEADLAMP RANGE
ADJUSTMENT
Manual Headlamp Range Adjustment
2 = All seats occupied.
2 = All seats occupied and load in the
luggage compartment.
3 = Driver's seat occupied and load in
the luggage compartment.
The flash‐to‐pass feature works with the
low beams on or off.
To flash the high beams, pull the turn
signal/lane change lever all the way
towards you, then release it.
The lever will return to its normal
position when you release it.
The high beam headlamps will stay on
as long as you hold the turn signal/lane
change lever towards you.
For vehicles with manual headlamp
leveling, the manual headlamp range
control is located next to the steering
column. This feature lets the headlamp
range be adjusted to suit the vehicle
load to prevent dazzling.
The low‐beam headlamps must be on to
adjust the headlamp range.
0 = Driver’s seat occupied.
1 = Front seats occupied.
5-4 Lighting
HAZARD WARNING
FLASHERS
TURN AND LANE-CHANGE
SIGNALS
Move the lever to the resistance point
and hold for longer indication.
Switch the indicator off manually by
moving the lever to its original position.
The hazard warning flasher button is
located on the instrument panel.
Hazard Warning Flasher:
Operated with the
button.
To activate the hazard warning flashers,
push the button.
To turn off the flashers, push the button
again.
The hazard warning button will be lit,
when a door is opened. If the key is
removed from the ignition and a door is
opened and closed, the hazard warning
button will light up for about 10 minutes.
Move the lever all the way up or down
to signal a turn.
- Push the lever down for left turn
- Push the lever up for right turn
An arrow on the instrument panel
cluster flashes in the direction of the
turn or lane change.
The lever returns to its starting position
when the turn is completed.
For three flashes, e.g. when changing
lanes, move the lever until resistance is
felt and then release.
Lighting 5-5
FRONT FOG LAMPS
REAR FOG LAMPS
returns to its starting position when
released. The front fog lamp indicator
light comes on in the instrument panel
cluster.
To turn the front fog lamps off, turn the
band to again. The fog lamp indicator
light will go off.
The front fog lamps are controlled by
the band located on the middle of the
turn signal/multifunction lever.
To use the front fog lamps, the lowbeam headlamps or parking lamps must
be on.
Fog lamps provide :
Extra illumination to the sides of the
road ahead.
Improved visibility in fog or snow.
Turn the band to to turn the front fog
lamps on. The band automatically
For vehicles with rear fog lamps, they
are controlled by the band located on
the middle of the turn signal/multifunction lever.
To use the rear fog lamps, the low-beam
headlamps or parking lamps and front
fog lamps must be on.
Turn the band to to turn the rear fog
lamps on. The band automatically
returns to its starting position when
released. The rear fog lamp indicator
light comes on in the instrument panel
cluster.
5-6 Lighting
INTERIOR LIGHTING
To turn the rear fog lamps off, turn the
band to
again. The rear fog lamp
indicator light will go off.
Reversing Lamps
The reversing lamps come on when the
ignition is ON and reverse gear is
selected.
Misted Lamp Covers
The inside of the light housing may mist
up briefly in poor, wet and cold weather
conditions, in heavy rain or after
washing. The mist disappears quickly
by itself; to help switch on the headlights.
INSTRUMENT PANEL
ILLUMINATION CONTROL
DOME LAMPS
This feature controls the brightness of
the instrument panel lights.
To dim the panel illumination, push the
button and turn it clockwise.
To brighten the illumination, push the
button and turn it counterclockwise.
Press the button on the dome lamp to
turn it on or off.
The dome lamps come on when a door
or the tailgate is opened. If you continue
to open a door or tailgate, the lamps will
stay on for about 10 minutes. If all doors
and tailgate are closed, the lamps dim
gradually after about 10 seconds
instead of immediately turning off.
Lighting 5-7
READING LAMPS
Dome Lamp Override
Warning
Avoid using the courtesy light while
driving in the dark.
A lit passenger compartment reduces
visibility in the dark, and could cause
a collision.
(Dome Lamp Override): Press to
keep the dome lamps and other interior
lamps turned off while any door is open.
Press again to return it to the out
position and the lamps automatically
come on when any door is opened.
Note
The battery can be discharged if the
lights keep turning on for a long time.
Press the button near each
lamp to turn the reading lamps on or off.
5-8 Lighting
LIGHTING FEATURES
ENTRY LIGHTING
FRONT DOOR STEP LAMPS
AMBIENT LIGHTING
Welcome Lighting
Some lights are switched on for a short
time when unlocking the vehicle with
the remote control. This function
facilitates locating the vehicle when it is
dark.
The lighting switches off immediately
when the ignition is turned to the
accessory position.
If your vehicle has this feature, ambient
lighting illuminates on front door sill
plates, underneath front passenger
footwell and rear seats when headlamp
is on.
BATTERY POWER
PROTECTION
Front door step lamps turn on when you
open a door. If you continue to open a
door, the lamps will stay on for about 10
minutes. If all doors are closed, the
lamp stays on for about 10 seconds and
then goes out.
Front door step lamps can be immediately turned off by pushing the button
located on the headliner. See Dome
Lamp Override function on page 5-7.
Your vehicle has a feature to help,
prevent you from draining the battery in
case you accidentally leave on the
lamps like headlamps, parking lamps,
fog lamps, etc.
If you leave any of these lamps on, they
will automatically turn off after 10
minutes after you turn the ignition
switch to the OFF position.
Battery rundown protection will not
operate when you turn the lamps on
again, 10 minutes after this feature
operated.
Infotainment System 6-1
INFOTAINMENT
SYSTEM
INTRODUCTION
Introduction
Infotainment ............................ 6-1
Overview (Radio with CD
and RDS) ................................. 6-2
Operation ................................ 6-3
Radio
AM-FM Radio ........................ 6-4
RDS Operation ........................ 6-5
Radio Reception ...................... 6-5
Backglass Antenna .................. 6-6
Audio Players
CD Player ................................ 6-6
MP3 ..........................................6-9
Auxiliary Devices ................. 6-12
Phone
Bluetooth ............................... 6-12
Before using the device for the first
time, please read the following pages to
become familiar with its features.
INFOTAINMENT
Warning
Taking your eyes off the road for
extended periods could cause a crash
resulting in injury or death to you or
others. Do not give extended attention
to infotainment tasks while driving.
This system provides access to many
audio and non audio listings.
To minimize taking your eyes off the
road while driving, do the following
while the vehicle is parked:
Ÿ Become familiar with the operation
and controls of the audio system.
Ÿ Set up the tone, speaker adjustments,
and preset radio stations.
Caution
Contact your CHEVROLET retailer
before adding any equipment. Adding
audio or communication equipment
could interfere with the operation of
the engine, radio, or other systems, and
could damage them. Follow federal
rules covering mobile radio and
telephone equipment.
6-2 Infotainment System
OVERVIEW (RADIO WITH CD AND RDS)
A.
SEEK
Radio: Press to go to the next
available radio station.
Ÿ CD: Press to go to the next folder.
B. DIR
Ÿ Press to repeat the tracks in the
current directory.
C. Buttons 1‐6
Ÿ
B
C
D
DIR
A
F
SEEK
TUNE
SEEK
TUNE
E
O
AST
BAND
FAV
MENU
SOUND
TP
INFO
CD
AUX
P
G
H
I
J K
L
M
N
Press to select a preset station.
Press to select a screen softkey
option.
D. EJECT
Ÿ Press to eject CD.
E.
TUNE
Ÿ Radio: Press to manually select the
next radio station.
Ÿ CD: Press to go to the next track.
Ÿ CD: Press and hold to fast search
forward through the current track.
F.
SEEK/AST (Automatic store)
Ÿ Radio: Press to go to the previous
available radio station.
Ÿ
EJECT
Ÿ
Infotainment System 6-3
Ÿ
Ÿ
G.
Ÿ
H.
Ÿ
I.
Ÿ
J.
Ÿ
Ÿ
K.
Ÿ
L.
Ÿ
M.
CD: Press to go to the previous
folder.
AST: Press and hold to access the
Autostore menu.
BAND
Press to select between AM and
FM.
FAV (Favorites)
Press to select favorites page.
MENU/SOUND
Press to go to the tone menu.
(Power)
Press to turn on or mute the system.
Press and hold to turn off.
(Volume)
Turn to adjust the volume.
(Bluetooth)
Press to access the Bluetooth menu.
TP / INFO
(Traffic Program/ Information)
TP: Press to access the traffic
program menu.
Ÿ INFO: Press and hold to display
radio station information or track
information.
N. CD/AUX
Ÿ Press to choose between CD and
auxiliary device.
O.
TUNE
Ÿ Radio: Press to manually select the
previous radio station.
Ÿ CD : Press to go to previous track.
Ÿ CD: Press and hold to fast search
backward through the current track.
P. Auxiliary input jack.
Ÿ
OPERATION
POWER ON/OFF
(Power):
Ÿ Press to turn on the radio.
Ÿ Press to mute the radio while the
power is on. Press again to cancel
mute.
Press and hold to turn the radio off.
Ÿ Turn to adjust the volume.
AUDIO ADJUSTMENT
Bass Tone Adjustment
1. Press and hold the MENU/ SOUND
button; the audio menu displays.
2. Press the softkey under “Bass” and
turn the knob to adjust.
Midrange Tone Adjustment
1. Press and hold the MENU/ SOUND
button; the audio menu displays.
2. Press the softkey under “Mid” and
turn the knob to adjust.
Treble Tone Adjustment
1. Press and hold the MENU/ SOUND
button; the audio menu displays.
2. Press the softkey under “Treb” and
turn the knob to adjust.
Balance Control
1. Press and hold the MENU/ SOUND
button; the audio menu displays.
Ÿ
6-4 Infotainment System
RADIO
AM-FM RADIO
Radio Mode Selection
2. Press the softkey under “Bal” and
turn the knob to adjust.
Fader Control
1. Press and hold the MENU/SOUND
button; the audio menu displays.
2. Press the softkey under “Fad” and
turn the knob to adjust.
Preset EQ Selection
1. Press and hold MENU/SOUND
button; the audio menu displays.
2. Press the softkey under “P EQ”,
then the preset EQ menu displays.
3. Press the softkey under the preset
EQ mode you want.
To cancel the selected preset EQ,
press the softkey under “P EQ”once
more with the same procedure.
The preset EQ modes are POP,
Rock, Country, Voice, Jazz, and
Classic.
Press the BAND button to listen the
radio from other mode.
Band Selection
Press the BAND button to change from
AM to FM or FM to AM.
Manual Tune
Press TUNE or TUNE to manually
change the frequency down or up.
If this button is pressed continuously, the
frequency increases or decreases continuously.
Seek
Press SEEK to find the next station
automatically.
Press SEEK to find previous station
automatically.
Saving Favorite Stations
It has 6 favorite pages and can store up
to 36 stations regardless of AM or FM
band.
To save stations as favorites:
1. Seek the station or tune button
manually.
2. Select the favorite page by pressing
the FAV button.
3. Press and hold the softkey to store
the station in that position.
Recall Favorite Stations
Listen to the station stored in the
favorite preset by using the following
procedure:
1. Select the favorite page by pressing
FAV.
2. Press the softkey under the favorite
preset number.
AST (AUTOSTORE)
1. Press and hold the
SEEK/AST
button, then auto store menu displays.
2. Press the softkey under “On.” The
radio will start autostore operation
and store 12 stations automatically.
Infotainment System 6-5
RADIO RECEPTION
Delete Autostore Page
1. Press and hold the
SEEK/AST
button, then auto store menu
displays.
2. Press the softkey under “Off” to
delete the autostore page.
RDS OPERATION (RADIO
WITH CD AND RDS)
AF (Audio Frequency)
AF function enables the radio to track
the best station at all times.
To turn AF on or off:
1. Press the MENU/SOUND button,
and then the radio menu displays.
2. Press the softkey under “RDS,” and
then the RDS menu displays.
3. Press the softkey under “AF.”
AF is turned on or off whenever you
press this softkey.
Regional
Regional function enables the radio to
jump to regional stations (Regional
off).
To turn Regional on or off:
1. Press the MENU/SOUND button,
and then the radio menu displays.
2. Press the softkey under “RDS,” and
then the RDS menu displays.
3. Press the softkey under “REG.”
Regional is turned on or off
whenever you press this softkey.
Traffic Announcement
Press the TP/INFO button to listen to
traffic announcements if they are
available. Press TP/INFO again to
cancel.
Traffic Station Seek
If traffic announcements are not
available on the station currently
playing, press the TP/INFO button and
the radio searches for the next available
traffic announcement station.
Frequency interference and static can
occur during normal radio reception if
items such as cell phone chargers,
vehicle convenience accessories, and
external electronic devices are plugged
into the accessory power outlet. If there
is interference or static, unplug the item
from the accessory power outlet.
AM
The range for most AM stations is
greater than for FM, especially at night.
The longer range can cause station
frequencies to interfere with each other.
For better radio reception, most AM
radio stations boost the power levels
during the day, and then reduce these
levels during the night. Static can also
occur when things like storms and
power lines interfere with radio
reception. When this happens, try
reducing the treble on your radio.
6-6 Infotainment System
AUDIO PLAYERS
CD PLAYER
FM Stereo
FM stereo gives the best sound, but FM
signals reach only about 16 to 65 km
(10 to 40 miles). Tall buildings or hills
can interfere with FM signals, causing
the sound to fade in and out.
Cellular Phone Usage
Cellular phone usage may cause
interference with the vehicle's radio.
This interference may occur when
making or receiving phone calls,
charging the phone's battery, or simply
having the phone on. This interference
causes an increased level of static while
listening to the radio. If static is
received while listening to the radio,
unplug the cellular phone and turn it off.
BACKGLASS ANTENNA
Your antenna is located in the rear side
window and tailgate window. Be sure
that the inside surface of the window is
not scratched and that the lines on the
window are not damaged. If the inside
surface is damaged, it could interfere
with radio reception.
Caution
Using a razor blade or sharp object to
clear the inside rear window can
damage the rear window antenna
and/or the rear window defogger.
Repairs would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Do not clear the
inside rear window with sharp objects.
Caution
Do not apply aftermarket glass tinting
with metallic film.The metallic film in
some tinting materials will interfere
with or distort the incoming radio
reception. Any damage caused to the
backglass antenna due to metallic
tinting materials will not be covered by
the vehicle warranty.
Playing a CD
As each CD is inserted, the radio will
appear on the display and as each CD is
loading, File check will appear on the
display.
Once playback begins, the track and
track number will appear on the display.
If the ignition or radio is turned OFF
with a CD in the player, it will stay in
the player. When a CD is in the player
and the ignition is turned ON, the radio
must be turned ON before the current
CD will start playback. When the
ignition and radio are turned ON, the
CD will start playing where it stopped,
if it was the last selected audio source.
The CD player can play the smaller 8
cm (3 in) single CDs with an adapter
ring. Full-size CDs and the smaller CDs
are loaded in the same manner.
If playing a CD-R, the sound quality
may be reduced due to CD-R quality,
the method of recording, the quality of
Infotainment System 6-7
the music that has been recorded, and
the way the CD-R has been handled.
There may be an increase in skipping,
difficulty in finding tracks, and/or
difficulty in loading and ejecting. If
these problems occur, check the bottom
surface of the CD. If the surface of the
CD is damaged, such as cracked,
broken, or scratched, the CD will not
play properly. If the surface of the CD is
soiled, the CD will need to be cleaned.
If there is no apparent damage, try a
known good CD.
Do not add any label to a CD; it could
get caught in the CD player. If a CD is
recorded on a personal computer and a
description label is needed, try labeling
the top of the recorded CD with a
marking pen instead.
Caution
If a label is added to a CD, more than
one CD is inserted into the slot at a
time, or an attempt is made to play
scratched or damaged CDs, the CD
player could be damaged. While using
the CD player, use only CDs in good
condition without any label, load one
CD at a time, and keep the CD player
and the loading slot free of foreign
materials, liquids, and debris.
If an error appears on the display, see
“CD Messages” later in this section.
Care of CDs
Sound quality can be reduced due to
disc quality, recording method, quality
of the music recorded, and how the disc
has been handled. Handle discs
carefully and store them in their
original cases or other protective cases
away from direct sunlight and dust. If
the bottom surface of a disc is damaged,
the disc may not play properly or at all.
Do not touch the bottom surface of a
disc while handling it; this could
damage the surface. Pick up discs by
grasping the outer edges or the edge of
the hole and the outer edge.
If the bottom surface of a disc is dirty,
take a soft lint‐free cloth, or dampen a
clean soft cloth in a mild neutral
detergent solution mixed with water,
and clean it. Wipe the disc from the
center to the outer edge.
CD Playback Mode Selection
Press the CD/AUX button to play back
the disc from another mode.
CD Load
Insert a CD partway into the slot, label
side up. The player pulls it in and the
CD should begin playing.
CD Eject
Press the EJECT button, then the disc
will be ejected from the tray from the
radio. Pull the disc out of the tray.
6-8 Infotainment System
Pause
Press the CD/AUX button to pause
playback while a CD is playing back.
“PAUSE” will flash on the display.
Press CD/AUX again to start playing
the CD.
If the radio is connected with an AUX
unit, then the pause function is disabled.
Next/Previous Track
Press
TUNE or
TUNE to start
playback of the next or previous track.
Fast Forward/Fast Reverse
Press and hold
TUNE or
TUNE
to fast forward or fast reverse the
current track.
RPT (Repeat)
1. Press the MENU/SOUND button
and the radio shows additional
functions for disc playback.
2. Press the softkey under RPT and the
current track is repeated.
To cancel this function, press the
softkey under RPT again.
RDM (Random)
1. Press the MENU/SOUND button
and the radio shows additional
functions for disc playback.
2. Press the softkey under RDM and
tracks play randomly.
To cancel this function, press the
softkey under RDM again.
INT (Scan)
1. Press the MENU/SOUND button
and the radio shows additional
functions for disc playback.
2. Press the softkey under INT and the
radio plays back the first few
seconds of all tracks sequentially.
To cancel this function, press the
softkey under INT again.
CD Messages
CHECK CD: If this message appears
on the display and/or the CD comes out,
it could be for one of the following
reasons:
It is very hot. When the temperature
returns to normal, the CD should
play.
Ÿ You are driving on a very rough
road. When the road becomes
smoother, the CD should play.
Ÿ The CD is dirty, scratched, wet, or
upside down.
Ÿ The air is very humid. If so, wait
about an hour and try again.
Ÿ The format of the CD is not
compatible. See “MP3 Format”
later in this section.
Ÿ There was a problem while burning
the CD.
Ÿ The label is caught in the CD player.
If the CD is not playing correctly, for
any other reason, try a known good CD.
If any error occurs repeatedly or if an
error cannot be corrected, contact your
CHEVROLET retailer. If the radio
displays an error message, write it down
and provide it to your CHEVROLET
retailer when reporting the problem.
Ÿ
Infotainment System 6-9
MP3
MP3/WMA Format
If you burn your own MP3/WMA disc
on a personal computer:
Ÿ Make sure the MP3/WMA files are
recorded on a CD-R disc.
Ÿ Do not mix standard audio and
MP3/ WMA files on one disc.
Ÿ Make sure each MP3/WMA file has
a .mp3 or .wma extension; other file
extensions may not work.
Ÿ Files can be recorded with a variety
of fixed or variable bit rates. Song
title, artist name, and album will be
available for display by the radio
when recorded using ID3 tags
version 1 and 2.
Ÿ Create a folder structure that makes
it easy to find songs while driving.
Organize songs by albums using
one folder for each album. Each
folder or album should contain 18
songs or less.
Ÿ Make sure to finalize the disc when
burning an MP3/WMA disc, using
multiple sessions. It is usually
better to burn the disc all at once.
The player will be able to read and play a
maximum of 50 folders, five sessions,
and 999 files. Long file names and folder
names may use more disc memory space
than necessary. To conserve space on the
disc, minimize the length of the file and
folder names. You can also play an
MP3/WMA CD that was recorded using
no file folders. The system can support
up to eight folders in depth, but keep the
depth of the folders to a minimum in
order to keep down the complexity and
confusion in trying to locate a particular
folder during playback. If a CD contains
more than the maximum of 50 folders,
five sessions, and 999 files, the player
will let you access and navigate up to the
maximum, but all items over the
maximum will be ignored.
Root Directory
The root directory will be treated as a
folder. If the root directory has
compressed audio files, the directory
will be displayed as ROOT. All files
contained directly under the root
directory will be accessed prior to any
other directory.
Empty Directory or Folder
If a root directory or a folder exists
somewhere in the file structure that
contains only folders/subfolders and no
compressed files directly beneath them,
the player will advance to the next
folder in the file structure that contains
compressed audio files and the empty
folder will not be displayed or numbered.
No Folder
When the CD contains only compressed files, the files will be located
under the root folder. The next and
previous folder functions will have no
function on a CD that was recorded
without folders. When displaying the
name of the folder the radio will display
ROOT.
6-10 Infotainment System
When the CD contains only compressed audio files, but no folders, all
files will be located under the root
folder. When the radio displays the
name of the folder, the radio will
display ROOT.
Order of Play
Tracks will be played in the following
order:
1. Playback will begin from the first
track under the root directory.
2. When all tracks from the root
directory have been played, playback
will continue from files, according to
their numerical listing.
3. After playing the last track from the
last folder, the player will begin
playing again at the first track of the
first folder or root directory.
File System and Naming
The song name in the ID3 tag will be
displayed. If the song name is not
present in the ID3 tag, then the radio
will display the file name without the
extension (such as Mp3/WMA) instead.
Track names longer than 32 characters
or four pages will be shortened. The
display will not show parts of words on
the last page of text and the extension of
the file name will not be displayed.
Playing an MP3/WMA
With the ignition ON, insert a CD
partway into the slot, label side up. The
player will pull it in. Loading, then
Filecheck, and then MP3 or WMA will
appear on the display. The CD should
begin playing. You cannot insert a CD
with the ACC OFF.
As each new track starts to play, the
track number and the song name will
appear on the display.
If the ignition or radio is turned OFF
with a CD in the player, it will stay in
the player. When a CD is in the player
and the ignition is turned ON, the radio
must be turned ON before the CD will
start playback. When the ignition and
radio are turned ON, the CD will start
playing where it stopped, if it was the
last selected audio source.
The CD player can play the smaller 8
cm (3 in) single CDs with an adapter
ring. Full‐size CDs and the smaller CDs
are loaded in the same manner.
If playing a CD-R, the sound quality
may be reduced due to CD-R quality,
the method of recording, the quality of
the music that has been recorded, and
the way the CD-R has been handled.
There may be an increase in skipping,
difficulty in finding tracks, and/or
difficulty in loading and ejecting. If
these problems occur, check the bottom
surface of the CD. If the surface of the
CD is damaged, such as cracked,
broken, or scratched, the CD will not
play properly. If the surface of the CD is
soiled, see “Care of CDs” for more
information.
If there is no apparent damage, try a
known good CD.
Infotainment System 6-11
Do not add any label to a CD; it could
get caught in the CD player. If a CD is
recorded on a personal computer and a
description label is needed, try labeling
the top of the recorded CD with a
marking pen instead.
Caution
If a label is added to a CD, more than
one CD is inserted into the slot at a
time, or an attempt is made to play
scratched or damaged CDs, the CD
player could be damaged. While using
the CD player, use only CDs in good
condition without any label, load one
CD at a time, and keep the CD player
and the loading slot free of foreign
materials, liquids, and debris.
Care of CDs
Sound quality can be reduced due to
disc quality, recording method, quality
of the music recorded, and how the disc
has been handled. Handle discs
carefully and store them in their original
cases or other protective cases away
from direct sunlight and dust. If the
bottom surface of a disc is damaged, the
disc may not play properly or at all. Do
not touch the bottom surface of a disc
while handling it; this could damage the
surface. Pick up discs by grasping the
outer edges or the edge of the hole and
the outer edge.
If the bottom surface of a disc is dirty,
take a soft lint‐free cloth, or dampen a
clean soft cloth in a mild neutral
detergent solution mixed with water,
and clean it. Wipe the disc from the
center to the outer edge.
All of the CD functions work the same
while playing an MP3/WMA, except
for those listed here. See CD Player on
page 6-6 for more information.
All/Directory Mode
Repeat, intro‐scan, random function
operates in the current folder when All
mode is active.
Press the softkey under “ALL” and it
changes to “DIR.” To cancel DIR
mode, press the softkey again.
DIR (Directory): Press to repeat the
tracks in the current directory. DIR will
appear on the display. Press again to
repeat the tracks in all of the directories.
ALL will appear on the display.
Press again to turn off repeat play.
SEEK
SEEK (Next Folder /
Previous) (in MP3/WMA mode):
Press SEEK SEEK to change the
folder. If the CD-R does not have a
folder, ROOT will flash on the display
for a short time.
TUNE TUNE (Next Track/
Previous): Press TUNE to go to the
start of the current track or press A
TUNE to go to the next track. The track
number will appear on the display. The
player will continue moving backward
or forward through the CD with each
press of the TUNE TUNE.
6-12 Infotainment System
PHONE
TP/INFO (Information): Press to display additional text information related to
the current MP3/WMA song. There is a
choice of additional information such as
Song Title, Album Title, and Artist. Bit
rate may also appear on display.
When information is not available, No
info will appear on the display.
Press this button for longer than two
seconds to change display mode.
Press to display the ID3 tag information
of the current files.
AUXILIARY DEVICES
BLUETOOTH
The radio has one auxiliary input jack
(diameter 3.5 mm) located on the lower
right side of the faceplate. This is not an
audio output; do not plug the headphone set into the front auxiliary input
jack. You can, however, connect an
external audio device such as an iPod,
laptop computer, MP3 player, or CD
changer to the auxiliary input jack for
use as another source for audio
listening.
AUX In Mode Selection
Press the CD/AUX button in the other
playback mode.
If the auxiliary jack doesn’t detect the
presence of an output jack, the aux
mode will be prevented from coming
up.
General Information
Vehicles with Bluetooth® provide the
possibility of holding conversations via
a vehicle microphone and the vehicle
loudspeakers, as well as operating the
most important functions via the
infotainment system.
Not all mobile phone functions are
supported by every mobile phone. The
phone functions available depend on
the relevant mobile phone and network
provider. For further information, see
the cell phone manufatrurer's user
guide or contact your network provider.
Bluetooth®
For security reasons, at least a four-digit
and randomly selected Personal Identification Number (PIN) code should be
used to pair devices.
Operation
Bluetooth can be operated via a steering
wheel remote control system or a
multifunction knob on the radio.
Infotainment System 6-13
As soon as the mobile telephone has
been switched on and the mobile
telephone is logged in, the start page
appears on the display.
Steering Wheel Controls
(Mute/Power): Press to turn on
the system. Press to mute audio while
the radio is on. Press and hold to turn off
radio.
(Push to Talk / Bluetooth /
End Call): Press once to answer or
make a call. Press to access the
Bluetooth menu. Press twice to dial a
call. Press and hold to cancel, decline,
or hang up a call.
SEEK: Press to go to the next preset
radio station. Press and hold to search
for the next station.
MODE: Press to toggle through radio
modes as follows: FM ‐ AM ‐CD ‐ AUX
‐ FM.
: Press to increase volume.
: Press to decrease volume.
Telephone Connection
A connection can be created between a
mobile telephone and the infotainment
system via a Bluetooth® connection as
long as your mobile telephone and the
mobile telephone portal support this
function.
For information on the Bluetooth
function for your mobile telephone, see
the operating instructions for the
mobile telephone.
Bluetooth® Connection
The Bluetooth function on the mobile
telephone must be activated. See the
operating instructions for the mobile
telephone.
Bluetooth is a radio standard for wireless
connection of a mobile telephone to
other equipment. Information such as the
phonebook, call list, network operator,
and field intensity can be transmitted.
Depending on the type of equipment, the
functions may be restricted.
Creating a Connection
1. Press .
2. Press the softkey button below
PAIRING.
3. Search and select the device name
“CAR AUDIO” on the phone.
The name of the device will display for
three seconds. “Mode Selection” will
display. When device is connected,
“BT” will now display. Once a device is
paired, the radio will use an auto
connection feature and try to connect to
the last device paired when turned on.
Making a Call
To dial the last number called using the
Bluetooth system:
1. Press .
2. Press the softkey below CALL.
3. To redial the last call placed, press
the softkey below LAST CALL.
The radio will display “Dialing.”
6-14 Infotainment System
To dial a call using the Bluetooth
system:
1. Press .
2. Press the softkey below CALL.
3. To place a new call, dial the phone
number or search the mobile phone
address book. The radio will
display “Dialing.”
During a Call
There are three audio options on
the radio display:
Ÿ Press the softkey below MIC
MUTE to mute the phone call.
Ÿ Press the softkey below PRIVATE
or to allow the call to be heard
from the mobile phone and not the
audio system.
Ÿ Press the softkey below HANG UP
to end the call.
Incoming Calls
When there is an incoming call, the
radio will display INCOMING CALL
for three seconds. The phone number
will display until the softkey below
ANSWER or DECLINE is pressed.
Ÿ To answer an incoming call, press
the softkey below ANSWER.
Ÿ To decline an incoming call, press
the softkey below DECLINE.
Bluetooth Music Controls
The infotainment system can connect to
Bluetooth devices to play music
through the audio system.
To play music through an audio device:
1. Connect to the Bluetooth device.
See “Creating a Connection” earlier
in this section for help connecting
the device.
2. In the Mode Selection menu, press
the softkey belowAUDIO PLAY.
3. Press the softkey below the desired
option to PLAY, PAUSE, TRACK
UP, or TRACK DOWN.
4. To change folders, press SEEK.
Climate Controls 7-1
CLIMATE
CONTROLS
Climate Control Systems
Automatic Climate Control ......7-1
Automatic Temperature
Control .....................................7-2
Manual Control ........................7-4
Outside Temperature Display ...7-6
Rear Window and Outside
Mirror Defogger .......................7-7
Sunlight Sensor ........................7-8
Temperature Sensor .................7-8
Rear Air Conditioning System..7-9
Auxiliary Heater ......................7-9
Air Vents
Adjustable Air Vents ...............7-10
Fixed Air Vents........................7-11
Maintenance
Air Intake ................................7-11
Passenger Compartment
A/C Filter ...............................7-11
Air Conditioning Regular
Operation ................................7-13
CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEMS
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL
General Description
Full Automatic Temperature Control (FATC) System controls the interior temperature in
your vehicle automatically and provides the greatest amount of comfort in the interior
regardless of the weather, outside temperature or season. It will achieve the desired
temperature when you select the AUTO mode.
The desired temperature is controlled by an in-car sensor signal, coolant temperature,
sunlight sensor signal and the ambient temperature sensor signal.
1
2
3
5
4
6
7
R
A/C
AUTO
SYNC
MODE
8
1. SYNC (Synchronized
Temperatures) /Temperature
Control
2. A/C (Air Conditioning)
3. Defrost
4. Fan Control
5. Rear Window Defogger
OFF
9
A
10
6. Recirculation
7. AUTO (Automatic Operation)
/Temperature Control
8. MODE (Air Delivery Mode
Control)
9. OFF
10. AQS (Air Quality Sensor)
7-2 Climate Controls
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
AUTO Button
DUAL ZONE
11
When you operate your FATC in AUTO
mode, the only thing you have to do is
just set the desired temperature to your
preference.
5
12
AUTO
AUTO
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Passenger Side Set Temperature
Deforster Indicator
Air Distribution Mode Indicator
Air Conditioning Indicator
Outside Temperature
Auto Mode Indicator
7. Outside Air Mode Indicator
8. Recirculation Mode Indicator
9. Fan Operation Indicator
10. Fan Speed Indicator
11. Dual Zone
12. Driver Side Set Temperature
When the AUTO button is pressed, the
interior temperature will be controlled
automatically to reach the desired
preset temperature. The system will
control air distribution mode, fan
speed, air conditioning and recirculation functions automatically.
AUTO mode indicator will appear in
the DIC (Driver Information Centre)
located in the centre of the instrument
panel.
Climate Controls 7-3
OFF Button
To Set the Desired Temperature
SYNC
AUTO
Note
When desired temperature is set at
either "HI" (maximum) or “LO”
(minimum), the fan operates continuously at highest speed even after the
interior temperature reaches the preset
temperature.
OFF
OFF
Dual Zone
Rotate the temperature control knobs
until the desired temperature is
displayed.
Clockwise : The desired temperature
will increase by 0.5ºC (1ºF).
Counterclockwise : The desired temperature will decrease by 0.5ºC (1ºF).
You can set the desired temperature at
your preference between 18ºC and
28ºC.
The temperature can be adjusted
separately for the driver and the
passenger.
Adjust the SYNC dial to increase or
decrease the temperature for the
passenger.
Dual Zone display on the DIC can be
switched on by pressing the SYNC
button each time.
Press the SYNC button during the Dual
Zone mode to link all climate settings to
the driver setting.
Dual Zone display can also be switched
on by turning the SYNC dial.
To turn off the entire system, press the
OFF button.
7-4 Climate Controls
MANUAL CONTROL
A/C Button
A/C
Air Distribution Mode Change
MODE
A/C
MODE
Turns the air conditioning on or off.
AUTO mode is cancelled and indicator
will go off when this button is pressed.
The A/C indicator ( ) will illuminate
when the air conditioning is on.
Press the A/C button again to turn the
A/C off, or press the OFF button to turn
the entire system off.
If the MODE button is pressed, AUTO
mode is cancelled and the air distribution mode will be changed in the
following sequence.
FRONT( ) BI-LEVEL( )
FLOOR( ) FLOOR/DEFROST( )
Front
This setting directs air through centre
and side vents.
Bi-level
Directs air in two ways. Half of the air
through the floor vents and the
remaining through the centre and side
vents.
Floor
Directs most of the air through the floor
vents. Some of the air will also be
directed to the windscreen defroster
vents, side vents, and rear vents. Keep
the area under front seat clear in order
not to block the airflow to the rear
compartment.
Floor/Defrost
This mode directs most of the air
through windscreen defroster vents,
front door window defroster vents and
the floor vents. A small amount of air is
also directed to the side vents.
Climate Controls 7-5
Recirculation Mode Button
Fan Speed Control Knob
Defrosting
Selects either outside air or recirculated
inside air.
Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to
increase or decrease the fan speed.
AUTO mode is cancelled when the fan
control knob is turned. Press AUTO to
return to automatic operation.
Press the DEFROST button ( ) to
defrost the windscreen. The outside air
mode is automatically turned on.
Adjust the fan speed using fan speed
control knob.
This mode can be cancelled by pressing
the defrost button again, air distribution
mode knob or AUTO button.
7-6 Climate Controls
OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE
DISPLAY
AQS
A
A
AQS (Air Quality Sensor) automatically
draws outside air into the passenger
compartment or converts air mode into
recirculation mode to cut off the exhaust
gas from the outside and prevent
contaminating air within the passenger
compartment.
Press the AQS button to activate AQS
mode. The indicator light on the button
will come on.
To turn off the AQS mode, press the
button again. The indicator light will go
off to confirm the AQS is not activated.
AQS will also turn ON when AUTO
button is pressed.
Your windows may fog if you use the
AQS mode for extended periods. If this
happens, turn off the AQS mode and
turn to the outside air mode.
The outside temperature is always
displayed in the DIC.
The temperature sensor is located in the
front bumper area.
Due to its location, the displayed
temperature can be affected by road or
engine heat while slow driving or
idling.
Climate Controls 7-7
Temperature Unit Change
To change the temperature unit, do the
followings:
1. Press SET button on the driver
information centre for more than 2
seconds. The temperature unit will
blink.
2. Press the or
button to change
the temperature unit (°C °F).
REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR DEFOGGER
For vehicles with a rear window and
outside mirror defogger, they only work
when the ignition is turned to ON/RUN.
R
A/C
AUTO
SYNC
3. Press the SET button again for more
than 2 seconds to confirm the
change.
MODE
OFF
A
R (Rear Window Defogger): Press
to turn the rear window and outside
mirror defogger on or off. An indicator
light on the button comes on to show
that the feature is on.
The rear window defogger turns off
automatically within 15 minutes. It
can also be turned off by pressing
R again.
Caution
Do not use anything sharp on the
inside of the rear window. If you do,
you could cut or damage the warming
grid, and the repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty. Do
not attach a temporary vehicle license,
tape, a decal, or anything similar to the
defogger grid.
7-8 Climate Controls
SUNLIGHT SENSOR
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Caution
Do not place stickers over the
temperature sensor as this will impair
its function.
R
A/C
AUTO
SYNC
MODE
The sunlight sensor located on top of
the instrument panel near the windshield monitors the solar heat.
This sensor detects sunlight when
operating in AUTO mode.
Caution
Do not place stickers or other items
over the sensor. Doing so could cause
the sensor to malfunction.
OFF
A
The temperature sensors are located on
the climate control faceplate on the
either side of fan control knob.
The climate control system uses the
sensor information to adjust the temperature, fan speed, recirculation, and air
distribution mode for best comfort.
Do not cover the sensors or the automatic climate control system will not
work properly.
Climate Controls 7-9
REAR AIR CONDITIONING
SYSTEM
AUXILIARY HEATER
0
3rd Row Air Conditioning
1
2
3
To turn on the 3rd row air conditioning
control system, press the 3rd row air
conditioning ON/OFF button located
on the centre of the instrument panel.
Indicator light on the ON/OFF button
will illuminate.
(Fan Control): Set the fan speed to
the desired speed with the 3rd row fan
speed switch.
You can also control the direction of
airflow through adjustable vents.
To turn off the 3rd row air conditioning
control system, press the 3rd row air
conditioning ON/OFF button once more
on the centre of the instrument panel
(indicator light on the ON/OFF button is
not illuminated) or set the fan speed to
the "0" position with the 3rd row fan
speed switch.
This supplementary heater is an
electrical air heating type and installed
in the air conditioner module. This
device improves the heating effect by
increasing the temperature of flowing
air into the passenger compartment.
7-10 Climate Controls
AIR VENTS
ADJUSTABLE AIR VENTS
Move the sliding knob on the air outlets
up and down or left and right to direct
the airflow. Use the thumbwheels near
the air outlets to open or close off the
airflow.
Operation Tips
Ÿ Clear away any ice, snow, or leaves
from air inlets at the base of the
windshield that could block the
flow of air into the vehicle.
Ÿ Keep the path under the front seats
clear of objects to help circulate the
air inside the vehicle more effectively.
Ÿ Use of non‐approved hood deflectors can adversely affect the
performance of the system. Check
with your CHEVROLET retailer
before adding equipment to the
outside of the vehicle.
Ÿ Do not insert any objects in the
outlets, as failure of the mechanism
may occur.
Side Vents
Centre Vents
You can direct air through both
adjustable side vents towards either side
of the front passenger area, or towards
the side windows.
You can control the direction of airflow
through both adjustable centre vents.
Climate Controls 7-11
MAINTENANCE
To Shut Off the Centre Vents and the
Side Vents
Turn the wheel below or next to each
vent outlet to block the airflow through
the vents.
Warning
Do not attach any objects to the slats
of the air vents. Risk of damage and
injury in case of an accident.
FIXED AIR VENTS
AIR INTAKE
Windscreen Defroster Vents
The windscreen defroster vents direct
air onto the windscreen.
Floor Vents
The floor vents direct air into the front
foot area.
Front Door Window Defroster Vents
The front door window defroster vents
direct air onto the side windows, mainly
in the area near the outside mirror.
Rear Vents
Cooled or heated air travels to the rear
foot area through ducts underneath the
front seats.
The air intake in front of the windshield
in the engine compartment must be kept
clear to allow air intake.
Remove any leaves, dirt or snow.
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
A/C FILTER
The filter removes dust, pollen, and
other airborne irritants from outside air
that is pulled into the vehicle.
The filter should be replaced as part of
routine scheduled maintenance. See the
Maintenance Schedule for replacement
intervals.
The passenger compartment A/C filter
can be accessed by removing the entire
glove box.
7-12 Climate Controls
1. Remove the six screws from around
the glove box.
2. Lower the loosened glove box
housing.
3. Remove the glove box.
4. Remove the A/C filter cover screw.
Caution
5. Replace the air conditioner filter.
See your CHEVROLET retailer if
additional assistance is needed.
Your hands could be hurt by sharp
materials around the filter housing.
Be sure to wear protective gloves
when replacing air conditioner filter.
Note
When inserting new filter, make sure
they are inserted to the correct airflow.
Note
We recommend that you consult
CHEVROLET retailer to replace the
filter.
Climate Controls 7-13
AIR CONDITIONING
REGULAR OPERATION
Caution
More frequent maintenance of the A/C
filter is required if the driving
circumstances are dusty roads, air
pollution areas, and frequent unpaved
roads.
It makes the filter efficiency to be
decreased.
In order to ensure continuously efficient
performance, cooling must be operated
for a few minutes once a month,
irrespective of the weather and time of
year. Operation with cooling is not
possible when outside temperature is
low.
Service
For optimal cooling performance, it is
recommended to annually check the
climate control system.
Ÿ Functionality and pressure test
Ÿ Heating functionality
Ÿ Leakage check
Ÿ Check of drive belts
Ÿ Cleaning of condenser
Ÿ Evaporator drainage
Ÿ Performance check
Caution
Use only correct refrigerant.
Warning
Climate control systems are serviced
by qualified personnel only. Improper
service methods may cause personal
injury.
7-14 Climate Controls
Driving and Operating 8-1
DRIVING AND
OPERATING
Driving Information
Driving for Better Fuel
Economy ................................. 8-2
Distracted Driving ................... 8-2
Defensive Driving ................... 8-3
Control of a Vehicle ................ 8-3
Braking .................................... 8-3
Steering ................................... 8-3
Off-Road Recovery ................. 8-4
Loss of Control ....................... 8-4
Driving on Wet Roads ............. 8-5
Highway Hypnosis .................. 8-6
Hill and Mountain Roads ........ 8-6
Winter Driving ........................ 8-7
If the Vehicle Is Stuck ............. 8-8
Vehicle Load Limits ................ 8-9
Starting and Operating
New Vehicle Break-In ........... 8-11
Ignition Positions .................. 8-11
Starting the Diesel Engine .... 8-13
Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) ......................... 8-14
Shifting into Park .................. 8-15
Shifting out of Park ............... 8-16
Parking .................................. 8-17
Parking over Things
That Burn .............................. 8-17
Engine Exhaust
Engine Exhaust ..................... 8-18
Running the Vehicle While
Parked ................................... 8-19
Automatic Transmission
Automatic Transmission ....... 8-20
Manual Mode ........................ 8-22
Fuel Economy Mode* ........... 8-24
Manual Transmission
Manual Transmission ............ 8-25
Drive Systems
All-Wheel Drive ................... 8-26
Brakes
Brakes ................................... 8-26
Antilock Brake System
(ABS) .................................... 8-28
Parking Brake ....................... 8-29
Brake Assist* ......................... 8-31
Ride Control Systems
Electronic Stability
Control (ESC)* ..................... 8-31
Descent Control
System (DCS)* ..................... 8-33
Automatic Level Control* .... 8-34
Cruise Control
Cruise Control ....................... 8-34
Object Detection Systems
Ultrasonic Parking Assist (Rear
Parking Assist System) ........ 8-37
Fuel
Fuel ....................................... 8-38
Fuel for Diesel Engines ........ 8-38
Water in Fuel ......................... 8-39
Running Out of Fuel ............. 8-39
Filling the Tank ..................... 8-40
Filling a Portable Fuel
Container ............................... 8-41
8-2 Driving and Operating
DRIVING INFORMATION
DRIVING FOR BETTER
FUEL ECONOMY
DISTRACTED DRIVING
Driving habits can affect fuel mileage.
Here are some driving tips to get the
best fuel economy possible.
Ÿ Avoid fast starts and accelerate
smoothly.
Ÿ Brake gradually and avoid abrupt
stops.
Ÿ Avoid idling the engine for long
periods of time.
Ÿ When road and weather conditions
are appropriate, use cruise control.
Ÿ Always follow posted speed limits or
drive more slowly when conditions
require.
Ÿ Keep vehicle tires properly inflated.
Ÿ Combine several trips into a single
trip.
Ÿ Replace the vehicle's tires with the
same TPC Spec number molded
into the tire's sidewall near the size.
Ÿ Follow recommended scheduled
maintenance.
Distraction comes in many forms and
can take your focus from the task of
driving. Exercise good judgment and
do not let other activities divert your
attention away from the road. Many
local governments have enacted laws
regarding driver distraction. Become
familiar with the local laws in your
area.
To avoid distracted driving, always
keep your eyes on the road, hands on the
wheel, and mind on the drive.
Ÿ Do not use a phone in demanding
driving situations. Use a hands-free
method to place or receive necessary
phone calls.
Ÿ Watch the road. Do not read, take
notes, or look up information on
phones or other electronic devices.
Ÿ Designate a front seat passenger to
handle potential distractions.
Ÿ Become familiar with vehicle
features before driving, such as
programming favorite radio stations
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
and adjusting climate control and seat
settings.
Wait until the vehicle is parked to
retrieve items that have fallen to the
floor.
Stop or park the vehicle to attend to
children.
Keep pets in an appropriate carrier
or restraint.
Avoid stressful conversations while
driving, whether with a passenger
or on a cell phone.
Warning
Taking your eyes off the road too
long or too often could cause a crash
resulting in injury or death. Focus
your attention on driving.
Refer to the Infotainment section for
more information on using that system,
including pairing and using a cell
phone.
Driving and Operating 8-3
DEFENSIVE DRIVING
BRAKING
STEERING
Defensive driving means “always
expect the unexpected.” The first step in
driving defensively is to wear the safety
belt. See Safety Belts on page 2-14.
Ÿ Assume that other road users
(pedestrians, bicyclists, and other
drivers) are going to be careless and
make mistakes. Anticipate what
they might do and be ready.
Ÿ Allow enough following distance
between you and the driver in front
of you.
Ÿ Focus on the task of driving.
Braking action involves perception
time and reaction time. Deciding to
push the brake pedal is perception time.
Actually doing it is reaction time.
Average driver reaction time is about
three-quarters of a second. In that time,
a vehicle moving at 100 km/h (60 mph)
travels 20m (66 ft), which could be a lot
of distance in an emergency.
Helpful braking tips to keep in mind
include:
Ÿ Keep enough distance between you
and the vehicle in front of you.
Ÿ Avoid needless heavy braking.
Ÿ Keep pace with traffic.
If the engine ever stops while the
vehicle is being driven, brake normally
but do not pump the brakes. Doing so
could make the pedal harder to push
down. If the engine stops, there will be
some power brake assist but it will be
used when the brake is applied. Once
the power assist is used up, it can take
longer to stop and the brake pedal will
be harder to push.
Hydraulic Power Steering
Your vehicle has hydraulic power
steering. It may require maintenance.
See Power Steering Fluid on page 9-20.
If power steering assist is lost because
the engine stops or a system malfunction, the vehicle can be steered but may
require increased effort. See your
CHEVROLET retailer if there is a
problem.
Curve Tips
Ÿ Take curves at a reasonable speed.
Ÿ Reduce speed before entering a curve.
Ÿ Maintain a reasonable steady speed
through the curve.
Ÿ Wait until the vehicle is out of the
curve before accelerating gently
into the straightaway.
Steering in Emergencies
Ÿ There are some situations when
steering around a problem may be
more effective than braking.
CONTROL OF A VEHICLE
Braking, steering, and accelerating are
important factors in helping to control a
vehicle while driving.
8-4 Driving and Operating
OFF-ROAD RECOVERY
Ÿ
Ÿ
Holding both sides of the steering
wheel allows you to turn 180
degrees without removing a hand.
The Antilock Brake System (ABS)
allows steering while braking.
The vehicle's left wheels can drop off
the edge of a road onto the shoulder
while driving. Follow these tips:
1. Ease off the accelerator and then, if
there is nothing in the way, steer the
vehicle so that it straddles the edge
of the pavement.
2. Turn the steering wheel about oneeighth of a turn, until the left front
tire contacts the pavement edge.
3. Then turn the steering wheel to go
straight down the roadway.
LOSS OF CONTROL
Skidding
There are three types of skids that
correspond to the vehicle's three control
systems:
Ÿ Braking Skid - wheels are not rolling.
Ÿ Steering or Cornering Skid - too
much speed or steering in a curve
causes tires to slip and lose cornering
force.
Ÿ Acceleration Skid - too much throttle
causes the driving wheels to spin.
Defensive drivers avoid most skids by
taking reasonable care suited to existing
conditions, and by not overdriving
those conditions. But skids are always
possible.
If the vehicle starts to slide, follow
these suggestions:
Ÿ Ease your foot off the accelerator
pedal and quickly steer the way you
want the vehicle to go. The vehicle
may straighten out. Be ready for a
second skid if it occurs.
Driving and Operating 8-5
DRIVING ON WET ROADS
Hydroplaning
Ÿ
Ÿ
Slow down and adjust your driving
according to weather conditions.
Stopping distance can be longer and
vehicle control can be affected
when traction is reduced by water,
snow, ice, gravel, or other material
on the road. Learn to recognize
warning clues - such as enough
water, ice, or packed snow on the
road to make a mirrored surfaceand slow down when you have any
doubt.
Try to avoid sudden steering,
acceleration, or braking, including
reducing vehicle speed by shifting
to a lower gear. Any sudden
changes could cause the tires to
slide.
Remember: Antilock brakes help
avoid only the braking skid.
Rain and wet roads can reduce vehicle
traction and affect your ability to stop
and accelerate. Always drive slower in
these types of driving conditions and
avoid driving through large puddles and
deep‐standing or flowing water.
Warning
Wet brakes can cause crashes. They
might not work as well in a quick
stop and could cause pulling to one
side. You could lose control of the
vehicle.
After driving through a large puddle
of water or a car/vehicle wash,
lightly apply the brake pedal until the
brakes work normally.
Flowing or rushing water creates
strong forces. Driving through
flowing water could cause the
vehicle to be carried away. If this
happens, you and other vehicle
occupants could drown. Do not
ignore police warnings and be very
cautious about trying to drive
through flowing water.
Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water can
build up under the vehicle's tires so they
actually ride on the water. This can
happen if the road is wet enough and
you are going fast enough. When the
vehicle is hydroplaning, it has little or
no contact with the road.
There is no hard and fast rule about
hydroplaning. The best advice is to
slow down when the road is wet.
Other Rainy Weather Tips
Besides slowing down, other wet
weather driving tips include:
Ÿ Allow extra following distance.
Ÿ Pass with caution.
Ÿ Keep windshield wiping equipment
in good shape.
Ÿ Keep the windshield washer fluid
reservoir filled.
Ÿ Have good tires with proper tread
depth. See Tires on page 9-44.
Ÿ Turn off cruise control.
8-6 Driving and Operating
HIGHWAY HYPNOSIS
HILL AND MOUNTAIN
ROADS
Always be alert and pay attention to
your surroundings while driving. If you
become tired or sleepy, find a safe place
to park the vehicle and rest.
Other driving tips include:
Ÿ Keep the vehicle well ventilated.
Ÿ Keep the interior temperature cool.
Ÿ Keep your eyes moving - scan the
road ahead and to the sides.
Ÿ Check the rearview mirror and
vehicle instruments often.
Driving on steep hills or through
mountains is different than driving on
flat or rolling terrain. Tips for driving in
these conditions include:
Ÿ Keep the vehicle serviced and in
good shape.
Ÿ Check all fluid levels and brakes,
tires, cooling system, and transmission.
Ÿ Shift to a lower gear when going
down steep or long hills.
Ÿ Stay in your own lane. Do not swing
wide or cut across the center of the
road. Drive at speeds that let you
stay in your own lane.
Ÿ Be alert on top of hills; something
could be in your lane (stalled car,
accident).
Ÿ Pay attention to special road signs
(falling rocks area, winding roads,
long grades, passing or no-passing
zones) and take appropriate action.
Caution
It is recommended to drive both
Automatic and Manual Transmission
vehicles up to the altitude of 4000
meters maximum. Contact your
CHEVROLET retailer for more
information.
Warning
Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) or
with the ignition off is dangerous.
The brakes will have to do all the
work of slowing down and they
could get so hot that they would not
work well. You would then have
poor braking and you could crash.
Always have the engine running and
the vehicle in gear when going
downhill.
If you do not shift down, the brakes
could get so hot that they would not
work well. You would then have
poor braking and you could crash.
Shift down to let the engine assist the
brakes on a steep downhill slope.
Driving and Operating 8-7
WINTER DRIVING
Driving on Snow or Ice
Drive carefully when there is snow or
ice between the tires and the road,
creating less traction or grip.
Wet ice can occur at about 0°C (32°F)
when freezing rain begins to fall,
resulting in even less traction. Avoid
driving on wet ice or in freezing rain
until roads can be treated with salt or
sand.
Drive with caution, whatever the
condition. Accelerate gently so traction
is not lost. Accelerating too quickly
causes the wheels to spin and makes the
surface under the tires slick, so there is
even less traction.
Try not to break the fragile traction. If
you accelerate too fast, the drive wheels
will spin and polish the surface under
the tires even more.
The Antilock Brake System (ABS) on
page 8-28 improves vehicle stability
during hard stops on slippery roads, but
apply the brakes sooner than when on
dry pavement.
Allow greater following distance on
any slippery road and watch for
slippery spots. Icy patches can occur on
otherwise clear roads in shaded areas.
The surface of a curve or an overpass
can remain icy when the surrounding
roads are clear. Avoid sudden steering
maneuvers and braking while on ice.
Turn off cruise control on slippery
surfaces.
Blizzard Conditions
Being stuck in snow can be a serious
situation. Stay with the vehicle unless
there is help nearby. To get help and
keep everyone in the vehicle safe:
Ÿ Turn on the hazard warning flashers.
Ÿ Tie a red cloth to an outside mirror.
Ÿ Use warning triangle.
Warning
Snow can trap engine exhaust under
the vehicle. This may cause exhaust
gases to get inside. Engine exhaust
contains carbon monoxide (CO)
which cannot be seen or smelled. It
can cause unconsciousness and even
death.
If the vehicle is stuck in the snow:
Ÿ Clear away snow from around the
base of your vehicle, especially
any that is blocking the exhaust
pipe.
Ÿ Check again from time to time to
be sure snow does not collect
there.
Ÿ Open a window about 5 cm (2 in)
on the side of the vehicle that is
away from the wind to bring in
fresh air.
(Continued)
8-8 Driving and Operating
IF THE VEHICLE IS
STUCK
Warning (Continued)
Ÿ Fully open the air outlets on or
under the instrument panel.
Adjust the climate control system
to a setting that circulates the air
inside the vehicle and set the fan
speed to the highest setting.
For more information about carbon
monoxide, see Engine Exhaust on
page 8-18.
Ÿ
Run the engine for short periods only as
needed to keep warm, but be careful.
To save fuel, run the engine for only
short periods as needed to warm the
vehicle and then shut the engine off and
close the window most of the way to
save heat. Repeat this until help arrives
but only when you feel really uncomfortable from the cold. Moving about to
keep warm also helps.
If it takes some time for help to arrive,
now and then when you run the engine,
push the accelerator pedal slightly so
the engine runs faster than the idle
speed. This keeps the battery charged to
restart the vehicle and to signal for help
with the headlamps. Do this as little as
possible to save fuel.
Slowly and cautiously spin the wheels
to free the vehicle when stuck in sand,
mud, ice, or snow.
If stuck too severely for the traction
system to free the vehicle, turn the
traction system off and use the rocking
method.
Warning
If the vehicle's tires spin at high
speed, they can explode, and you or
others could be injured. The vehicle
can overheat, causing an engine
compartment fire or other damage.
Spin the wheels as little as possible
and avoid going above 56 km/h (35
mph).
For information about using tire chains
on the vehicle, see Tire Chains on page
9-52.
Driving and Operating 8-9
VEHICLE LOAD LIMITS
Rocking the Vehicle to Get it Out
Turn the steering wheel left and right to
clear the area around the front wheels.
Turn off any traction system. Shift back
and forth between R (Reverse) and a
forward gear, or with a manual
transmission, between 1 (First) or 2
(Second) and R (Reverse), spinning the
wheels as little as possible. To prevent
transmission wear, wait until the wheels
stop spinning before shifting gears.
Release the accelerator pedal while
shifting, and press lightly on the
accelerator pedal when the transmission is in gear. Slowly spinning the
wheels in the forward and reverse
directions causes a rocking motion that
could free the vehicle. If that does not
get the vehicle out after a few tries, it
might need to be towed out. If the
vehicle does need to be towed out, see
Towing the Vehicle on page 9-64.
Tire Information Label
It is very important to know how much
weight the vehicle can carry. This
weight is called the vehicle capacity
weight and includes the weight of all
occupants, cargo and all nonfactory installed options. Two labels on the
vehicle show how much weight it may
properly carry, the Tire Information
label and the Certification label.
Warning
Do not load the vehicle any heavier
than the Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating (GVWR), or either the
maximum front or rear Gross Axle
Weight Rating (GAWR). This can
cause systems to break and change
the way the vehicle handles. This
could cause loss of control and a
crash. Overloading can also shorten
the life of the vehicle.
A vehicle specific Tire Information
label is attached to the vehicle’s center
pillar (B-pillar). With the driver’s door
open, you will find the label attached
near the door lock post.
The Tire Information label shows the
tire size of the original equipment tires
and the recommended cold tire inflation
pressures. For more informaion on tires
and inflation, see Tires on page 9-44 and
Tire Pressure on page 9-46.
8-10 Driving and Operating
Certification Label
If the vehicle is carrying a heavy load, it
should be spread out.
Note
Identification plate / label includes the
Certification label information as well.
Warning
A vehicle specific Certification label is
attached to the lower area of the center
pillar (B-Pillar) on the passenger side of
the vehicle. The label tells you the Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for the
front and rear axles. The GVWR
includes the weight of the vehicle, all
occupants, fuel, and cargo. See Technical
Data - Vehicle Specifications on page no
11-3. Never exceed the GVWR for the
vehicle, or the Gross Axle Weight Rating
(GAWR) for either the front or rear axle.
Do not load the vehicle any heavier
than the Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating (GVWR), or either the
maximum front or rear Gross Axle
Weight Rating (GAWR). This can
cause systems to break and change
the way the vehicle handles. This
could cause loss of control and a
crash. Overloading can also shorten
the life of the vehicle.
Warning
Things inside the vehicle can strike
and injure people in a sudden stop or
turn, or in a crash.
Ÿ Put things in the cargo area of the
vehicle. In the cargo area, put
them as far forward as possible.
Try to spread the weight evenly.
Ÿ Never stack heavier things, like
suitcases, inside the vehicle so
that some of them are above the
tops of the seats.
Ÿ Do not leave an unsecured child
restraint in the vehicle.
Ÿ Secure loose items in the vehicle.
Ÿ Do not leave a seat folded down
unless needed.
Driving and Operating 8-11
STARTING AND
OPERATING
NEW VEHICLE BREAK-IN
Use the following precautions for the
first few hundred kilometers to improve
the performance and economy of your
vehicle and add to its long life :
Ÿ Avoid full-throttle starts.
Ÿ Do not race the engine.
Ÿ Avoid hard stops except in emergencies. This will allow your brakes to
bed in properly.
Ÿ Avoid quick starts, sudden accelerations, and prolonged highspeed
driving in order to avoid damage to
the engine and conserve fuel. Avoid
full-throttle acceleration in low gear.
Ÿ Do not tow any other vehicle.
IGNITION POSITIONS
The ignition switch has four different
positions.
Caution
Using a tool to force the key to turn in
the ignition could cause damage to the
switch or break the key. Use the
correct key, make sure it is all the way
in, and turn it only with your hand. If
the key cannot be turned by hand, see
your CHEVROLET retailer.
LOCK (STOPPING THE ENGINE/
LOCK/OFF): When the vehicle is
stopped, turn the ignition switch to
LOCK/OFF to turn the engine off.
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) will
remain active. See Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) on page 8-14.
This is the only position from which
you can remove the key. This locks the
steering wheel, ignition, and automatic
transmission. Push in the ignition
switch as you turn the key towards you.
Do not turn the engine off when the
vehicle is moving. This will cause a loss
of power assist in the brake and steering
systems and disable the airbags.
If the vehicle must be shut off in an
emergency:
1. Brake using a firm and steady
pressure. Do not pump the brakes
repeatedly. This may deplete power
assist, requiring increased brake
pedal force.
8-12 Driving and Operating
2. Shift the vehicle to neutral. This can
be done while the vehicle is
moving. After shifting to neutral,
firmly apply the brakes and steer
the vehicle to a safe location.
3. Come to a complete stop. Shift to P
(Park) with an automatic transmission, or Neutral with a manual
transmission. Turn the ignition to
LOCK/OFF.
4. Set the parking brake. See Parking
Brake on page 8-29.
Warning
Turning off the vehicle while
moving may cause loss of power
assist in the brake and steering
systems and disable the airbags.
While driving, only shut the vehicle
off in an emergency.
If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, and
must be shut off while driving, turn the
ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY.
The ignition switch can bind in the
LOCK/OFF position with your wheels
turned off center. If this happens, move
the steering wheel from right to left while
turning the key to ACC/ ACCESSORY.
If this doesn't work, then the vehicle
needs service.
ACC (ACC/ACCESSORY): This
position provides power to some of the
electrical accessories. It unlocks the
steering wheel and ignition. To move
the key from ACC/ ACCESSORY to
LOCK/OFF, push in the key and then
turn it to LOCK/OFF.
ON (ON/RUN): The ignition switch
stays in this position when the engine is
running. This position can be used to
operate the electrical accessories. This
position can also be used for service and
diagnostics, and to verify the proper
operation of the malfunction indicator
lamp as may be required for emission
inspection purposes.
To shift out of P (Park), turn the ignition
to ON/RUN and apply the brake pedal.
The battery could be drained if you
leave the key in the ACC/ ACCESSORY or ON/RUN position with the
engine off. You may not be able to start
the vehicle if the battery is allowed to
drain for an extended period of time.
START: This position starts the engine.
When the engine starts, release the key.
The ignition switch will return to
ON/RUN for normal driving.
Driving and Operating 8-13
STARTING THE DIESEL
ENGINE
Automatic Transmission
Starting the Diesel Engine
Move the shift lever to P (Park) or N
(Neutral). The engine will not start in
any other position. To restart the vehicle
when it is already moving, use N
(Neutral) only.
1. Turn the ignition key to ON/RUN.
Observe the wait‐to‐start light. See
Wait-to-Start Light on page 4-25.
This light may not come on if the
engine is warm.
2. As soon as the wait‐to‐start light
goes off, immediately turn the
ignition key to START. When the
engine starts, release the key. The
engine has a fast warm-up glow
plug system. The wait to start light
will illuminate for a much shorter
time than most diesel engines, due
to the rapid heating of the glow plug
system.
Caution
Shifting into P (Park) with the vehicle
moving could damage the transmission. Shift into P (Park) only when the
vehicle is stopped.
Manual Transmission
The shift lever should be in N (Neutral)
and the parking brake engaged. Hold
the clutch pedal to the floor and start the
engine. The vehicle will not start if the
clutch pedal is not all the way down.
To restart the engine when the vehicle is
already moving, use N (Neutral) only.
Caution
If the wait‐to‐start light stays on after
starting the vehicle, the vehicle may
not run properly. Have the vehicle
serviced right away.
3. If the engine does not start after 15
seconds of cranking, turn the
ignition switch to LOCK/OFF.
Wait one minute for the starter to
cool, then try the same steps again.
If you are trying to start the engine after
you have run out of fuel, follow the
steps in Running Out of Fuel on page
8-39.
When the engine is cold, let it run for a
few minutes before you move the
vehicle. This lets oil pressure build up.
The engine will sound louder when it's
cold.
Caution
If you are not in an idling vehicle and
the engine overheats, you would not
be there to see the overheated engine
indication. This could damage the
vehicle. Do not let the engine run
when you are not in the vehicle.
8-14 Driving and Operating
RETAINED ACCESSORY
POWER (RAP)
If the Diesel Engine will not Start
If you have run out of fuel, look at
Running Out of Fuel on page 8-39. See
Fuel for Diesel Engines on page 8-38.
If the vehicle is not out of fuel, and the
engine will not start, do this:
Turn the ignition key to ON/RUN.
Immediately after the wait-to-start light
goes off, turn the ignition key to
START.
If the light does not go off, wait a few
seconds, then try starting the engine
again. See your CHEVROLET retailer
as soon as you can for a starting system
check.
If the light comes on and then goes off
and you know the battery is charged,
but the engine still will not start, the
vehicle needs service.
If the light does not come on when the
engine is cold, the vehicle needs
service.
If the battery does not have enough
charge to start the engine, see Battery
on page 9-27.
Be sure you have the right oil for the
engine, and that you have changed the
oil at the proper times. If you use the
wrong oil, the engine may be harder to
start.
Be sure you are using the proper fuel for
existing weather conditions.
See Fuel for Diesel Engines on page
8-38.
If the engine starts, runs a short time,
then stops, the vehicle needs service.
Warning
Do not use starting aids, such as
ether, in the air intake. They could
damage the engine, which may not
be covered by the warranty. There
could also be a fire, which could
cause serious personal injury.
These vehicle accessories may be used
for up to 10 minutes after the ignition
key is turned to the LOCK/OFF
position:
Ÿ Outside Mirror
Ÿ Power Windows
Ÿ Sunroof (if equipped)
Ÿ Radio
The outside mirror, power windows,
radio and sunroof will function until a
door is opened.
If no door is opened after the ignition key
is turned to the LOCK/OFF position, all
accessories will be turned off after 10
minutes.
Driving and Operating 8-15
SHIFTING INTO PARK
Leaving the Vehicle With the Engine
Running
Warning
Warning
It can be dangerous to get out of the
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in
P (Park) with the parking brake
firmly set. The vehicle can roll. If you
have left the engine running, the
vehicle can move suddenly. You or
others could be injured. To be sure
the vehicle will not move, even when
you are on fairly level ground, use the
steps that follow.
It can be dangerous to leave the
vehicle with the engine running. The
vehicle could move suddenly if the
shift lever is not fully in P (Park) with
the parking brake firmly set. And, if
you leave the vehicle with the engine
running, it could overheat and even
catch fire. You or others could be
injured. Do not leave the vehicle
with the engine running.
Use this procedure to shift into P (Park):
1. Hold the brake pedal down and set
the parking brake. See Parking Brake
on page 8-29 for more information.
2. Hold the button on the shift lever
and push the lever towards the front
of the vehicle into P (Park).
3. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
4. Remove the key.
If you have to leave the vehicle with the
engine running, the vehicle must be in P
(Park) and the parking brake set.
Release the button and check that the
shift lever cannot be moved out of P
(Park).
Torque Lock
Torque lock is when the weight of the
vehicle puts too much force on the
parking pawl in the transmission. This
happens when parking on a hill and
shifting the transmission into P (Park) is
not done properly and then it is difficult
to shift out of P (Park). To prevent
torque lock, set the parking brake and
then shift into P (Park). To find out how,
see “Shifting into Park” listed previously.
If torque lock does occur, the vehicle
may need to be pushed uphill by
another vehicle to relieve the parking
pawl pressure, so you can shift out of P
(Park).
8-16 Driving and Operating
SHIFTING OUT OF PARK
Shift Lock Manual Release
This vehicle is equipped with an
electronic shift lock release system.
The shift lock release is designed to:
Ÿ Prevent movement of the shift lever
out of P (Park), unless the ignition is
in ON/RUN and the brake pedal is
applied.
The shift lock release is always functional except in the case of an uncharged
or low voltage (less than 9-volt) battery.
If the vehicle has an uncharged battery
or a battery with low voltage, try
charging or jump starting the battery.
See Jump Starting on page 9-60.
To shift out of P (Park):
1. Apply the brake pedal.
2. Press the shift lever button.
3. Move the shift lever to the desired
position.
If still unable to shift out of P (Park):
1. Fully release the shift lever button.
2. Hold the brake pedal down and
press the shift lever button again.
3. Move the shift lever to the desired
position.
If the shift lever still cannot be moved
from P (Park), see “Shift Lock Manual
Release.”
The vehicle may have a Shift Lock
Manual Release system. If you cannot
shift out of P (Park) with the ignition in
ON/RUN and the brake pedal applied:
1. Turn the ignition off and remove the
key.
2. Hold the brake pedal down.
3. Remove the mat from the bottom of
the storage area in front of the
shifter.
Driving and Operating 8-17
PARKING
If the vehicle has a manual transmission, before getting out of the vehicle,
move the shift lever into R (Reverse),
and apply the electric parking brake.
See Parking Brake on page 8-29. Once
the shift lever has been placed into R
(Reverse) with the clutch pedal pressed
in, turn the ignition key to LOCK/OFF,
remove the key, and release the clutch.
4. Press and hold the shift lock release
button in the floor of the storage
area.
5. Shift to N (Neutral).
6. Reinstall the mat.
7. Start the engine and shift into the
gear you want.
8. Have the vehicle repaired as soon as
possible.
PARKING OVER THINGS
THAT BURN
Warning
Things that can burn could touch hot
exhaust parts under the vehicle and
ignite. Do not park over papers,
leaves, dry grass, or other things that
can burn.
8-18 Driving and Operating
ENGINE EXHAUST
ENGINE EXHAUST
Catalytic Converter
Warning
Engine exhaust contains carbon
monoxide (CO) which cannot be
seen or smelled. Exposure to CO can
cause unconsciousness and even
death.
Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:
Ÿ The vehicle idles in areas with
poor ventilation (parking garages,
tunnels, deep snow that may block
underbody airflow or tail pipes).
Ÿ The exhaust smells or sounds
strange or different.
Ÿ The exhaust system leaks due to
corrosion or damage.
Ÿ The vehicle exhaust system has been
modified, damaged or improperly
repaired.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
Ÿ There are holes or openings in the
vehicle body from damage or
aftermarket modifications that are
not completely sealed.
If unusual fumes are detected or if it
is suspected that exhaust is coming
into the vehicle:
Ÿ Drive it only with the windows
completely down.
Ÿ Have the vehicle repaired immediately.
Never park the vehicle with the
engine running in an enclosed area
such as a garage or a building that has
no fresh air ventilation.
The catalytic converter reduces the
amount of harmful substances in the
exhaust gas.
Caution
Use of fuel with low quality or too
low cetane number may damage the
engine, the catalytic converter or
electronic components.
Unburnt fuel will overheat and
damage the catalytic converter.
Therefore avoid excessive use of
starter, running the fuel tank dry and
starting the engine by pushing or
towing.
In the event of misfiring, uneven engine
running, a reduction in engine performance or other unusual problems, have
the cause of the fault rectified by a
CHEVROLET retailer as soon as
possible. In an emergency, driving can
be continued for a short period, keeping
vehicle speed and engine speed low.
Driving and Operating 8-19
RUNNING THE VEHICLE
WHILE PARKED
Caution
Don't touch the catalytic converter
during engine operating and it can be
possible to touch the catalytic
converter after cooling down the
catalytic converter because the
catalytic converter is very hot so the
skin (i.e. hand or body) can be
burned. Cooling down conditioncool down over two hours under
ambient temperature after engine
stop.
It is better not to park with the engine
running. But if you ever have to, here
are some things to know.
Warning
Idling a vehicle in an enclosed area
with poor ventilation is dangerous.
Engine exhaust may enter the
vehicle. Engine exhaust contains
Carbon Monoxide (CO) which
cannot be seen or smelled.
It can cause unconsciousness and
even death. Never run the engine in
an enclosed area that has no fresh air
ventilation. For more information,
see Engine Exhaust on page 8-18.
Warning
It can be dangerous to get out of the
vehicle if the automatic transmission
shift lever is not fully in P (Park) with
the parking brake firmly set. The
vehicle can roll. Do not leave the
vehicle when the engine is running
unless you have to. If you have left
the engine running, the vehicle can
move suddenly. You or others could
be injured. To be sure the vehicle will
not move, even when you are on
fairly level ground, always set the
parking brake and move the shift
lever to P (Park).
Follow the proper steps to be sure the
vehicle will not move. See Shifting into
Park on page 8-15.
8-20 Driving and Operating
AUTOMATIC
TRANSMISSION
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
Shift Lever
The automatic transmission permits
manual gear shifting (manual mode)
or automatic gear shifting (automatic
mode).
The automatic transmission is an electronically controlled six-speed transmission.
Sixth gear is overdrive.
Starting the Vehicle
1. After warming up the engine,
continue to press the brake pedal
while shifting the shift lever to
either the R, D position.
2. Release the parking brake and the
brake pedal.
3. Slowly press the accelerator pedal
to set the vehicle in motion.
Transmission Display
Caution
Do not shift between D (Drive) and R
(Reverse) or P (Park) while the vehicle
is moving.
This will cause damage to your
transmission and personal injury.
It is located in the instrument cluster.
It indicates the selected gear or transmission mode.
The shift lever is located on the console
between the seats.
There are several different positions for
the automatic transmission.
P (Park): This position locks the front
wheels. It is the best position to use
when starting the engine because the
vehicle cannot move easily.
Driving and Operating 8-21
Warning
It is dangerous to get out of the
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in
P (Park) with the parking brake
firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
Do not leave the vehicle when the
engine is running unless you have to.
If you have left the engine running,
the vehicle can move suddenly. You
or others could be injured. To be sure
the vehicle will not move, even when
you are on fairly level ground,
always set the parking brake and
move the shift lever to P (Park). See
Shifting into Park on page 8-15.
Make sure the shift lever is fully in P
(Park) before starting the engine. The
vehicle has an automatic transmission
shift lock control system. The regular
brakes must be applied first and then the
shift lever button pressed before you
can shift from P (Park) when the
ignition key is in ON/RUN. If you
cannot shift out of P (Park), ease
pressure on the shift lever and push the
shift lever all the way into P (Park) as
you maintain brake application. Then
press the shift lever button and move
the shift lever into another gear. See
Shifting out of Park on page 8-16.
R (Reverse): Use this gear to back up.
Caution
Shifting to R (Reverse) while the
vehicle is moving forward could
damage the transmission. The repairs
would not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) only
after the vehicle is stopped.
To rock the vehicle back and forth to get
out of snow, ice or sand without
damaging the transmission, see If the
Vehicle is Stuck on page 8-8.
N (Neutral): In this position, the
engine does not connect with the
wheels. To restart the engine when the
vehicle is already moving, use N
(Neutral) only. Also, use N (Neutral)
when the vehicle is being towed.
Warning
Shifting into a drive gear while the
engine is running at high speed is
dangerous. Unless your foot is firmly
on the brake pedal, the vehicle could
move very rapidly. You could lose
control and hit people or objects. Do
not shift into a drive gear while the
engine is running at high speed.
Caution
Shifting out of P (Park) or N (Neutral)
with the engine running at high speed
may damage the transm-ission. The
repairs would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Be sure the engine
is not running at high speed when
shifting the vehicle.
8-22 Driving and Operating
MANUAL MODE
MANUAL SHIFT MODE (MSM)
(Automatic Transmission)
Shifting between gear positions
D (Drive): This position is for normal
driving, and allows the transmission to
shift into all forward gears. It provides
the best fuel economy.
Downshifting the transmission in
slippery road conditions could result in
skidding. See“Skidding” under Loss of
Control on page 8-4.
P
R
N
D
Shifts that require you to push the
release button are indicated by black
arrows.
Caution
Spinning the tires or holding the
vehicle in one place on a hill using
only the accelerator pedal may
damage the transmission. The repair
will not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. If you are stuck, do not spin
the tires. When stopping on a hill, use
the brakes to hold the vehicle in place.
Shifting between gear positions is
as follows:
Push the release button to shift.
White arrows indicate shifts that do not
require you to push the release button.
Depress the brake pedal and push
release button to shift.
Shift freely.
Driving and Operating 8-23
Whether your vehicle is stationary or in
motion, manual mode is selected by
pulling the shift lever from the "D"
position to the left into the manual gate.
To return to "D" range operation, push
the shift lever back to the right into the
main gate.
In manual mode, moving the shift lever
backwards and forwards can make
rapid gearshifts simple. In contrast to a
manual transaxle, the manual mode
allows gearshifts with the accelerator
pedal depressed.
Up(+): Push the lever forward once to
shift up one gear.
Down(-): Pull the lever backwards
once to shift down one gear.
Note
In manual mode, only the five forward
gears can be selected.
To reverse or park the vehicle, move the
shift lever to the "R" or "P" position as
required.
Note
In manual mode, downward shifts are
made automatically when the vehicle
slows down. When the vehicle stops,
1st gear is automatically selected.
To maintain the required levels of vehicle
performance and safety, the system may
not execute certain gearshifts when the
shift lever is operated.
Before driving away from a stop on a
slippery road, push the shift lever
forward into the + (up) position. This
causes the transaxle to shift into 2nd
gear which is better for smooth driving
away on a slippery road. Pull the shift
lever to the - (down) to shift back to 1st
gear.
Caution
In manual mode, the driver must
execute upward shifts in accordance
with prevailing road conditions, taking
care to keep the engine speed below
the red zone.
Since sudden engine braking and/or
rapid acceleration can cause a loss of
traction, however, downshifts must be
made carefully in accordance with the
vehicle's speed.
Engine braking
To help use the braking effect of engine
compression when driving on a long
downhill select manual mode downshift
to a lower gear in a sequential order.
8-24 Driving and Operating
FUEL ECONOMY MODE*
Kickdown
Warning
Do not downshift transmission by
two or more gear positions at a time.
This prevents damage to your
transmission or loss of control and
personal injuries.
Note
Use of engine compression during long
mountainous descents may prolong the
life of your brakes.
Rocking the vehicle
Rocking the vehicle is only permissible if
the vehicle is stuck in sand, mud or snow.
Move the shift lever between D and R in
a repeat pattern.
Do not race the engine and avoid sudden
acceleration.
Parking
After stoping the vehicle with pressing
the brake pedal, engage P and apply the
parking brake and then remove ignition
key.
For faster acceleration press the accelerator pedal all the way down and hold.
The transmission shifts to a lower gear
depending on the engine speed.
The vehicle may have a fuel economy
mode. When engaged, fuel economy
mode can improve the vehicle's fuel
economy.
Fault
In the event of a fault, the malfunction
indicator light illuminates. The transmission no longer shifts autom-atically
nor manually because it is locked in a
certain gear.
Have the cause of the fault remedied by
CHEVROLET retailer
Pressing the eco button, the shift lever
will engage fuel economy mode. When
activated, the eco light in the instrument
cluster will come on. See Fuel Economy
Light on page 4-27. Pressing the button
a second time will turn fuel economy
mode off.
eco
Driving and Operating 8-25
MANUAL TRANSMISSION
MANUAL TRANSMISSION
When fuel economy mode is on:
Ÿ The transmission will upshift
sooner, and downshift later.
Ÿ The torque converter will lock-up
sooner, and stay on longer.
Ÿ The accelerator pedal will be less
sensitive.
Ÿ
The vehicle's computers will more
aggressively shut off fuel to the
engine under deceleration.
Do not use fuel economy mode while
towing.
1 (First): Press the clutch pedal and
shift into 1 (First). Then, slowly let up
on the clutch pedal as you press the
accelerator pedal.
You can shift into 1 (First) when you are
going less than 32 km/h (20 mph). If
you have come to a complete stop and it
is hard to shift into 1 (First), put the shift
lever in N (Neutral) and let up on the
clutch. Press the clutch pedal back
down. Then shift into 1 (First).
2 (Second): Press the clutch pedal as
you let up on the accelerator pedal and
shift into 2 (Second). Then, slowly let
up on the clutch pedal as you press the
accelerator pedal.
3 (Third), 4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth), 6
(Sixth): Shift into 3 (Third), 4 (Fourth),
5 (Fifth), and 6 (Sixth) the same way
you do for 2 (Second). Slowly let up on
the clutch pedal as you press the
accelerator pedal.
If vehicle speed drops below 32 km/h
(20 mph), or if the engine is not running
smoothly, you should downshift to the
next lower gear. You may have to
downshift two or more gears to keep the
engine running smoothly or for good
performance.
To stop, let up on the accelerator pedal
and press the brake pedal. Just before
the vehicle stops, press the clutch pedal
and the brake pedal, and shift to N
(Neutral).
N (Neutral): Use this position when
you start or idle the engine.
R (Reverse): To back up, press down on
8-26 Driving and Operating
the clutch pedal and press the button on
the back of the shift knob while moving
the shift lever into the R (Reverse)
position. Let up on the clutch pedal
slowly while pressing the accelerator
pedal.
Caution
Shifting to R (Reverse) while the
vehicle is moving forward could
damage the transmission. The repairs
would not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) only
after the vehicle is stopped.
Also, use R (Reverse) along with the
parking brake for parking the vehicle.
Do not grind the clutch unnecessarily.
When operation, depress the clutch
pedal completely. Do not use pedal as a
foot rest.
Caution
It is inadvisable to drive with hand
resting on the shift lever.
DRIVE SYSTEMS
BRAKES
ALL-WHEEL DRIVE
BRAKES
If your vehicle has active on demand
all-wheel drive (AWD), the AWD
system operates automatically without
any action required by the driver. If the
front drive wheels begin to slip, the rear
wheels will automatically begin to
drive the vehicle as required. There may
be a slight engagement noise during
hard use but this is normal.
The AWD warning light blinks when
AWD system is temporarily disabled. If
the light blinks briefly, and then goes
out, this is normal and does not indicate
a system fault. However if the light
blinks continuously, you should consult
a CHEVROLET retailer to repair the
problem as soon as possible.
The light comes on to indicate that there
is a malfunction in the AWD system. If
it happens, your vehicle should be
serviced by a CHEVROLET retailer.
The braking system is designed for
braking performance under a wide
range of driving conditions.
Your vehicle is equipped with front and
rear disc brakes and a dual circuit
braking system.
If one brake circuit should fail, the
vehicle can still be stopped with the
remaining circuit, however, stopping
distance will be increased and more
brake pedal pressure will be required.
Warning
If one of the circuits fail, the brake
pedal must be pressed with greater
pedal pressure and the braking
distance is increased.
Have the brake system checked and
repaired by a CHEVROLET retailer.
Driving and Operating 8-27
Warning
If the brake pedal can be pressed
further than normal, the brakes may
be in need of repair.
Consult a CHEVROLET retailer.
Caution
Do not drive with your foot resting on
the brake pedal.
Doing so will accelerate wear of the
brake components. The brakes may
also become overheated, resulting in
longer braking distance and an unsafe
condition.
In some models, center high-mounted
stop lamp (or with brake lamps) blinks
serveral times to alert drivers coming
behind your vehicle on the following
condition:
- Although brakes are operated, a
vehicle run more than a certain
speed.
- When ABS is working at that time.
Wet Brakes
Driving through water or washing your
car can get the brake components wet.
To restore normal braking:
1. Check behind you for other vehicles.
2. Keep a safe forward speed with
plenty of space to your rear and sides.
3. Gently apply brakes until normal
performance is restored.
Overheated Brakes
Braking excessively when going down a
long steep hill can temporarily overheat
the brakes. Shift to a lower gear when
going down hills. Do not continuously
apply the brakes.
Warning
After driving through deep water,
washing the vehicle, or using the
brakes excessively when going
down a steep hill, the brakes can
temporarily lose their stopping
power. This may be due to wet brake
components or overheating.
If your brakes temporarily lose their
stopping power because of overheating:
Shift to a lower gear when going
down hills. Do not continuously
apply the brakes.
8-28 Driving and Operating
ANTILOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
(ABS)
Warning
If your brakes temporarily lose their
power because of wet brake components, the following procedure will
help restore their normal performance.
1. Check behind you for other
vehicles.
2. Keep a safe forward speed with
plenty of space to your rear and
sides.
3. Gently apply the brakes until
normal performance is restored.
Warning
When brake noise is heard, do not
continue to drive your vehicle.
This may indicate the brake pads
need to be repaired or replaced.
Driving with worn brake pads could
result in a collision and personal
injury.
Antilock brake system (ABS) prevents
the wheels from locking.
ABS starts to regulate brake pressure as
soon as a wheel shows a tendency to
lock. The vehicle remains steerable,
even during hard braking.
ABS control is made apparent through a
pulse in the brake pedal and the noise of
the regulation process.
For optimum braking, keep the brake
pedal fully depressed throughout the
braking process, despite the fact that the
pedal is pulsating. Do not reduce the
pressure on the pedal.
The ABS control can be known by
vibration and noise of the ABS process.
To optimum stop the vehicle, keep
depressing the footbrake even if the
brake pedal vibrate.
Do not decrease your power to depress
the footbrake.
When you start the vehicle after
ignition switched ON, you can hear
mechanical sounds. It is normal that the
ABS is to be ready.
See Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Warning Light on page 4-22.
Driving and Operating 8-29
PARKING BRAKE
Fault
Warning
If there is a fault in the ABS, the
wheels may be liable to lock due to
braking that is heavier than normal.
The advantages of ABS are no longer
available. During hard braking, the
vehicle can no longer be steered and
may swerve.
Have the cause of the fault remedied by
a CHEVROLET retailer.
Using ABS
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold the
brake pedal down firmly and let ABS
work. You might hear the ABS pump or
motor operating and feel the brake
pedal pulsate, but this is normal.
Braking in Emergencies
ABS allows the driver to steer and
brake at the same time. In many
emergencies, steering can help more
than even the very best braking.
The vehicle has an Electric Parking
Brake (EPB). The switch for the EPB is
in the center console. The EPB can
always be activated, even if the ignition
is OFF. To prevent draining the battery,
avoid repeated cycles of the EPB
system when the engine is not running.
The system has a parking brake status
light
and a parking brake warning
light . See Electric Parking Brake Light
on page 4-21. In case of insufficient
electrical power, the EPB cannot be
applied or released.
Before leaving the vehicle, check the
parking brake status lamp to insure the
parking brake is applied.
EPB Apply
The EPB can be applied any time the
vehicle is stopped. The EPB is applied
by momentarily lifting up on the EPB
switch. Once fully applied, the parking
brake status light
will be on. While
the brake is being applied, the status
lamp will flash until full apply is
reached. If the light does not come on,
or remains flashing, you need to have
the vehicle serviced. Do not drive the
vehicle if the parking brake status light
is flashing. See your CHEVROLET
retailer. See Electric Parking Brake
Light on page 4-21 for more information.
If the EPB is applied while the vehicle
is in motion, a chime will sound. The
vehicle will decelerate as long as the
switch is held in the up position.
Releasing the EPB switch during the
8-30 Driving and Operating
deceleration will release the parking
brake. If the switch is held in the up
position until the vehicle comes to a
stop, the EPB will remain applied.
If the parking brake status light 00
flashes continuously, the EPB is only
partially applied or released, or there is a
problem with the EPB. If this light
flashes continuously, release the EPB,
and attempt to apply it again. If this light
continues to flash, do not drive the
vehicle. See your CHEVROLET retailer.
If the parking brake warning light is on,
the EPB has detected an error in another
system and is operating with reduced
functionality. To apply the EPB when this
light is on, lift up on the EPB switch and
hold it in the up position. Full application
of the parking brake by the EPB system
may take a longer period of time than
normal when this light is on. Continue to
hold the switch until the parking brake
status light
remains on. If the parking
brake warning light is on, see your
CHEVROLET retailer.
If the EPB fails to apply, the rear wheels
should be blocked to prevent vehicle
movement.
EPB Release
To release the EPB, place the ignition in
the ON/RUN position, apply and hold
the brake pedal, and push down
momentarily on the EPB switch. If you
attempt to release the EPB without the
brake pedal applied, a chime will sound
and the apply footbrake light
will
appear. The EPB is released when the
parking brake status light
is off.
If the parking brake warning light is
on, the EPB has detected an error in
another system and is operating with
reduced functionality. To release the
EPB when this light is on, push down on
the EPB switch and hold it in the down
position. EPB release may take a longer
period of time than normal when this
light is on. Continue to hold the switch
until the parking brake status light
is off. If the light is on, see your
CHEVROLET retailer.
Note
Driving with the parking brake on can
overheat the brake system and cause
premature wear or damage to brake
system parts. Make sure that the parking
brake is fully released and the brake
warning light is off before driving.
Automatic EPB Release
The EPB will automatically release if
the vehicle is running, placed into gear
and an attempt is made to drive away.
Avoid rapid acceleration when the EPB
is applied, to preserve parking brake
lining life.
Warning
If the parking brake is not set properly,
the vehicle may move suddenly. See a
CHEVROLET retailer if an adjustment is required.
Driving and Operating 8-31
RIDE CONTROL
SYSTEMS
Caution
Do not drive with the parking brake
on.
This can cause your rear parking
brakes to overheat or wear out
prematurely. You may have to replace
them, and you could damage other
parts of your vehicle.
Caution
Do not park or operate your vehicle
over combustible materials.
They could touch hot exhaust parts
under your vehicle and ignite.
BRAKE ASSIST*
ELECTRONIC STABILITY
CONTROL (ESC)*
This vehicle has a brake assist feature
designed to assist the driver in stopping or
decreasing vehicle speed in emergency
driving conditions. This feature uses the
stability system hydraulic brake control
module to supplement the power brake
system under conditions where the driver
has quickly and forcefully applied the
brake pedal in an attempt to quickly stop
or slow down the vehicle. The stability
system hydraulic brake control module
increases brake pressure at each corner of
the vehicle until the ABS activates. Minor
brake pedal pulsation or pedal movement
during this time is normal and the driver
should continue to apply the brake pedal
as the driving situation dictates. The brake
assist feature will automatically disengage
when the brake pedal is released or brake
pedal pressure is quickly decreased.
The vehicle has an Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) system which combines
antilock brake, traction, and stability
control systems and helps the driver
maintain directional control of the
vehicle in most driving conditions.
ESC activates when the computer
senses a discrepancy between the
intended path and the direction the
vehicle is actually travelling. ESC
selectively applies braking pressure at
any one of the vehicle's brakes to assist
the driver with keeping the vehicle on
the intended path.
When the vehicle is started and begins
to move, the system performs several
diagnostic checks to insure there are no
problems. The system may be heard or
felt while it is working. This is normal
and does not mean there is a problem
with the vehicle.
8-32 Driving and Operating
This light on the instrument panel
cluster will flash when ESC is on and
activated.
If the system fails to turn on or
activate, this light will be on solid.
When the light is on solid, the system
will not assist the driver in maintaining directional control of the vehicle.
Adjust your driving accordingly.
ESC may also turn off automatically if
it determines that a problem exists with
the system. The ESC warning light will
be on solid to warn the driver that ESC is
disabled and requires service. If the
problem does not clear itself after restarting the vehicle, see your CHEVROLET
retailer for service.
The ESC can be turned off or on by
pressing and releasing on the instrument panel.
The ESC Off light turns on solid when
the system has been turned off.
It is recommended to leave the system
on for normal driving conditions, but it
may be necessary to turn the system off
if the vehicle is stuck in sand, mud, ice,
or snow, and you want to “rock” the
vehicle to attempt to free it.
If cruise control is being used when
ESC activates, the cruise control
automatically disengages. The cruise
control can be re-engaged when road
conditions allow. See Cruise Control on
page 8-34.
Traction Control System (TCS)*
The vehicle has a Traction Control
System that limits wheel spin. This is
especially useful in slippery road
conditions. The system operates only if
it senses that any of the drive wheels are
spinning or beginning to lose traction.
When this happens, TCS applies the
brakes to limit wheel spin and also
reduces engine power. The system may
be heard or felt while it is working, but
this is normal.
Hill Start Assist (HSA)*
The system helps prevent rollback
when driving away on hill. When
Driving and Operating 8-33
DESCENT CONTROL
SYSTEM (DCS)*
depress the accelerator pedal after
release the brake pedal on hill, the
brakes remain on for approximately 2
seconds.
Active Rollover Protection (ARP)*
This function is part of the ESC system.
When the vehicle moves in an extremely
unstable manner, this function helps the
vehicle maintain normal stability.
Turn the system on by pressing the DCS
button located on the instrument panel.
The green DCS light comes on steady
when the system is on.
Caution
When the ESC system activates to
correct the vehicle stability, reduce the
speed and pay extra attention to the
road.
The ESC system is only a supplementary device for the vehicle. When the
vehicle exceeds its physical limits, it
cannot be controlled. Do not rely on
the system. Keep driving safely.
When the ESC is applied, you may
hear some noise or feel a vibration
from the brake pedal or other relevant
system. They are caused by pressure
changes in the relevant systems.
The Descent Control System (DCS)
allows the vehicle to travel at a low
speed without applying the brake.
The vehicle will automatically decelerate to a low speed and remain there when
DCS is turned on.
Use only when descending steep grades
while driving off-road. Do not use
when driving on normal road surfaces.
Some noise or vibration from the brake
system may be heard or felt when DCS
is active. This is normal.
The green DCS light flashes on the
instrument panel while driving at
speeds below 50 km/h (30 mph) to
show the system is operating.
DCS will not activate at speeds above
50 km/h (30 mph), even if the button is
pressed.
8-34 Driving and Operating
CRUISE CONTROL
Caution
Ÿ DCS is designed for driving
down steep off-road hills.
Ÿ Unnecessary use of DCS can
cause malfunctions in the brake
system or ESC.
To turn the system off, press the DCS
button again and the DCS light turns
off. Applying the brake or accelerator
will also cause DCS to turn off.
The amber DCS light flashes when the
system is not ready due to high temperature through severe or repeated braking.
The light will turn off when the system
cools.
The amber DCS light comes on steady
if there is a system malfunction.
Caution
If the amber Descent Control System
Light comes on and stays on, the
system is malfunctioning. See your
CHEVROLET retailer for service.
AUTOMATIC LEVEL
CONTROL*
CRUISE CONTROL
This feature keeps the rear of the
vehicle level as the load changes. The
system is automatic and no adjustments
are necessary.
For vehicles with cruise control, a
speed of about 40 km/h (25 mph) or
more can be maintained without
keeping your foot on the accelerator.
Cruise control does not work at speeds
below 40 km/h (25 mph).
When the brakes are applied, or the
cancel button pressed, the cruise
control turns off.
If the vehicle is in cruise control when
the traction control system, if equipped,
begins to limit wheel spin, the cruise
control automatically disengages. The
cruise control can be turned back on,
when road conditions are safe again.
Driving and Operating 8-35
Warning
Cruise control can be dangerous
where you cannot drive safely at a
steady speed. So, do not use the
cruise control on winding roads or in
heavy traffic.
Cruise control can be dangerous on
slippery roads. On such roads, fast
changes in tire traction can cause
excessive wheel slip, and you could
lose control. Do not use cruise
control on slippery roads.
RES/+
SET/-
The cruise control buttons are located
on the right side of the steering wheel.
(On/Off): Press to turn the cruise
control on or off.
RES/+ (Accelerate/Resume): Press to
make the vehicle resume to a previously
set speed or accelerate.
SET/‐ (Set/Coast): Press to set the
speed and activate cruise control or
make the vehicle decelerate.
(Cancel): Press to disengage the
cruise control without erasing the set
speed from memory.
Setting Cruise Control
If the cruise button is on when not in
use, you might hit a button and go into
cruise when not desired. Keep the
cruise control switch off when cruise is
not being used.
1. Press
to turn cruise control on.
2. Get up to the speed desired.
3. Press SET/‐ and release it. The
cruise control light comes on in the
instrument panel cluster to show
that the cruise control is on.
4. Take your foot off the accelerator
pedal.
Resuming a Set Speed
If the cruise control is set at a desired
speed and then the brakes are applied,
or is pressed, the cruise control is
disengaged without erasing the set
speed from memory.
Once the vehicle speed is about 40 km/h
(25 mph) or more, briefly press RES/+.
8-36 Driving and Operating
The vehicle returns to the previously set
speed and stays there.
If RES/+ is held, the vehicle speed
continues to increase until the button is
released, the brake pedal is applied, or
is pressed. Do not hold in the RES/+
button, unless you want the vehicle to
go faster.
Increasing Speed While Using Cruise
Control
If the cruise control system is already
activated:
Ÿ Use the accelerator pedal to get to a
higher speed. Press SET/‐, then
release the button and the accelerator pedal.
Ÿ Press and hold the RES/+ until the
desired speed is reached, and then
release it.
Ÿ To increase the vehicle speed in
small amounts, briefly press RES/+
and then release it. Each time this is
done, the vehicle goes about 2 km/h
(1.2 mph) faster.
The accelerate feature only works after
the cruise control is turned on by
pressing SET/‐.
Reducing Speed While Using Cruise
Control
If the cruise control system is already
activated:
Ÿ Press SET/‐ until the lower speed
desired is reached, then release it.
Ÿ To decrease the vehicle speed in
small amounts, briefly press SET/‐ .
Each time this is done, the vehicle
goes about 2 km/h(1.2 mph) slower.
Passing Another Vehicle While Using
Cruise Control
Use the accelerator pedal to increase the
vehicle speed. When you take your foot
off the pedal, the vehicle will slow
down to the previously set cruise
control speed.
Using Cruise Control on Hills
How well the cruise control works on
hills depends upon the vehicle speed,
load, and the steepness of the hills.
When going up steep hills, you might
have to step on the accelerator pedal to
maintain the vehicle speed. When
going downhill, you might have to
brake or shift to a lower gear to keep the
vehicle speed down. When the brakes
are applied the cruise control is
disengaged.
Disengaging Cruise Control
There are several ways to turn off the
cruise control :
Ÿ Step lightly on the brake pedal or
press the
button, or press the
clutch pedal, if you have a manual
transaxle.
Ÿ Press the
button on the cruise
control pad.
Erasing Speed Memory
The cruise control set speed is erased
from memory by pressing
or if the
vehicle is turned off.
Driving and Operating 8-37
OBJECT DETECTION
SYSTEMS
ULTRASONIC PARKING
ASSIST (Rear Parking Assist
System)
to R (Reverse). This indicates a normal
condition.
Chime Warning Sound
You can figure out the distance between
your vehicle and obstacles using the
chime warning sound.
The parking assistance system aids the
driver during backward movement of
the vehicle by chiming if any object is
sensed behind the vehicle.
This system is turned on whenever the
ignition switch is ON and the transmission is shifted to R (Reverse).
This system is a deactivated when the
vehicle's speed is greater than approximately 25 km/h.
The chime sounds once when shifting
Note
The parking assistance system warning
light can come on to indicate that the
sensors are dirty.
If the warning light is on due to the
sensors being dirty, clean the sensors
with a soft sponge and clean water.
If the warning light is still on after
cleaning the sensors, consult your
CHEVROLET retailer to repair the
problem as soon as possible.
Caution
If the following happens, this indicates
that there is a malfunction in the
parking assistance system. Consult a
CHEVROLET retailer as soon as
possible.
Ÿ The parking assistance system
warning lamp comes on while
driving.
Ÿ The chime sounds for 6 times
repeatedly when there are no
obstacles around the rear bumper.
Rear Warning Type
Warning Zone
Zone 1
Zone 2
Zone 3
Warning Range
120~81 cm
80~41 cm
40cm~
Warning Sound
gong---gong---gong
gong-gong-gong
continuous
8-38 Driving and Operating
FUEL
FUEL
Caution
Caution
Parking assistance system should only
be considered as a supplementary
function. The driver must check the
view.
The audible warning signal can be
different depending on the objects.
The audible warning signal might not
activate in case the sensor is frozen or
stained with dirt or mud.
There is a chance of malfunction of the
parking assistance system when
driving on uneven surface such as
woods, gravel road, jagged road, or
gradient.
Do not push, or scratch the surface of
the sensor. This will likely damage the
covering.
The parking assistance system might
not recognise sharp objects, thick
winter clothes or sponges which
absorb the frequency.
When receiving other ultrasonic
signals (metal sound or air braking
noises from heavy commercial
vehicles), the parking assistance
system may not work properly.
Clean dirty sensors with a soft sponge
and clean water.
You should continue to utilise the
mirror or turning your head.
Normal precautions when reversing
should be maintained.
Do not press or shock the sensors by
hitting or directing a high pressure
water gun directly at them while
washing, or the sensors will be
damaged.
In the car park, the upper portion of the
vehicle can be hit before the sensor
operation, so check with outside
rearview mirrors or by turning your
head during parking.
Use of the recommended fuel is an
important part of the proper maintenance of this vehicle, keeps the engine
clean, and maintains optimum vehicle
performance.
FUEL FOR DIESEL ENGINES
Diesel engines must be operated only on
commercially available diesel fuel
meeting the specifications of DIN EN
590. Marine diesel fuel, fuel oils, diesel
fuels, which are entirely or partially
plant based such as rape seed oil or biodiesel, Aquazole and similar dieselwater emulsions must not be used. The
flow and filterability of diesel fuels are
insufficient at low temperatures, as a
result of crystallized paraffins. Diesel
fuels with improved low‐temperature
properties are therefore available on the
market during the winter months. Make
sure that you use winter fuel before the
start of the cold weather season. Use of
diesel fuels with manufacturer guaranteed winter properties eliminates the
need for additives.
Driving and Operating 8-39
WATER IN FUEL
Drain diesel fuel filter of residual water
at every engine oil change.
1. Place a container underneath the
filter housing.
2. Turn drain plug, located on the left
of the filter housing, counterclockwise using a suitable screwdriver,
to drain off the water. The filter is
drained as soon as diesel fuel
emerges from the port.
3. Retighten the drain plug by turning
it clockwise.
4. With engine switched off, turn
ignition key to ON, wait approx. 5
seconds, and turn key to LOCK to
perform priming operation. Perform
this operation 3 times or more while
the engine is switched off, to avoid
air entering the fuel line.
RUNNING OUT OF FUEL
Check diesel fuel filter at shorter
intervals if the vehicle is subjected to
extreme operating conditions such as
high humidity (primarily in coastal
areas), extremely high or low outside
temperatures and substantially varying
daytime and nighttime temperatures. If
there is water in the diesel fuel filter, a
warning light illuminates in the
instrument panel. See Water in Fuel
Warning Light on page 4-28. Drain the
water immediately.
Running out of diesel fuel requires
priming after fuel is added. With engine
switched off, turn ignition key to ON,
wait approximately 5 seconds, and turn
key to LOCK to perform priming
operation. Perform this operation 3 times
or more while the engine is switched off,
to avoid air entering the fuel line.
8-40 Driving and Operating
FILLING THE TANK
Caution
Danger
Danger
If you use inappropriate grade fuel or
put incorrect fuel additives into the
fuel tank, the engine and catalytic
converter may seriously be damaged.
Be sure to use the correct fuel
corresponding to your vehicle when
refueling. If you fill petrol in your
diesel powered vehicle, your vehicle
can be seriously damaged. If your
vehicle has diesel engine, you can
confirm the correct fuel by taking a
look at information on the fuel filler
cap.
For safety reasons, fuel containers,
pumps and hoses must be properly
earthed. Static electricity build up can
ignite the fuel vapor. You can be burnt
and your vehicle can be damaged.
Before refueling, switch off engine
and any external heaters with
combustion chambers. Switch off
any mobile phone.
Vaporised fuel can be ignited by
electromagnetic waves or electric
current of mobile phone.
Fuel is flammable and explosive. No
smoking. No naked flames or sparks.
Follow the operating and safety
instructions of the filling station
when refueling.
Remove static electricity on your
hands by touching something able to
release static electricity when touching
or opening fuel cap or refueling
nozzle.
Don't do any action making static
electricity like getting on and off
vehicle when refueling. Vaporised
fuel can be ignited by static electricity.
If you can smell fuel in your vehicle,
have the cause of this remedied
immediately by a CHEVROLET
retailer.
The fuel filler door is in the left rear side
of vehicle.
1. Stop the engine.
2. Unlock the door by pressing the
door lock switch on the driver's
door trim pad.
Driving and Operating 8-41
FILLING A PORTABLE FUEL
CONTAINER
3. Open the fuel filler door.
4. Turn the fuel filler cap counterclockwise slowly. If a hissing sound
is heard, wait for it to stop before
completely unscrewing the cap.
Note
If, in cold weather, the fuel filter door
does not open, tap the door lightly. Then
try to open it again.
Caution
Wipe off any overflowing fuel
immediately.
5. Remove the cap. The cap is tethered
to the hinge hook.
6. After refueling, close cap. Turn it
clockwise until you hear "click"
sound.
7. Push the fuel filler door closed until
it latches.
Warning
Never fill a portable fuel container
while it is in the vehicle. Static
electricity discharge from the container
can ignite the fuel vapor. You can be
badly burned and the vehicle damaged
if this occurs. To help avoid injury to
you and others:
Ÿ Dispense fuel only into approved
containers.
Ÿ Do not fill a container while it is
inside a vehicle, in a vehicle's
trunk, pickup bed, or on any
surface other than the ground.
Ÿ Bring the fill nozzle in contact
with the inside of the fill opening
before operating the nozzle.
Contact should be maintained
until the filling is complete.
Ÿ Do not smoke while pumping fuel.
Ÿ Do not use a cellular phone while
pumping fuel.
8-42 Driving and Operating
Vehicle Care 9-1
VEHICLE CARE
General Information
Accessories and
Modifications .......................... 9-2
Vehicle Storage ........................ 9-2
Radio Frequency Identification
(RFID) Tag * ........................... 9-3
Vehicle Checks
Doing Your Own
Service Work ........................... 9-3
Hood ........................................ 9-4
Engine Compartment
Overview ................................. 9-5
Engine Oil ............................... 9-6
Engine Oil Life System ......... 9-11
Recommended Engine Oil and
Maintenance Schedule ............9-12
Automatic Transmission
Fluid ...................................... 9-12
Manual Transmission Fluid ...9-13
Hydraulic Clutch ................... 9-13
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 9-13
Cooling System ..................... 9-14
Engine Coolant ..................... 9-16
Engine Overheating .............. 9-19
Power Steering Fluid ............ 9-20
Washer Fluid ......................... 9-22
Brakes ................................... 9-23
Brake Fluid ........................... 9-24
Clutch Fluid* ........................ 9-26
Battery ................................... 9-27
All-Wheel Drive ................... 9-28
Starter Switch Check ............ 9-28
Automatic Transmission Shift
Lock Control Function
Check .................................... 9-29
Park Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check ................. 9-29
Wiper Blade Replacement .... 9-30
Headlamp Aiming ................. 9-30
Bulb Replacement ................. 9-31
Halogen Bulbs ....................... 9-31
Headlamps, Front Turn Signal
and Parking Lamps ............... 9-31
Fog Lamps ............................ 9-33
Taillamps, Turn Signal, Stoplamps
and Back-Up Lamps ............. 9-34
Tail Lamps and Stop Lamps
(LED) .....................................9-35
Side Turn Signal Lamps..........9-35
Center High-Mounted Stoplamp
(CHMSL) ................................9-35
Rear Fog Lamps (LED) ..........9-35
License Plate Lamp ............... 9-35
Interior Lamps ....................... 9-36
Electrical System
Electrical System Overload .. 9-36
Fuses and Circuit Breakers ... 9-37
Engine Compartment
Fuse Block ............................ 9-38
Instrument Panel Fuse Block ..9-40
Auxiliary Engine Room
Fuse Block ............................ 9-43
Wheels and Tires
Tires ...................................... 9-44
Winter Tires .......................... 9-45
Tire Pressure ......................... 9-46
Tread Depth ............................9-48
Tire Inspection ...................... 9-48
Tire Rotation ......................... 9-49
9-2 Vehicle Care
GENERAL
INFORMATION
ACCESSORIES AND
MODIFICATIONS
When It Is Time for
New Tires .............................. 9-50
Buying New Tires ................. 9-50
Different Size Tires and
Wheels .................................. 9-51
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance .................................. 9-51
Wheel Replacement .............. 9-51
Tire Chains ............................ 9-52
If a Tire Goes Flat ................. 9-53
Tire Changing ....................... 9-54
Storing a Flat Tire and Tools ..9-59
Compact Spare Tire .............. 9-59
Jump Starting
Jump Starting ........................ 9-60
Towing
Towing the Vehicle ............... 9-64
Emergency Towing ................9-66
Appearance Care
Exterior Care ......................... 9-68
Interior Care .......................... 9-71
Floor Mats ............................. 9-73
We recommend to use genuine parts and
accessories and factory approved parts
specific for your vehicle type. We cannot
assess or guarantee reliability of other
products - even if they have a regulatory
or otherwise granted approval.
Do not make any modifications to the
electrical system. e.g. changes of electronic
control units (chip turning).
Caution
Never modify your vehicle. It may
affect the performance, durability and
safety of the vehicle and the warranty
may not cover any problems caused
by the modification.
VEHICLE STORAGE
Storage for a long period of time
If the vehicle is to be stored for several
months:
Ÿ Wash and wax the vehicle.
Ÿ Have the wax in the engine compartment and underbody checked.
Ÿ Clean and preserve rubber seals.
Ÿ Change engine oil.
Ÿ Drain washer fluid reservoir.
Ÿ Check coolant anti-freeze and
corrosion protection.
Ÿ Adjust tire pressure to the value
specified for full load.
Ÿ Park the vehicle in a dry, well ventilated place. For manual transmission, engage first or reverse gear.
For automatic transmission, park in
P position. Prevent the vehicle from
rolling.
Ÿ Do not apply the parking brake.
Ÿ Open the hood, close all doors and
lock the vehicle.
Vehicle Care 9-3
VEHICLE CHECKS
Radio Frequency Identification
(RFID) Tag *
Disconnect the clamp from the
negative terminal of the vehicle
battery. Beware that all systems are
not functional, e.g. anti-theft alarm
system.
Ÿ Close the hood.
Putting back into operation
When the vehicle is to be put back into
operation:
Ÿ Connect the clamp to the negative
terminal of the vehicle battery.
Activate the electronics of the
power windows.
Ÿ Check tire pressure.
Ÿ Fill up the washer fluid reservoir.
Ÿ Check the engine oil level.
Ÿ Check the coolant level.
Ÿ Fit the number plate if necessary.
Ÿ
This vehicle is equipped with Radio
Frequency Identification (RFID) tag*,
which can be used for Electronic Toll
Collection (ETC) or any other applications as decided by the Regulatory
authority from time to time. The RFID
tag is located on inside the windshield.
Data for necessary applications will be
added by the agency authorized by the
Regulatory authority, from time to time.
Take proper care during washing or
cleaning of windshield so as to avoid any
damage to the RFID tag. In case of any
damage or malfunction of RFID tag, or in
case of windshield replacement, contact
your CHEVROLET retailer or agency
authorized by the Regulatory authority
for the installation of new RFID tag.
Caution
Do not place any sticker or other
metallic components over the RFID
tag neither from inside nor from outside of the windshield. Avoid exposure to chemicals or liquid solvents.
This will impair the function of RFID
tag. The RFID tag is tamperproof and
will not function once removed from
windshield.
DOING YOUR OWN
SERVICE WORK
Warning
Only perform engine compartment
checks when the ignition is OFF.
The cooling fan may start operating
even if the ignition is OFF.
9-4 Vehicle Care
HOOD
Warning
To open the hood:
1. Pull the release lever with this
symbol. It is located below the
instrument panel to the right of the
steering wheel.
2. Go to the front of the vehicle and lift
up on the secondary hood release
lever.
3. Lift the hood.
To close the hood:
1. Make sure hands and other body
parts as well as those of other
persons, are completely away from
the engine compartment and hoodto-body edges.
2. Lower the hood allowing it to drop
from a height of about 30cm (1
foot).
3. Make sure the hood is locked firmly
in place.
Pull on the front edge of the hood to
make sure it is latched securely
before you drive your vehicle.
Do not pull the hood release handle
while your vehicle is moving.
Do not move your vehicle with the
hood open. An open hood will
obscure the driver's vision.
Operating your vehicle with the
hood open can lead to a collision
resulting in damage to your vehicle,
to other property, personal injury or
even death.
Warning
Only perform engine compartment
checks when the ignition is OFF.
The cooling fan may start operating
even if the ignition is OFF.
Vehicle Care 9-5
ENGINE COMPARTMENT OVERVIEW
Diesel Engine, Z22D1 (LNQ)
9-6 Vehicle Care
ENGINE OIL
1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on page
9-13.
2. Power Steering Fluid Reservoir. See
Power Steering Fluid on page 9-20.
3. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When to
Add Engine Oil” under Engine Oil
on page 9-8.
4. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Brakes
Fluid on page 9-24.
5. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and
Pressure Cap. See “Checking
Coolant” under Engine Coolant on
page 9-17.
6. Hydraulic Clutch Fluid Reservoir.
See Clutch Fluid on page 9-26.
7. Engine Compartment Fuse Block
on page 9-38.
8. Battery on page 9-27.
9. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir.
See “Adding Windshield Washer
Fluid” under Washer Fluid on page
9-22.
10. Engine Oil Dipstick. See “Checking
Engine Oil” under Engine Oil on
page 9-7.
11. Auxiliary Engine Room Fuse Block
on page 9-43.
To ensure proper engine performance
and long life, careful attention must be
paid to engine oil. Following these
simple, but important steps will help
protect your investment:
Ÿ Always use engine oil approved to
the proper specification and of the
proper viscosity grade. See “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” in this
section.
Ÿ Check the engine oil level regularly
and maintain the proper oil level.
See “Checking Engine Oil” and
“When to Add Engine Oil” in this
section.
Ÿ Change the engine oil at the
appropriate time. See Engine Oil
Life System on page 9-11.
Ÿ Always dispose of engine oil
properly. See “What to Do with
Used Oil” in this section.
Vehicle Care 9-7
Checking Engine Oil
Keep your engine properly lubricated
by keeping the engine oil at the correct
level.
It is normal for an engine to consume
some engine oil.
Check the oil level at regular intervals
such as every time you stop for fuel.
In order to get an accurate reading, the
oil must be warm and the vehicle must
be on level ground.
The engine oil dipstick handle is having
a yellow color loop. See Engine Compartment Overview on page 9-5 for the
location of the engine oil dipstick.
1. Park vehicle on level ground.
2. Turn off the engine and give the oil
10 minutes to drain back into the oil
pan. If this is not done, the oil
dipstick might not show the actual
level.
3. Pull out the dipstick and wipe it
clean.
4. Re-insert dipstick completely.
5. Pull the dipstick out again.
6. Check the oil on the dipstick to
make sure it is not contaminated.
7. Check oil level, as shown on the
dipstick. Oil should be between
MIN and MAX.
If oil level is not clear, read the
opposite side of gauge instead. Different dipsticks are used depending
on engine variant.
8. If the oil level is below MIN, add
enough oil of the same grade as is
currently in the engine to raise the
oil level to MAX. Do not fill over
MAX mark.
9-8 Vehicle Care
When To Add Engine Oil
Warning
Engine oil is an irritant and, if
ingested, can cause illness or death.
Keep out of reach of children.
Avoid repeated or prolonged contact
with skin.
Wash exposed areas with soap and
water or hand cleaner.
Warning
Adding too much oil can affect
engine operation.
Do not allow oil to go above MAX
mark on dipstick.
Overfilling reservoir can damage
your vehicle by:
Increasing oil consumption.
Building excessive carbon deposits
in the engine.
If the oil is below the MIN (minimum)
mark, add 1 L (1 qt) of the recommended
oil and then recheck the level. See
“Selecting the Right Engine Oil” in this
section for an explanation of what kind of
oil to use. For engine oil crankcase
capacity, see Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 10-5.
Add enough oil of the same grade as is
currently in the engine to raise the oil
level to MAX. Do not fill over MAX
mark.
Caution
Do not add too much oil. If the
engine has so much oil that the oil
level gets above the upper mark, the
engine could be damaged.
See Engine Compartment Overview on
page 9-5 for the location of the engine oil
fill cap.
Push the dipstick all the way back in
when through.
Vehicle Care 9-9
Changing Engine Oil and Filter
Warning
Before attempting to do the work,
be sure you are fully acquainted
with doing this job. See your
CHEVROLET retailer. Otherwise,
you could be injured or damage the
vehicle.
Engine oil looses its ability to lubricate
when contaminated. Be sure to change
your engine oil according to maintenance
schedule.
Be sure to replace the engine oil filter
each time you change engine oil.
Under severe conditions, change oil and
oil filter more frequently than is
recommended in the standard maintenance schedule.
Severe conditions include, but are not
limited to :
Ÿ Frequent cold starts.
Ÿ Considerable travel in stop-and-go
traffic.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Frequent short trips.
Frequent driving when outside
temperature remains below freezing.
Prolonged idling.
Frequent low-speed driving.
Driving in dusty areas.
Caution
Use of unauthorised or low quality
engine oil or chemical engine
treatments (additives) can damage
the engine and void your vehicle
warranty.
Warning
Engine oil and its containers can be
hazardous to your health.
Avoid repeated or prolonged contact
with engine oil.
Clean your skin and nails with soap
and water, or hand cleaner after
handling engine oil. Also keep this
and other toxic materials out of the
reach of children.
Engine oil can irritate the skin and
can cause illness and even death if
swallowed.
Caution
Do not dispose of used engine oil and
filter with your household waste.
See your local, authorised waste
management facility.
Used engine oil and filter contain
harmful elements that may be
unhealthy to you and threat to the
environment.
9-10 Vehicle Care
Selecting the Right Engine Oil
Viscosity Grade
Selecting the right engine oil depends
on both the proper oil specification
and viscosity grade.
Specification
This vehicle was filled at the factory
with dexos approved engine oil.
Ensure that the correct specification of
oil is used. See Recommended Fluids
and Lubricants on page 10-5.
SAE 5W-30 is the best viscosity grade
for the vehicle.* Do not use other
viscosity grade oils such as SAE 10W30, 10W-40, or 20W-50.
Caution
Use only engine oil that is approved to
the dexos specification or equivalent
engine oil as defined in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants.
Failure to use the recommended
engine oil or equivalent can result in
engine damage not covered by the
vehicle warranty.
* Cold Temperature Operation: In an
area of extreme cold, where the
temperature falls below −29°C (−20°F),
an SAE 0W-30 oil may be used. An oil
of this viscosity grade will provide
easier cold starting for the engine at
extremely low temperatures. When
selecting an oil of the appropriate
viscosity grade, always select an oil of
the correct specification. See “Specification” earlier in this section for more
information.
Engine Oil Additives/Engine Oil
Flushes
Do not add anything to the oil. The use
of engine oil additives could cause
engine damage not covered by the
vehicle warranty. Engine oil system
flushes are not recommended and could
cause engine damage not covered by
the vehicle warranty.
Vehicle Care 9-11
ENGINE OIL LIFE SYSTEM
What to Do with Used Oil
Used engine oil contains certain
elements that can be unhealthy for your
skin and could even cause cancer. Do
not let used oil stay on your skin for
very long. Clean your skin and nails
with soap and water, or a good hand
cleaner. Wash or properly dispose of
clothing or rags containing used engine
oil. See the manufacturer's warnings
about the use and disposal of oil
products.
Used oil can be a threat to the environment. If you change your own oil, be
sure to drain all the oil from the filter
before disposal. Never dispose of oil by
putting it in the trash or pouring it on the
ground, into sewers, or into streams or
bodies of water. Recycle it by taking it
to a place that collects used oil.
This vehicle has a computer system that
indicates when to change the engine oil
and filter. This is based on engine
revolutions, engine temperature and
mileage. Based on driving conditions,
the mileage at which an oil change is
indicated can vary considerably. For the
oil life system to work properly, the
system must be reset every time the oil
is changed.
When the system has calculated that oil
life has been diminished, it indicates
that an oil change is necessary. A
change engine oil lamp displays.
Change the oil as soon as possible
within the next 1,000 kms. It is possible
that, if driving under the best conditions, the oil life system might indicate
that an oil change is not necessary for
up to a year. The engine oil and filter
must be changed at least once a year
and, at this time, the system must be
reset. Your CHEVROLET retailer has
trained service people who will
perform this work and reset the system.
It is also important to check the oil
regularly over the course of time and oil
drain interval and keep it at the proper
level.
If the system is ever reset accidentally,
the oil must be changed at 15,000 kms
since the last oil change.
After you change the oil, the oil life
monitor will need to be reset. See
CHEVROLET retailer for service.
How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System
The engine oil life system calculates
when to change your engine oil and
filter based on vehicle use. Anytime
your oil is changed, reset the system so
it can calculate when the next oil
change is required.
To reset the engine oil life system, do
one of the following:
Ÿ Using the scan tool
Your CHEVROLET retailer will
reset the system using scan tool after
changing the engine oil.
9-12 Vehicle Care
Using accelerator pedal
1. Remove key from ignition switch
for more than one minute. Then turn
on ignition key (do not start engine).
2. Perform the following procedure:
2-1. Press the accelerator pedal to
the floor and hold it on the
floor for 2 seconds.
2-2. Release the accelerator pedal
and take your foot off of the
pedal for 2 seconds.
2-3. Repeat this sequence (1,2) two
more times (for a total of three
times) within one minute.
If the change engine oil lamp comes
back on and stays one when you start
your vehicle, the engine oil life system
is not reset. Repeat the procedure.
Ÿ
Caution
Remember to reset the engine oil life
system whenever the engine oil is
changed.
RECOMMENDED ENGINE
OIL AND MAINTENANCE
SCHEDULE
AUTOMATIC
TRANSMISSION FLUID
Recommended engine oil
See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 10-5.
It is not necessary to check the automatic
transmission fluid level.
If you have a problem e.g. leak, have it
remedied by a CHEVROLET retailer.
Note
Use of the incorrect fluid may damage
the vehicle. Always use the fluid listed in
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants.
Maintenance schedule
See Service Schedules on page 10-2.
Caution
Use of the incorrect automatic
transmission fluid may damage the
vehicle, and the damages may not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Always use the automatic transmission fluid listed in Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants on page 10-5.
Vehicle Care 9-13
MANUAL
TRANSMISSION FLUID
It is not necessary to check the manual
transmission fluid level. If you have a
problem e.g. leak, have it remedied by a
CHEVROLET retailer.
Note
Use of the incorrect fluid may damage
the vehicle. Always use the fluid listed in
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants.
HYDRAULIC CLUTCH
(Manual Transmission)
It is not necessary to check the clutch
fluid level. A clutch fluid leak is the only
reason for fluid loss. If a leak occurs,
take the vehicle to the CHEVROLET
retailer and have it repaired as soon as
possible.
Change the fluid at the intervals listed
in Maintenance Schedule, and be sure
to use the clutch and transmission fluid
listed in Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 10-5.
ENGINE AIR CLEANER/
FILTER
See Engine Compartment Overview on
page 9-5 for the location of the engine
air cleaner/filter.
When to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner/
Filter
Inspect and replace the air cleaner/ filter
at the scheduled maintenance intervals.
See the Maintenance Schedule for more
information. If you are driving in dusty/
dirty conditions, inspect the filter at
every 7,500 kms or 6 months, whichever comes first.
9-14 Vehicle Care
COOLING SYSTEM
How to Inspect the Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter
7. Clean air filter element by blowing
compressed air through it in the
direction opposite to normal airflow.
If the air filter is dirty, you should
replace it.
8. Reverse steps 1-3 to reinstall the
engine air cleaner element.
Caution
1. Remove the four screws on the sides
of the air cleaner cover assembly.
2. Lift the cover to remove the air
cleaner element.
3. Remove the air cleaner element
from the vehicle.
4. Shake the air cleaner element to
remove surface dust.
5. Clean the inside of the air cleaner
housing.
6. Cover the open filter housing with a
damp cloth while cleaning the
element.
The engine needs clean air to operate
properly.
Do not operate your vehicle without
the air cleaner element installed.
Driving without the air cleaner element
properly installed can damage your
engine.
Caution
If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt can
easily get into the engine, which
could damage it. Always have the air
cleaner/filter in place when you are
driving.
When it is safe to lift the hood:
A. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of View)
B. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure
Cap
Warning
An electric engine cooling fan under
the hood can start up even when the
engine is not running and can cause
injury. Keep hands, clothing, and
tools away from any underhood
electric fan.
Vehicle Care 9-15
Warning
Never remove the coolant reservoir
cap when the engine and radiator are
hot. It could cause serious injury. The
engine must be cool before opening
the cap. Carefully open the cap,
relieving the pressure slowly.
Caution
If the coolant inside the coolant surge
tank is hot, do not do anything else until
it cools down. The vehicle should be
parked on a level surface.
When the engine is cool, the coolant
level should be between the MIN and
MAX mark on the coolant reservoir.
If it is not, your vehicle may have a leak
at the radiator hoses, heater hoses,
radiator, water pump, or somewhere
else in the cooling system.
The level of coolant rises as the engine
warms and drops back as the engine
cools.
Too low a coolant level can cause
engine damage.
If there seems to be no leak, with the
engine on, check to see if the electric
engine cooling fan is running. If the
engine is overheating, the fan should be
running. If it is not, your vehicle needs
service. Turn off the engine.
Caution
Engine damage from running the
engine without coolant is not
covered by the warranty.
Caution
Using coolant other than recommended can cause premature engine,
heater core, or radiator corrosion.
Any repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty.
9-16 Vehicle Care
ENGINE COOLANT
What to use
Your vehicle cooling system is filled
with ethylene glycol based long life
coolant.
In the correct mixture, this coolant
provides the cooling and heating system
with excellent protection against corrosion
and freezing.
When the engine is cool, the coolant
level should be between the MIN and
MAX mark on the coolant reservoir.
The level of coolant rises as the engine
warms and drops back as the engine
cools.
Warning
Caution
Plain water or the wrong mixture can
damage the cooling system.
Ÿ Do not use plain water, alcohol or
methanol antifreeze in coolant
system.
Ÿ Use only recommended coolant
available with your CHEVROLET
retailer.
The engine may overheat or even
catch fire.
Scalding hot coolant and steam
could be blown out under pressure,
which could cause serious injury.
Never remove the coolant reservoir
cap when the engine and radiator are
hot.
Caution
Coolant can be hazardous material.
Avoid repeated or prolonged
contact with coolant.
Ÿ Clean your skin and nails with
soap and water after coming in
contact with coolant.
Ÿ Keep out of reach of children.
Ÿ Coolant can irritate the skin and
can cause illness or death if
swallowed.
Ÿ
If the coolant level falls below the
MIN mark, refill the reservoir with
recommended coolant available with
your CHEVROLET retailer. If no
antifreeze is available, topping up with
water, have the antifreeze concentration checked by your CHEVROLET
retailer.
In order to protect your vehicle in
extremely cold weather, use mix of 48
percent demineralized water and 52
percent antifreeze.
Vehicle Care 9-17
Caution
If an improper coolant mixture is
used, the engine could overheat and
be badly damaged. The repair cost
would not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Too much water in the
mixture can freeze and crack the
engine, radiator, heater core, and
other parts.
If you are adding coolant often, this may
be a sign that your engine needs
maintenance. Have the CHEVROLET
retailer check the vehicle cooling system.
Caution
If extra inhibitors and/or additives are
used in the vehicle's cooling system,
the vehicle could be damaged. Use
only the proper mixture of the engine
coolant listed in this Manual for the
cooling system. See Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants on page 10-5
for more information.
Never dispose of engine coolant by
putting it in the trash, pouring it on the
ground, or into sewers, streams, or
bodies of water. Have the coolant
changed by CHEVROLET retailer.
Checking Coolant
The coolant surge tank is located on the
passenger side of the engine compartment. See Engine Compartment Overview on page 9-5 for more information
on location.
Warning
Turning the surge tank pressure cap
when the engine and radiator are hot
can allow steam and scalding liquids
to blow out and burn you badly.
Never turn the surge tank pressure
cap—even a little—when the engine
and radiator are hot.
The vehicle must be on a level surface.
When the engine is cold, the coolant
level should be between the MIN and
MAX lines.
Adding Coolant
If more coolant is needed, add the
proper coolant mixture at the coolant
surge tank, but only when the engine is
cool. See below for instructions on
“How to Add Coolant to the Coolant
Surge Tank”.
Warning
You can be burned if you spill
coolant on hot engine parts.
Coolant contains ethylene glycol,
and it will burn if the engine parts are
hot enough. Do not spill coolant on a
hot engine.
When replacing the pressure cap, make
sure it is hand-tight and fully seated.
9-18 Vehicle Care
How to Add Coolant to the Coolant
Surge Tank
Caution
This vehicle has a specific coolant
fill procedure. Failure to follow this
procedure could cause the engine to
overheat and be severely damaged.
If a problem yet has not been found,
check to see if coolant is visible in the
coolant surge tank. If coolant is visible
but the coolant level is not at between
the MIN and MAX lines, add only
recommended coolant available with
your CHEVROLET retailer. At the
coolant surge tank, but be sure the
cooling system, including the coolant
surge tank pressure cap, is cool before
doing it. See Engine Overheating on
page 9-19 for more information.
Warning
Steam and scalding liquids from a
hot cooling system can blow out and
burn you badly. They are under
pressure, and if you turn the coolant
surge tank pressure cap-even a littlethey can come out at high speed.
Never turn the cap when the cooling
system, including the coolant surge
tank pressure cap, is hot. Wait for the
cooling system and coolant surge
tank pressure cap to cool if you ever
have to turn the pressure cap.
Caution
It is not needed to add coolant more
frequently than the recommended
interval. If you are adding coolant
often, this may be a sign that your
engine needs maintenance.
Contact your CHEVROLET retailer
for a check of the cooling system.
Caution
In cold weather, water can freeze and
crack the engine, radiator, heater core
and other parts. Use the recommended
coolant and the proper coolant
mixture.
Warning
You can be burned if you spill
coolant on hot engine parts. Coolant
contains ethylene glycol and it will
burn if the engine parts are hot
enough. Do not spill coolant on a hot
engine.
Vehicle Care 9-19
ENGINE OVERHEATING
1. Remove the coolant surge tank
pressure cap when the cooling
system, including the coolant surge
tank pressure cap and upper radiator
hose, is no longer hot.
Turn the pressure cap slowly
counterclockwise about one-quarter
of a turn. If a hiss sound is heard,
wait for that to stop. This will allow
any pressure still left to be vented out
the discharge hose.
2. Then keep turning the pressure cap
slowly, and remove it.
3. Fill the coolant surge tank with the
proper coolant between the MIN
and MAX lines.
4. With the coolant surge tank pressure
cap off, start the engine and let it run
until the upper radiator hose can be
felt getting hot. Watch out for the
engine cooling fan.
By this time, the coolant level
inside the coolant surge tank may be
lower. If the level is lower, add more
of the proper coolant to the coolant
surge tank until the level reaches
between the MIN and MAX lines.
5. Then replace the pressure cap. Be
sure the pressure cap is hand-tight.
Check the level in the surge tank when
the cooling system has cooled down. If
the coolant is not at the proper level,
repeat Steps 1 to 3 and reinstall the
pressure cap. If the coolant still is not at
the proper level when the system cools
down again, see the CHEVROLET
retailer.
There is a coolant temperature warning
light on the vehicle instrument panel. See
Engine Coolant Temperature Warning
Light on page 4-25.
If the engine coolant temperature gauge
pointer is in the red area, or if you have
any other reason to suspect the engine
may be overheating:
1. Stop the vehicle.
2. Turn off the air conditioning.
3. Let the engine idle for a few minutes.
4. Be sure the cooling fan is operating.
Warning
If steam is visible, move away from
vehicle until engine is cool. Steam
can cause serious burns.
Note
Using A/C while driving up long hills or
in heavy traffic can cause the engine
overheating.
9-20 Vehicle Care
POWER STEERING FLUID
If the fan is not operating and steam is
visible, perform the following:
1. Turn off engine.
2. Move away from vehicle without
opening the hood.
3. Allow engine to cool.
4. When steam is no longer visible,
carefully open hood.
5. Consult a CHEVROLET retailer as
soon as possible.
If the fan is operating and steam is not
visible, perform the following:
1. Carefully open the hood.
2. Idle engine until cool.
3. Check coolant level.
If the fan is operating, but engine
temperature does not fall, perform the
following:
1. Stop the engine.
2. Carefully open the hood.
3. Allow the engine to cool.
4. Check the coolant level.
If the coolant level is low, check for
leaks for following components:
1. Radiator.
2. Radiator hoses.
3. Radiator connections.
4. Heater hoses.
5. Heater hose connections.
6. Water pump.
If you find a leak or other damage, or if
the coolant is still leaking, consult a
CHEVROLET retailer immediately.
Warning
Scalding hot coolant steam could be
blown out under pressure, which
could cause serious injury.
Never remove the coolant reservoir
cap when engine and radiator are hot.
See Engine Compartment Overview on
page 9-5 for reservoir location.
When to Check Power Steering Fluid
It is not necessary to regularly check
power steering fluid unless there is a
leak in the system is suspected or an
unusual noise is heard. A fluid loss in
this system could indicate a problem.
Have the system inspected and repaired.
Vehicle Care 9-21
How to Check Power Steering Fluid
To check the power steering fluid, do
the following:
1. Turn the ignition OFF and let the
engine compartment cool down.
2. Wipe the cap and the top of the
reservoir clean.
3. Unscrew the cap and wipe the
dipstick with a clean rag.
4. Replace the cap and completely
tighten it.
5. Remove the cap again and look at
the fluid level on the dipstick.
When the engine is hot, the level should
be at the hot MAX level. When the
engine is cold, the fluid level should be
between MIN and MAX on the
dipstick.
What to Use
To determine what kind of fluid to use,
refer to Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 10-5. Always use
the proper fluid.
Caution
Use of the incorrect fluid may
damage the vehicle and the damages
may not be covered by the vehicle's
warranty. Always use the correct
fluid listed in Recommended Fluids
and Lubricants on page 10-5.
Caution
Extremely small amounts of contamination can cause steering system
damage and cause it to not work
properly.
Do not allow contaminates to contact
the fluid side of the reservior cap or
from entering the reservior.
Caution
Do not operate vehicle without the
required amount of power steering
fluid.
Doing so can damage power steering
system of your vehicle, leading to
costly repairs.
9-22 Vehicle Care
WASHER FLUID
Adding Windshield Washer Fluid
Warning
An overflow of the fluid may cause
the fluid to burn or discolor paintwork.
Do not overfill the reservoir.
An engine fire can cause personal
injuries and damage your vehicle
and other property.
Before you drive, make sure the
windshield washer fluid reservoir is at
the appropriate level and filled with the
correct solution.
In cold weather, do not fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir more than
three quarters full.
Washer fluid can freeze to expand in
cold temperatures. Filling the reservoir
too much does not allow enough
expansion room to prevent possible
damage to the reservoir.
Open the cap with the washer symbol on
it. Add washer fluid until the tank is full.
See Engine Compartment Overview on
page 9-5 for reservoir location.
To refill windshield washer fluid
reservoir :
Ÿ Use only recommended ready-touse washer fluid for that purpose.
Ÿ Do not use tap water. Minerals
present in tap water may plug the
windshield washer lines.
Vehicle Care 9-23
BRAKES
Ÿ
If air temperature is likely to go below freezing, use windshield washer
fluid which has sufficient anitfreezing property.
Caution
Do not put water or radiator antifreeze in windscreen washer reservoir.
Water can allow solution to freeze.
Frozen solution can damage windshield washer system.
Radiator antifreeze can damage windshield washer system and vehicle
paint.
Caution
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
When using concentrated washer
fluid, follow the manufacturer's
instructions for adding water.
Do not mix water with ready-touse washer fluid. Water can
cause the solution to freeze and
damage the washer fluid tank
and other parts of the washer
system.
Fill the washer fluid tank only
three-quarters full when it is very
cold. This allows for fluid expansion if freezing occurs, which
could damage the tank if it is
completely full.
Do not use engine coolant
(antifreeze) in the windshield
washer. It can damage the windshield washer system and paint.
This vehicle has disc brakes. Disc brake
pads have built-in wear indicators that
make a high-pitched warning sound
when the brake pads are worn and new
pads are needed.
The sound can come and go or be heard
all the time the vehicle is moving,
except when applying the brake pedal
firmly.
Warning
The brake wear warning sound
means that soon the brakes will not
work well. That could lead to a crash.
When the brake wear warning sound
is heard, have the vehicle serviced.
Caution
Continuing to drive with worn-out
brake pads could result in costly
brake repair.
9-24 Vehicle Care
BRAKE FLUID
Replacing Brake System Parts
Some driving conditions or climates
can cause a brake squeal when the
brakes are first applied or lightly
applied. This does not mean something
is wrong with the brakes.
Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary
to help prevent brake pulsation. When
tires are rotated, inspect brake pads for
wear and evenly tighten wheel nuts in the
proper sequence to torque specifications.
Brake linings should always be replaced
as complete sets.
Brake Pedal Travel
See your CHEVROLET retailer if the
brake pedal does not return to normal
height, or if there is a rapid increase in
pedal travel. This could be a sign that
brake service might be required.
Brake Adjustment
Every time the brakes are applied, with
or without the vehicle moving, the
brakes adjust for wear.
The braking system on a vehicle is
complex. Its many parts have to be of
top quality and work well together if the
vehicle is to have really good braking.
The vehicle was designed and tested
with top-quality brake parts. When
parts of the braking system are
replaced, be sure to get new, approved
replacement parts.
If this is not done, the brakes might not
work properly. For example, installing
disc brake pads that are wrong for the
vehicle, can change the balance
between the front and rear brakes — for
the worse. The braking performance
expected can change in many other
ways if the wrong replacement brake
parts are installed.
The brake master cylinder reservoir is
filled with DOT 4 brake fluid.
There are only two reasons why the
brake fluid level in the reservoir might
go down:
Ÿ The brake fluid level goes down
because of normal brake lining wear.
When new linings are installed, the
fluid level goes back up.
Ÿ A fluid leak in the brake hydraulic
system can also cause a low fluid
level. Have the brake hydraulic
system fixed, since a leak means
Vehicle Care 9-25
that sooner or later the brakes will
not work well.
Do not top off the brake fluid.
Adding fluid does not correct a leak. If
fluid is added when the linings are
worn, there will be too much fluid when
new brake linings are installed. Add or
remove brake fluid, as necessary, only
when work is done on the brake
hydraulic system.
Warning
If too much brake fluid is added, it
can spill on the engine and burn, if
the engine is hot enough. You or
others could be burned, and the
vehicle could be damaged. Add
brake fluid only when work is done
on the brake hydraulic system.
Warning
Brake fluid is poisonous and corrosive. Avoid contact with eyes, skin, fabrics and painted surfaces.
When the brake fluid falls to a low
level, the brake warning light comes on.
See Brake System Warning Light on
page 4-20.
What to Add
Use only new DOT 4 brake fluid from a
sealed container. It is recommended
that the brake hydraulic system be
flushed and refilled with new DOT 4
fluid at a regular maintenance service
every two years. See the maintenance
schedule.
Always clean the brake fluid reservoir
cap and the area around the cap before
removing it. This helps keep dirt from
entering the reservoir.
Warning
With the wrong kind of fluid in the
brake hydraulic system, the brakes
might not work well. This could
cause a crash. Always use the proper
brake fluid.
Caution
Ÿ
Ÿ
Using the wrong fluid can badly
damage brake hydraulic system
parts. For example, just a few
drops of mineral-based oil, such
as engine oil, in the brake
hydraulic system can damage
brake hydraulic system parts so
badly that they will have to be
replaced. Do not let someone put
in the wrong kind of fluid.
If brake fluid is spilled on the
vehicle's painted surfaces, the
paint finish can be damaged. Be
careful not to spill brake fluid on
the vehicle. If you do, wash it off
immediately.
9-26 Vehicle Care
CLUTCH FLUID*
Caution
Caution
Make sure you thoroughly clean
around the clutch fluid reservoir cap
before removing the cap.
Contamination of the clutch fluid
system can affect system performance, leading to costly repairs.
Do not dispose of used clutch fluid
with your household waste.
Use your local, authorised waste
management facility.
Used clutch fluid and their containers are hazardous. They can damage
your health and the environment.
Caution
The clutch fluid level must be between
the MIN and the MAX marks.
When filling up, ensure maximum
cleanliness as contamination of the
clutch fluid can lead to clutch system
malfunctions. Have the cause of the
loss of clutch fluid remedied by a
CHEVROLET retailer.
Only use clutch fluid approved for the
vehicle.
See Clutch Fluid under Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants on page 10-5.
An overflow of clutch fluid on the
engine may cause the fluid to burn.
Do not overfill the reservoir.
An engine fire can cause personal
injuries and damage your vehicle
and other property.
Caution
Clutch fluid is harsh and can irritate
skin and eyes.
Do not allow the clutch fluid to
contact your skin or eyes. If it does,
immediately wash the affected area
thoroughly with soap and water, or
hand cleaner.
Vehicle Care 9-27
BATTERY
Refer to the original battery label when a
new battery is required. See Engine
Compartment Overview on page 9-5 for
battery location.
The vehicle battery is maintenance free.
Batteries do not belong in household
waste. They must be disposed of at an
appropriate recycling collection point.
Laying up the vehicle for more than 4
weeks can lead to battery discharge.
Disconnect the clamp from the negative
terminal of the vehicle battery.
Ensure the ignition is switched OFF
before connecting or disconnecting the
vehicle battery. See Battery Power
Protection on page 5-8.
Warning
Batteries have acid that can burn you
and gas that can explode.
You can be badly hurt if you are not
careful. See Jump Starting on page
9-60 for tips on working around a
battery without getting hurt.
Infrequent Usage: Remove the black,
negative (−) cable from the battery to
keep the battery from running down.
Extended Storage: Remove the black,
negative (−) cable from the battery or
use a battery trickle charger.
Warning
Keep smoking materials away from
the battery to avoid flames or sparks
when the battery is checked because
the explosive gas could be occurred.
If the battery explodes, it can be
result in damages of your vehicle and
serious injury or death.
Avoid skin contact with battery acid
because it can damage by contained
highly corrosive and toxic sulfuric
acid.
If you accidentally get it on your
skin, flush the place with water and
get medical help immediately.
Keep batteries out of the reach of
children because it contains sulfuric
acid and gas.
Do not allow battery acid to contact
your skin, eyes, clothing or paint.
Do not open and tilt the battery.
9-28 Vehicle Care
ALL-WHEEL DRIVE
STARTER SWITCH CHECK
When to Check Lubricant
It is not necessary to regularly check the
transfer case fluid unless a leak is
suspected or an unusual noise is heard.
A fluid loss could indicate a problem.
Have it inspected and repaired.
Warning
When you are doing this inspection,
the vehicle could move suddenly. If
the vehicle moves, you or others
could be injured.
1. Before starting this check, be sure
there is enough room around the
vehicle.
2. Firmly apply both the parking brake
and the regular brake. See Parking
Brake on page 8-29.
Do not use the accelerator pedal,
and be ready to turn off the engine
immediately if it starts.
3. For automatic transmission vehicles, try to start the engine in each
gear. The vehicle should start only in
P (Park) or N (Neutral). If the vehicle
starts in any other position, contact
your CHEVROLET retailer for
service.
For manual transmission vehicles,
put the shift lever in Neutral, push the
clutch pedal down halfway, and try to
start the engine. The vehicle should
start only when the clutch pedal is
pushed down all the way to the floor.
If the vehicle starts when the clutch
pedal is not pushed all the way down,
contact your CHEVROLET retailer
for service.
Vehicle Care 9-29
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
SHIFT LOCK CONTROL
FUNCTION CHECK
Warning
When you are doing this inspection,
the vehicle could move suddenly. If
the vehicle moves, you or others
could be injured.
1. Before starting this check, be sure
there is enough room around the
vehicle. It should be parked on a
level surface.
2. Firmly apply the parking brake. See
Parking Brake on page 8-29.
Be ready to apply the regular brake
immediately if the vehicle begins to
move.
3. With the engine OFF, turn the ignition
ON, but do not start the engine.
Without applying the regular brake,
try to move the shift lever out of P
(Park) with normal effort. If the shift
lever moves out of P (Park), contact
your CHEVROLET retailer for
service.
PARK BRAKE AND P (PARK)
MECHANISM CHECK
Warning
When you are doing this check, the
vehicle could begin to move. You or
others could be injured and property
could be damaged. Make sure there
is room in front of the vehicle in case
it begins to roll. Be ready to apply the
regular brake at once should the
vehicle begin to move.
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the
vehicle facing downhill. Keeping your
foot on the regular brake, set the
parking brake.
Ÿ To check the parking brake’s
holding ability: With the engine
running and the transmission in N
(Neutral), slowly remove foot
pressure from the regular brake
pedal. Do this until the vehicle is
held by the parking brake only.
To check the P (Park) mechanism's
holding ability: With the engine
running, shift to P (Park). Then
release the parking brake followed
by the regular brake.
Contact your CHEVROLET retailer if
service is required.
Ÿ
9-30 Vehicle Care
WIPER BLADE
REPLACEMENT
Properly functioning windshield wipers
are essential for clean vision and safe
driving. Regularly check the condition
of the wiper blades. Replace hard, brittle
or cracked blades or those that smear
dirt on the windshield.
Foreign material on the windshield or
wiper blades can reduce the effectiveness
of the wipers. If the blades are not wiping
properly, clean both the windshield and
the blades with a good cleaner or mild
detergent. Rinse them thoroughly with
water.
Repeat the process, if necessary. There
is no way to remove traces of silicone
from glass. Therefore never apply
silicone polish or wax polish to your
vehicle's windshield or you will get
streak, blade chatter or blade noise that
impairs the dirver's vision.
Do not use solvents, gasoline, kerosene,
or paint thinner to clean wipers. These
are harsh and can damage the blades
and painted surfaces.
HEADLAMP AIMING
Replacing Wiper Blades
Headlamp aim has been preset and
should need no further adjustment. If the
vehicle is damaged in a crash, the
headlamp aim may be affected. If
adjustment to the headlamps is necessary, see your CHEVROLET retailer.
1. Press and hold the wiper blade
retaining clip.
2. Pull the wiper blade off the wiper
arm.
3. Install a new wiper blade onto the
arm.
Vehicle Care 9-31
BULB REPLACEMENT
Use only the same bulb type for
replacement. See Bulb Specifications
on page 11-5.
For any bulb‐changing procedure not
listed in this section, contact your
CHEVROLET retailer.
HALOGEN BULBS
Warning
Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas
inside and can burst if you drop or
scratch the bulb. You or others could
be injured. Be sure to read and follow
the instructions on the bulb package.
Switch OFF the ignition and switch
OFF the relevant switch or close the
doors.
Only hold a new bulb at the base. Do not
touch the bulb glass with bare hands.
HEADLAMPS, FRONT TURN
SIGNAL AND PARKING
LAMPS
Replace headlight bulbs from within
the engine compartment.
Note
After driving in heavy rain or washing,
some exterior lamp lenses could appear
frosty.
This condition is caused by the
temperature difference between the
lamp inside and outside.
This is similar to the condensation on
your windows inside your vehicle
during the rain and doesn't indicate a
problem with your vehicle.
If the water leaks into the light bulb
circuitry, have the vehicle checked, by
your CHEVROLET retailer.
Passenger Side Shown, Driver Side
Similar
A. Turn Signal Lamp
B. Low‐Beam Headlamp
C. High‐Beam Headlamp
D. Parking Lamp
9-32 Vehicle Care
Headlamps
To replace one of these bulbs:
1. Open the hood. See Hood on page
9-4.
2. Remove the three screws (A)
retaining the headlamp assembly.
3. Pull the headlamp assembly straight
forward releasing the retaining
studs from the grommets.
4. Remove the dust cover from the
back of the headlamp housing by
turning counterclockwise a quarter
turn.
Parking Lamps
5. Remove the bulb socket from the
headlamp by releasing the spring
clamp and pulling the socket
straight out of the lamp assembly.
6. Remove the bulb from the socket.
7. Install the new bulb in the socket.
8. Install the bulb socket into the lamp
assembly and attach the spring
clamp.
9. Install the dust cover in the back of
the headlamp housing by turning
clockwise a quarter turn.
10. Reverse the steps to install the
headlamp assembly.
To replace one of these bulbs:
1. Remove the headlamp assembly.
2. Remove the dust cover from the
back of the headlamp housing by
turning counterclockwise a quarter
turn.
3. Turn the bulb socket (C) counterclockwise to remove it from the
headlamp assembly (A).
4. Pull the bulb (B) straight out from
the socket (C).
Vehicle Care 9-33
FOG LAMPS
Front Turn Signal Lamps
5. Push the new bulb into the socket
(C) and reinstall the socket into the
headlamp assembly (A) by turning
it clockwise.
6. Install the headlamp assembly.
To replace one of these bulbs:
1. Remove the headlamp assembly.
2. Turn the bulb socket (C) counterclockwise to remove it from the
headlamp assembly (A).
3. Remove the bulb (B) from the
socket (C) by turning counterclockwise and pulling straight out.
4. Install the new bulb into the socket
(C) and reinstall the socket into the
headlamp assembly (A) by turning
it clockwise.
5. Install the headlamp assembly.
To replace one of these bulbs:
1. Open the hood. See Hood on page
9-4.
2. Remove the headlamp assembly.
See Headlamps, Front Turn Signal
and Parking Lamps on page 9-31.
3. Remove the connector retaining tab
(A).
4. Disconnect the wiring harness
connector from the bulb (C) by
pressing the connector release (B)
and pulling straight back.
9-34 Vehicle Care
TAIL LAMPS, TURN SIGNAL,
STOP LAMPS AND
BACK-UP LAMPS
5. Remove the old bulb from the from
the fog lamp assembly by squeezing the bulb release tabs and pulling
straight out.
6. Push the new bulb into the bulb
assembly until it locks into place.
7. Install the wiring harness connector
to the bulb. Be sure the connector
release (B) locks into place.
8. Install the connector retaining tab
(A).
9. Replace the headlamp assembly.
A
B
A
C
Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side
Similar
A. Stoplamp/Taillamp
B. Back-Up Lamp
C. Turn Signal Lamp
To replace one of these lamps:
1. Open the tailgate. See Tailgate on
page 1-7.
2. Remove the two screws retaining
the taillamp assembly in place.
3. Pull the lamp assembly straight
rearward releasing the retaining
studs from the grommets.
4. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise to remove it.
5. Turn the bulb counterclockwise to
remove it from the bulb socket.
Vehicle Care 9-35
SIDE TURN SIGNAL LAMPS
6. Install the new bulb into the bulb
socket.
7. Turn the bulb socket clockwise to
reinstall.
8. Install the lamp assembly into the
vehicle. Make sure to align the
retaining studs to the grommets.
9. Install two screws to secure lamp
assembly in place on the vehicle.
LICENSE PLATE LAMP
If the side turn signal lamp in the
outside rearview mirror is not operated,
have the checked by CHEVROLET
retailer.
CENTER HIGH-MOUNTED
STOPLAMP (CHMSL)
If the CHMSL is not operated, have the
checked by CHEVROLET retailer.
TAIL LAMPS AND STOP
LAMPS (LED)
REAR FOG LAMPS (LED)
Have the LED lamps inspected and
replaced by CHEVROLET retailer.
Have the LED lamps inspected and
replaced by CHEVROLET retailer.
The licence plate lamps for this vehicle
are on the trunk lid.
To replace one of these bulbs:
1. Open the tailgate. See Tailgate on
page 1-7.
2. Remove two screws and the lamp
assembly.
3. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise to remove it from the lamp
assembly.
4. Pull the bulb straight out of the bulb
socket.
9-36 Vehicle Care
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
INTERIOR LAMPS
Courtesy Lamps
5. Push the replacement bulb straight
into the bulb socket and turn the
bulb socket clockwise to install it
into the lamp assembly.
6. Install the bulb socket back into the
lamp housing.
7. Install the lamp cover using two
screws.
1. To remove it, prise the opposite side
of the lamp switch using a flat-blade
screwdriver.
(Be careful not to make scratches.)
2. Remove the bulb.
3. Replace the bulb.
4. Reinstall the lamp assembly.
Warning
The same rating of the bulb to be
used during replacement and any
usage of higher wattage bulbs can
cause thermal issues such as melting
of lamp housing and its surrounding
parts. Warranty would be void if
higher wattage bulbs are being used.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
OVERLOAD
The vehicle has fuses and circuit
breakers to protect against an electrical
system overload.
When the current electrical load is too
heavy, the circuit breaker opens and
closes, protecting the circuit until the
current load returns to normal or the
problem is fixed. This greatly reduces
the chance of circuit overload and fire
caused by electrical problems.
Fuses and circuit breakers protect
power devices in the vehicle.
Replace a bad fuse with a new one of the
identical size and rating.
If there is a problem on the road and a
fuse needs to be replaced, the same
amperage fuse can be borrowed.
Choose some feature of the vehicle that
is not needed to use and replace it as
soon as possible.
Vehicle Care 9-37
Headlamp Wiring
An electrical overload may cause the
lamps to go on and off, or in some cases
to remain off. Have the headlamp
wiring checked right away if the lamps
go on and off or remain off.
Windshield Wipers
If the wiper motor overheats due to
heavy snow or ice, the windshield
wipers will stop until the motor cools
and will then restart.
Although the circuit is protected from
electrical overload, overload due to
heavy snow or ice may cause wiper
linkage damage.
Always clear ice and heavy snow from
the windshield before using the
windshield wipers.
If the overload is caused by an electrical
problem and not snow or ice, be sure to
get it fixed.
FUSES AND CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are
protected from short circuits by a
combination of fuses and circuit
breakers. This greatly reduces the
chance of damage caused by electrical
problems.
Data on the replacement fuse must
match the data on the defective fuse.
Before replacing a fuse, turn off the
respective switch and the ignition.
A blown fuse can be recognised by its
melted wire. Do not replace the fuse
until the cause of the fault has been
remedied.
Some functions are protected by
several fuses.
Fuses may also be inserted without
existence of a function.
Note
Not all fuse box descriptions in this
Manual may apply to your vehicle.
When inspecting the fuse box refer to
the fuse box label.
Fuse Extractor
A fuse extractor may be located in the
fuse box in the engine compartment.
Place the fuse extractor on the various
types of fuse from the top or side, and
withdraw fuse.
To identify and check fuses, circuit
breakers, and relays, see Engine
Compartment Fuse Block on page 9-38
and Instrument Panel Fuse Block on
page 9-40.
9-38 Vehicle Care
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUSE BLOCK
Engine Compartment Fuse Block
20A
60A
20A
20A
10A
10A
10A
10A
20A
15A
30A
SPARE
80A
20A
10A
10A
15A
15A
10A
15A
25A
15A
30A
15A
COIL A
OIL PUMP
10A
50A
15A
60A
10A
10A
20A
15A
40A
60A
15A
The engine compartment fuse block is
located on the right side of the engine
compartment, near the battery.
Caution
Spilling liquid on any electrical
component on the vehicle may
damage it. Always keep the covers
on any electrical component.
The vehicle may not be equipped with
all of the fuses, relays, and features
shown.
Fuses
Fuses
Usage
BATT1
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block Main Feed 1
Usage
ABS
Antilock Brake
System
BATT2
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block Main Feed 2
BATT3
A/C
Heater, Ventilation,
and Air Conditioning
System
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block Main Feed 3
BCM
Body Control Module
AUX PUMP Auxiliary Pump
Vehicle Care 9-39
Fuses
ECM
ECM
PWR TRN
Usage
Engine Control Module
Engine Control
Module/Powertrain
Miscellaneous
ENG SNSR Engine Sensors
Fuses
Usage
HTD
Heated Washer
WASH/MIR Fluid/Heated Mirrors
IGN COIL A Ignition Coil A
IGN COIL B Ignition Coil B
Low-Beam
Headlamp (Left)
Low-Beam
Headlamp (Right)
FAN1
Electric Parking Brake
Cooling Fan 1
FAN3
Cooling Fan 3
LO
BEAM LH
LO
BEAM RH
Front Fog Lamps
PRK LP LH Parking Lamps (Left)
EPB
FRT FOG
FRT WPR Front Wiper Motor
Fuel Pump/
FUEL/VAC Vacuum Pump
HDLP
Headlamp Washer
WASHER
High-Beam
HI
BEAM LH Headlamp (Left)
High-Beam
HI
BEAM RH Headlamp (Right)
HORN
Horn
PRK LP RH Parking Lamps(Right)
PRK
LP RH*
Parking Lamps (Right)
(Europe Park Lamps)
PRK LP RH/ Parking Lamps
LIFTGATE (Right)/Liftgate
Pulse Width
PWM FAN
Modulation Fan
Rear Window
REAR
Defogger
DEFOG
REAR WPR Rear Wiper Motor
Fuses
SPARE
Usage
Not Used
STOP LAMP Stoplamps
STRTR
TCM
TRLR
PRK LP
Relays
SPARE
RELAY
SPARE
RELAY
AUX PUMP
RELAY
FRT
FOG RLY
FUEL/VAC
PUMP RLY
Starter
Transmission
Control Module
Trailer Parking
Lamps
Usage
Spare Relay
Spare Relay
Auxiliary Pump Relay
Front Fog Lamps
Fuel Pump/Vacuum
Pump Relay
9-40 Vehicle Care
INSTRUMENT PANEL FUSE
BLOCK
Usage
30A
DRVR
PWR
SEAT
Headlamp Washer
15A
15A
15A
10A
AMP
30A
15A
10A
BCM
(TRN SIG)
DRL
FRT
WSR
L/GATE
BCM
(DIMMER)
15A
BCM
(VBATT)
10A
20A
DRV/PWR
WNDW
PWR/
MODING
SDM
(BATT)
10A
SPARE
2A
RVS/
HAVC/DLC
15A
STR/
WHL SW
30A
DC/DC
COM
VER TER
LOGISTIC
MODE
15A
SPARE
IPC
30A
TRLR FOG
2A
OSRVM
TRLR
BATT
BCM (INT LIGHT
10A
SSPS
AWD/
VENT
5A
15A
AUDIO/
KEY
CAPTURE
10A
20A
XBCM
RUN2
20A
SDM
(IGN_1)
HEATING
MAT SW
15A
HVAC
BLWR
10A
10A
CLSTR
10A
5A
PWR
DIODE
10A
RR FOG
40A
2A
WPR
Wiper Control
CNTRL RLY
WPR
Wiper Speed
SPD RLY
RR
HEAT SEAT
FSCM
ISRVM/
RCM
10A
STRTR RLY Starter
SPARE
SPARE
30A
PASS
PWR
WNDW
RUN/CRNK
RLY
10A
Stoplamps
The instrument panel fuse block is
located on the driver side of the lower
console.
Pull the latch of the fuse box cover
straight back to access the fuses.
BCM
(CTSY)
20A
Rear Window
Defogger
BCM
(STOP)
15A
RUN RLY
BCM
(PRK/TRN)
20A
15A
Powertrain
RUN/
CRNK
DR/LCK
20A
APO JACK
(REAR
CARGO)
20A
15A
S/ROOF
BATT
CIGAR
20A
SPARE
CIGAR
APO JACK
RLY
HTD SEAT
FWR
20A
ACC/RAP
RLY
F/DOOR
LOCK
20A
FSCM/
VENT SOL
APO JACK
(CONSOLE)
20A
TRLR
20A
S/ROOF
/FOLDING
MIRROR
10A
High-Beam
Headlamps
Low-Beam
Headlamps
20A
Relays
HDLP
WSHR RLY
HI
BEAM RLY
LO
BEAM RLY
PWR/
TRN RLY
REAR
DEFOG RLY
STOP
LAMP RLY
Instrument Panel Fuse Block
The vehicle may not have all of the
fuses, relays, and features shown.
Vehicle Care 9-41
Fuses
AMP
APO JACK
(CONSOLE)
APO JACK
(REAR
CARGO)
AWD/VENT
BCM (CTSY)
BCM
(DIMMER)
Usage
Amplifier
Auxiliary Power
Outlet Jack
Auxiliary Power
Outlet Jack Rear
Cargo
All‐Wheel Drive/
Ventilation
Body Control
Module (Courtesy)
Body Control
Module (Dimmer)
Body Control Module
(Interior Light),
Trailer Fog Lamps
BCM (INT
LIGHT)
TRLR FOG
BCM
Body Control Module
PRK/TRN) (Parking/Turn Signal)
Body Control Module
BCM (STOP)
(Stop Lamp)
BCM
Body Control Module
(TRN SIG) (Turn Signal)
Fuses
BCM
(VBATT)
CIGAR
Usage
Body Control Module
(Battery Voltage)
Cigarette
CIM
Communications
Integration Module
CLSTR
Instrument Cluster
DRL
Daytime Running
Lamps
DR/LCK
Driver Door Lock
DRVR
Driver Power Seat
PWR SEAT
DRV/
Driver Power Window
PWR WNDW
F/DOOR
Fuel Door Lock
LOCK
FRT WSR
Front Washer
Fuel System
FSCM
Control Module
FSCM/
Fuel System Control
VENT SOL Module,Vent Solenoid
Fuses
Usage
HEATING Heating Mat Switch
MAT SW
HTD
Heated Seat Power
SEAT PWR
Heating, Ventilation,
HVAC
and Air Conditioning
BLWR
Blower
Instrument Panel
IPC
Cluster
Inside Rearview
ISRVM/RCM Mirror/Remote
Compass Module
AUDIO/
KEY
CAPTURE
L/GATE
LOGISTIC
MODE
OSRVM
Audio/
Key Capture
Tail Gate
Logistic Mode
Outside Rear
View Mirror
9-42 Vehicle Care
Fuses
Usage
PASS
Passenger
PWR WNDW Power Window
PWR DIODE Power Diode
PWR
MODING
Power Moding
RADIO
Radio
RR FOG
Rear Defogger
RUN 2
Power Battery
Key On Run
RUN/CRNK Run Crank
Safety Diagnosis
SDM (BATT)
Module (Battery)
Safety Diagnosis
SDM (IGN 1)
Module (Ignition 1)
SPARE
S/ROOF/
FOLDING
MIRROR
Spare
Sunroof/
Folding Mirror
Fuses
S/ROOF
BATT
Usage
Sunroof Battery
Speed Sensitive
Power Steering
Steering Wheel
STR/WHL SW
Switch
SSPS
TRLR
Trailer
TRLR BATT Trailer Battery
XBCM
Export Body
Control Module
Xm™ Satellite Radio
(If Equipped)/Heating,
XM/HVAC/
Ventilation, and Air
DLC
Conditioning/ Data
Link Connection
Relays
Usage
Accessory/Run
ACC/RAP
Accessory Power
RLY
Cigarette and
CIGAR APO
Auxiliary Power
JACK RLY
Outlet
RUN/
Run/Crank
CRNK RLY
RUN RLY
Run
Vehicle Care 9-43
AUXILIARY ENGINE ROOM
FUSE BLOCK
Auxiliary Engine Room Fuse Block
RELAY
PTC 3
RELAY
PTC 2
Auxiliary engine room fuse block is
located in the centre of the front panel.
Note
Not all fuse block descriptions in this
Manual may be applicable to your
vehicle. It is accurate at the time of
printing. When you inspect the fuse box
on your vehicle, refer to the fuse box
label.
PTC 3
40A
RELAY
PTC 1
PTC 2
40A
PTC 1
40A
RELAY
F/F HTR
F/F
HTR
30A
GPCU
60A
B+
9-44 Vehicle Care
WHEELS AND TIRES
TIRES
Factory-fitted tires are matched to this
vehicle, offering the most effective
combination of ride comfort, tread life
and performance.
Warning (Continued)
Warning
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Poorly maintained and improperly
used tires are dangerous.
Overloading the tires can cause
overheating as a result of too
much flexing. There could be a
blowout and a serious crash. See
Vehicle Load Limits on page 8-9.
Underinflated tires pose the same
danger as overloaded tires. The
resulting crash could cause serious
injury. Check all tires frequently to
maintain the recommended
pressure. Tire pressure should be
checked when the tires are cold.
Overinflated tires are more likely
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
to be cut, punctured, or broken by
a sudden impact - such as when
hitting a pothole. Keep tires at
the recommended pressure.
Worn or old tires can cause a
crash. If the tread is badly worn,
replace them.
Replace any tires that have been
damaged by impacts with
potholes, curbs, etc.
Improperly repaired tires can
cause a crash. Only the retailer or
an authorized tire service center
should repair, replace, dismount,
and mount the tires.
Do not spin the tires in excess of
56 km/h (35 mph) on slippery
surfaces such as snow, mud, ice,
etc. Excessive spinning may
cause the tires to explode.
Driving over sharp objects can damage
the tires and wheels. If some objects are
unavoidable, drive over them slowly
and at a right angle, if possible.
When parking, avoid making contact
with the curb.
Vehicle Care 9-45
WINTER TIRES
Consider installing winter tires on the
vehicle if frequent driving on snow or
ice covered roads is expected. All
season tires provide good overall
performance on most surfaces but they
may not offer the traction you would
like or the same level of performance as
winter tires on snow or ice covered
roads.
Winter tires, in general, are designed
for increased traction on snow and ice
covered roads. With winter tires, there
may be decreased dry road traction,
increased road noise, and shorter tread
life. After changing to winter tires, be
alert for changes in vehicle handling
and braking.
See your CHEVROLET retailer for
details regarding winter tire availability
and proper tire selection. Using incorrect
winter tires may adversely affect
Stability System Performance. Also, see
Buying New Tires on page 9-50.
If using snow tires:
Ÿ Use them on all four wheels.
Ÿ Never exceed the maximum speed
specified by the tire manufacturer.
Ÿ Always use the tire pressure specified by the tire manufacturer.
Winter tires with the same speed rating
as the original equipment tires may not
be available for H, V, W, Y, and ZR
speed rated tires. If winter tires with a
lower speed rating are chosen, never
exceed the tire's maximum speed
capability.
Tire Designations
E.g. 215/60 R 16 95 H
215 : Tyre width, mm
60 : Cross-section ratio (tire height to
tire width), %
R : Belt type : Radial
RF : Type : Run Flat
16 : Wheel diameter, inches
95 : Load index e.g. 95 is equivalent to
690 kg
H : Speed code letter
Speed code letter:
Q : up to 160 km/h (100mph)
S : up to 180 km/h (112mph)
T : up to 190 km/h (118mph)
H : up to 210 km/h (130mph)
V : up to 240 km/h (150mph)
W : up to 270 km/h (168mph)
9-46 Vehicle Care
TIRE PRESSURE
Incorrect tire pressures will impair
safety, vehicle handling, comfort and
fuel economy and will increase tire
wear.
Under
inflation
Check the pressure of cold tires at least
every 14 days and before any long
journey. Do not forget the spare wheel.
Unscrew the valve cap.
The tire pressure label is on the driver's
door frame.
The tire pressure data refers to cold
tires. It applies to summer and winter
tires.
Always inflate the spare tire to the
pressure specified for full load.
Correct
inflation
Over
inflation
Warning
If the pressure is too low, this can
result in considerable tire warmup
and internal damage, leading to tread
separation and even to tire blow-out
at high speeds.
Caution
Neither tire underinflation nor
overinflation is good.
Underinflated tires, or tires that do
not have enough air, can result in:
Ÿ Tire overloading and overheating
which could lead to a blowout.
Ÿ Premature or irregular wear.
Ÿ Poor handling.
Ÿ Reduced fuel economy.
Overinflated tires, or tires that have
too much air, can result in:
Ÿ Unusual wear.
Ÿ Poor handling.
Ÿ Rough ride.
Ÿ Needless damage from road
hazards.
Vehicle Care 9-47
Recommended Cold Tire Inflation
Front
Tire Size
Less than four
occupants
235/65R17 (Regular)
215/70R16 (Spare)
When to Check
The tire pressure should be checked
each time you fill the fuel tank or at least
every 14 days using a tire pressure
gauge.
Check the inflation pressure when the
tires are cold. Warm tires will produce
an inaccurate reading. Tires can
become warm after driving more than
1.6 km (1 mile) and stay warm for up to
three hours after stopping.
35 psi (240 kPa)
Rear
More than five
occupants with
towing a trailer
35 psi (240 kPa)
35 psi (240 kPa)
How to Check
Use an accurate tire pressure gauge to
check the pressure of the tires when
they are cold. Securely retighten the
valve caps after checking the tire
inflation pressure.
Less than four
occupants
35 psi (240 kPa)
More than five
occupants with
towing a trailer
41 psi (280 kPa)
35 psi (240 kPa)
9-48 Vehicle Care
TREAD DEPTH
Check tread depth at regular intervals.
Tires should be replaced for safety
reasons at a tread depth of 2-3 mm
(4mm for winter tires).
The legally permissible minimum tread
depth (1.6 mm) has been reached when
the tread has worn down as far as one of
the tread wear indicators (TWI). Their
position is indicated by markings on the
sidewall.
If there is more wear at the front than the
rear, swap round front wheels and rear
wheels.
TIRE INSPECTION
Tires age, even if they are not used. We
recommend tire replacement every 6
years.
Regularly inspect the vehicle’s tires,
including the spare tire, if the vehicle
has one, for signs of wear or damage.
See When It Is Time for New Tires on
page 9-50 for more information.
Always remove the tires if any of the
following statements are true:
Ÿ You can see the indicators at three or
more places around the tire.
Ÿ You can see cord or fabric showing
through the tire’s rubber.
Ÿ The tread or sidewall is cracked,
cut, or snagged deep enough to
show cord or fabric.
Ÿ The tire has a bump, bulge, or split.
Ÿ The tire has a puncture, cut, or other
damage that cannot be repaired well
because of the size or location of the
damage.
Ÿ Check the wheels for damage.
Vehicle Care 9-49
TIRE ROTATION
Tire defects including those above can
cause loss of control of the vehicle,
resulting in a possible collision.
If the tires or wheels are damaged or show
abnormal wear see your CHEVROLET
retailer.
For reasons of safety, tyres should be
replaced when their tread depth has worn
down to 2 to 3 mm (winter tyres : 4mm).
Warning
Use the recommended wheels and
wheel lug nuts/bolts only.
Otherwise, you can lose control of
your vehicle and cause a collision
that can result in injuries or damage
to your vehicle or other property.
Lightly coat the center of the wheel hub
with wheel bearing grease after a wheel
change or tire rotation to prevent
corrosion or rust build-up.
Do not get grease on the flat wheel
mounting surface or on the wheel nuts
or bolts.
Normally, the front tires wear faster
than the rear tires.
To prolong the life of the tires and avoid
uneven treadwear:
1. Rotate the tires using the rotation
pattern shown if the front tires show
greater wear than the rear tires.
2. Maintain the correct tire pressure.
3. Tighten the lug nuts/bolts.
9-50 Vehicle Care
WHEN IT IS TIME FOR NEW
TIRES
Factors such as maintenance, temperatures, driving speeds, vehicle loading,
and road conditions affect the wear rate
of the tires.
Treadwear indicators are one way to tell
when it is time for new tires. Treadwear
indicators appear when the tires have
only 1.6mm (1/16 in) or less of tread
remaining. See Tire Inspection on page
9-48 and Tire Rotation on page 9-49 for
more information.
The rubber in tires ages over time. This
also applies for the spare tire, if the
BUYING NEW TIRES
vehicle has one, even if it is never used.
Multiple conditions including temperatures, loading conditions, and inflation
pressure maintenance affect how fast
aging takes place. Tires will typically
need to be replaced due to wear before
they may need to be replaced due to age.
Consult the tire manufacturer for more
information on when tires should be
replaced.
Tires age when stored normally mounted
on a parked vehicle. Park a vehicle that
will be stored for at least a month in a
cool, dry, clean area away from direct
sunlight to slow aging. This area should
be free of grease, gasoline, or other
substances that can deteriorate rubber.
Parking for an extended period can
cause flat spots on the tires that may
result in vibrations while driving. When
storing a vehicle for at least a month,
remove the tires or raise the vehicle to
reduce the weight from the tires.
This vehicle was delivered with radial
tires. We recommend using radials of
the same size, design, tread wear,
temperature and speed rating when
replacing them.
Warning
Tires could explode during improper
service. Attempting to mount or
dismount a tire could cause injury or
death. Only your CHEVROLET
retailer or authorized tire service center
should mount or dismount the tires.
Warning
Mixing tires of different sizes,
brands, or types may cause loss of
control of the vehicle, resulting in a
crash or other vehicle damage. Use
the correct size, brand, and type of
tires on all wheels.
Vehicle Care 9-51
DIFFERENT SIZE TIRES
AND WHEELS
WHEEL ALIGNMENT AND
TIRE BALANCE
WHEEL REPLACEMENT
If wheels or tires are installed that are a
different size than the original equipment wheels and tires, vehicle performance, including its braking, ride and
handling characteristics, stability, and
resistance to rollover may be affected. If
the vehicle has electronic systems such
as antilock brakes, rollover airbags,
traction control, and electronic stability
control, the performance of these
systems can also be affected.
The tires and wheels were aligned and
balanced at the factory to provide the
longest tire life and best overall
performance. Adjustments to wheel
alignment and tire balancing will not be
necessary on a regular basis. However,
check the alignment if there is unusual
tire wear or if the vehicle is pulling to
one side or the other. If the vehicle
vibrates when driving on a smooth
road, the tires and wheels might need to
be rebalanced. See your CHEVROLET
retailer for proper diagnosis.
Replace any wheel that is bent, cracked,
or badly rusted or corroded. If wheel
nuts keep coming loose, the wheel,
wheel bolts, and wheel nuts should be
replaced. If the wheel leaks air, replace
it. Some aluminum wheels can be
repaired. See your service partner if any
of these conditions exist.
Your CHEVROLET retailer will know
the kind of wheel that is needed.
Each new wheel should have the same
load-carrying capacity, diameter, width,
offset, and be mounted the same way as
the one it replaces.
Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel
nuts, with new original equipment parts.
Warning
If different sized wheels are used, there
may not be an acceptable level of
performance and safety if tires not
recommended for those wheels are
selected. This increases the chance of a
crash and serious injury. Only use
specific wheel and tire systems
developed for the vehicle, and have them
properly installed by a CHEVROLET
retailer.
See Buying New Tires on page 9-50 and
Accessories and Modifications on page
9-2.
9-52 Vehicle Care
TIRES CHAINS
Used Replacement Wheels
Warning
Using the wrong replacement wheels,
wheel bolts, or wheel nuts can be
dangerous. It could affect the braking
and handling of the vehicle. Tires can
lose air, and cause loss of control,
causing a crash. Always use the
correct wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel
nuts for replacement.
Caution
The wrong wheel can also cause
problems with bearing life, brake
cooling, speedometer or odometer
calibration, headlamp aim, bumper
height, vehicle ground clearance,
and tire or tire chain clearance to the
body and chassis.
Warning
Replacing a wheel with a used one is
dangerous. How it has been used or
how far it has been driven may be
unknown. It could fail suddenly and
cause a crash. When replacing wheels,
use a new original equipment wheel.
Before fitting chains, remove wheel
covers to avoid scratching them.
Ÿ Follow the chain manufacturer's
instructions.
Ÿ Only use tire chains on the front tire
of 16 inch size. Do not use chains on
the other tire size.
Ÿ Re-tighten the chains after driving
about 1 km (.5 miles).
Vehicle Care 9-53
IF A TIRE GOES FLAT
Caution
Use of snow chains could adversely
affect vehicle handling.
Do not exceed 50km/h (30 mph) or the
chain manufacturer's recommended
speed limit, whichever is lower.
Avoid sharp turns, bumps and holes.
Avoid locked-wheel braking.
Note
SAE class S-type chains are the proper
type for your vehicle.
Always drive slowly when you are
using tyre chains.
If you hear the chains contacting the
vehicle, stop and re-tighten the chains.
If the contact continues, slow down
until it stops.
It is unusual for a tire to blow out while
driving, especially if the tires are
maintained properly. See Tires on page
9-44. If air goes out of a tire, it is much
more likely to leak out slowly. But if
there is ever a blowout, here are a few
tips about what to expect and what to
do:
If a front tire fails, the flat tire creates a
drag that pulls the vehicle towards that
side. Take your foot off the accelerator
pedal and grip the steering wheel
firmly. Steer to maintain lane position,
and then gently brake to a stop, well off
the road, if possible.
A rear blowout, particularly on a curve,
acts much like a skid and may require
the same correction as used in a skid.
Stop pressing the accelerator pedal and
steer to straighten the vehicle. It may be
very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake to
a stop, well off the road, if possible.
Warning
Driving on a flat tire will cause
permanent damage to the tire. Reinflating a tire after it has been driven
on while severely underinflated or flat
may cause a blowout and a serious
crash. Never attempt to re-inflate a tire
that has been driven on while severely
underinflated or flat. Have your
CHEVROLET retailer or an authorized tire service center repair or
replace the flat tire as soon as possible.
Warning
Lifting a vehicle and getting under it
to do maintenance or repairs is
dangerous without the appropriate
safety equipment and training. If a
jack is provided with the vehicle, it is
designed only for changing a flat tire.
If it is used for anything else, you or
others could be badly injured or killed
if the vehicle slips off the jack. If a
jack is provided with the vehicle, only
use it for changing a flat tire.
9-54 Vehicle Care
TIRE CHANGING
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire and
wheel damage by driving slowly to a
level place, well off the road, if
possible. Turn on the hazard warning
flashers. See Hazard Warning Flashers
on page 5-4.
Warning
Changing a tire can be dangerous.
The vehicle can slip off the jack and
roll over or fall causing injury or
death. Find a level place to change
the tire. To help prevent the vehicle
from moving:
1. Set the parking brake firmly.
2. Put an automatic transmission in
P (Park) or a manual transmission in 1 (First) or R (Reverse).
3. Turn off the engine and do not
restart while the vehicle is raised.
4. Do not allow passengers to remain
in the vehicle.
5. Place wheel blocks on both sides
of the tire at the opposite corner
of the tire being changed.
This vehicle may come with a jack and
spare tire. To use the jacking equipment
to change a spare tire safely, follow the
instructions below. Then see Tire
Changing on page 9-54.
When the vehicle has a flat tire (B), use
the following example as a guide to
assist you in the placement of wheel
blocks (A).
A. Wheel Block
B. Flat Tire
In some models, jack handle type is
applied to the vehicle.
The actual tools in the vehicle may
differ from the description.
Warning
Storing a jack, a tire, or other
equipment in the passenger compartment of the vehicle could cause injury.
In a sudden stop or collision, loose
equipment could strike someone. Store
all these in the proper place.
Vehicle Care 9-55
Removing the Flat Tire and
Installing the Spare Tire
The jack and tools are located in the
luggage compartment and below the
rear bumper.
To remove the jack and tools:
1. Open the tailgate.
2. Lift the floor cover to locate the
wing bolt.
3. Turn the wing bolt counterclockwise to remove it from the jack.
4. Remove the jack and tool bag.
5. Remove the straps holding the tool
bag.
6. Remove the tools from the bag.
To remove the spare tire:
1. Use a flat-blade screwdriver to remove
the hole cover above the rear bumper.
2. Use the wheel wrench to loosen the
bolt to lower the spare tire.
3. Unhook the cable on the tire carrier
located below the rear bumper.
4. Remove the spare tire. See Compact
Spare Tire on page 9-59.
Stow the jack and tools securely so they
do not rattle while the car is moving.
1. Do a safety check before proceeding. See If a Tire Goes Flat on page
9-53.
Call CHEVROLET retailer for
assistance if it is not safe to jack the
vehicle or change the tire safely.
2. Use the wheel wrench or screwdriver to remove the wheel cover if
there is one.
3. Use the wheel wrench to loosen all
the wheel nuts. Do not remove any
of the nuts until the wheel is off the
ground.
9-56 Vehicle Care
4. Attach the wheel wrench to the jack
bolt head and rotate the wheel
wrench clockwise to lift the head a
little.
panel has an arrow to aid in locating
the jacking location.
6. Put the compact spare tire near you.
Warning
Raising the vehicle with the jack
improperly positioned can damage
the vehicle and even make the
vehicle fall. To help avoid personal
injury and vehicle damage, be sure to
fit the jack lift head into the proper
location before raising the vehicle.
5. There are notches under the doors at
the front and rear of the vehicle.
Position the jack vertically at the
front or rear jacking notch closest to
the wheel being changed. Make
sure all of the jack lift head is
touching the jacking flange under
the body. Do not place the jack
under a body panel. The lower body
7. Turn the wheel wrench or jack
handle clockwise until the lifting
head fits firmly into the appropriate
notch and the tire is off the ground
about 2.5 cm (1 in).
Do not raise the vehicle more than it
is necessary to change the tire.
Vehicle Care 9-57
Caution
As the jack begins to raise the vehicle,
make sure jack is properly placed so it
will not slip.
Warning
Getting under a vehicle when it is
jacked up is dangerous. If the vehicle
slips off the jack you could be badly
injured or killed. Never get under a
vehicle when it is supported only by
a jack.
Warning
Lifting a vehicle and getting under it
to do maintenance or repairs is
dangerous without the appropriate
safety equipment and training. If a
jack is provided with the vehicle, it is
designed only for changing a flat tire.
If it is used for anything else, you or
others could be badly injured or
killed if the vehicle slips off the jack.
If a jack is provided with the vehicle,
only use it for changing a flat tire.
Caution
Make sure that the jack lift head is in
the correct position or you may
damage your vehicle. The repairs
would not be covered by your
warranty.
8. Remove all the wheel nuts.
9. Remove the flat tire.
10. Remove any rust or dirt from the
wheel bolts, mounting surfaces and
spare wheel.
11. Install the spare tire.
9-58 Vehicle Care
Warning
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
parts to which it is fastened, can
make wheel nuts become loose after
time. The wheel could come off and
cause an accident. When changing a
wheel, remove any rust or dirt from
places where the wheel attaches to
the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth
or a paper towel can be used;
however, use a scraper or wire brush
later to remove all rust or dirt.
12. Place the compact spare tire on the
wheel-mounting surface.
13. Reinstall the wheel nuts. Tighten
each nut by hand until the wheel is
held against the hub.
Warning
Never use oil or grease on bolts or
nuts because the nuts might come
loose. The vehicle's wheel could fall
off, causing a crash.
Warning
Wheel nuts that are improperly or
incorrectly tightened can cause
the wheels to become loose or come
off. The wheel nuts should be
tightened with a torque wrench to
the proper torque specification
after replacing.
14. Turn the wheel wrench or jack
handle counterclockwise to lower
the vehicle to ground.
Caution
Improperly tightened wheel nuts can
lead to brake pulsation and rotor
damage. To avoid expensive brake
repairs, evenly tighten the wheel nuts
in the proper sequence and to the
proper torque specification.
Vehicle Care 9-59
STORING A FLAT TIRE AND
TOOLS
Warning
15. Tighten the wheel nuts to 140 Nm
(100 lb-ft) in a crisscross sequence,
as shown.
16. Install the wheel cover if there is
one.
17. Lower the jack all the way and
remove it from under the vehicle.
18. Tighten the bolts firmly with the
wheel wrench or jack handle.
COMPACT SPARE TIRE
Warning
Storing a jack, a tire, or other
equipment in the passenger compartment of the vehicle could cause injury.
In a sudden stop or collision, loose
equipment could strike someone.
Store all these in the proper place.
Driving with more than one compact
spare tire at a time could result in loss
of braking and handling. This could
lead to a crash and you or others
could be injured. Use only one
compact spare tire at a time.
1. Hang the tire carrier on the support
rod and tighten the bolt in the hole
above the rear bumper to raise the
tire carrier.
2. Hook the cable and reinstall the
hole cover in its original position.
3. Secure the jack and tools in their
original location.
4. Secure the flat tire in the luggage
compartment.
Do not store the flat tire below the
rear bumper where the spare tire
was located.
The compact spare is for temporary use
only. Replace the compact spare tire
with a full-size tire as soon as possible.
The compact spare tire was fully
inflated when the vehicle was new, but
it can lose air after a time. Check the
inflation pressure regularly.
Do not exceed 120 km/h when driving
with a spare tire.
The spare tire is for temporary emergency use only. Replace it with a
regular tire as soon as possible.
Do not use the temporary spare on other
vehicles.
9-60 Vehicle Care
JUMP STARTING
JUMP STARTING
Caution
Caution
When the compact spare is installed,
do not take the vehicle through an
automatic car wash with guide rails.
The compact spare can get caught on
the rails which can damage the tire,
wheel, and other parts of the vehicle.
Do not try to start vehicle by pushing
or pulling it.
This can damage catalytic converter
and automatic transaxle and may
cause personal injury.
Do not mix the temporary spare tire or
wheel with other wheels or tires. They
will not fit. Keep the spare tire and its
wheel together.
For more information about the vehicle
battery, see Battery on page 9-27.
If the vehicle battery has run down, you
may want to use another vehicle and
some jumper cables to start your
vehicle. Be sure to use the following
steps to do it safely.
Caution
Tire chains will not fit the compact
spare. Using them can damage the
vehicle and can damage the chains
too. Do not use tire chains on the
compact spare.
Warning
Batteries can explode. You could be
burnt by battery acid and electrical
short could injure you or damage the
vehicles.
Ÿ Do not expose battery to flames
or sparks.
Ÿ Do not lean over battery while
jump starting vehicle.
Ÿ Do not allow cable terminals to
touch each other.
Ÿ Wear eye protection when
working near any battery.
Ÿ Do not allow battery fluid to
contact eyes, skin, fabric, or
painted surfaces.
Ÿ Make sure battery providing
jump start has the same voltage
as the battery receiving the jump.
Ÿ Do not disconnect discharged
battery from vehicle.
Vehicle Care 9-61
Caution
Ignoring these steps could result in
costly damage to the vehicle that
would not be covered by the
warranty.
Trying to start the vehicle by pushing
or pulling it will not work, and it
could damage the vehicle.
1. Check the other vehicle. It must
have a 12-volt battery with a
negative ground system.
Caution
Only use a vehicle that has a 12-volt
system with a negative ground for
jump starting. If the other vehicle
does not have a 12-volt system with a
negative ground, both vehicles can
be damaged.
2. Get the vehicles close enough so the
jumper cables can reach, but be sure
the vehicles are not touching each
other. If they are, it could cause a
ground connection you do not want.
You would not be able to start your
vehicle, and the bad grounding
could damage the electrical
systems.
To avoid the possibility of the
vehicles rolling, set the parking
brake firmly on both vehicles
involved in the jump start procedure. Put the transmission in P
(Park) before setting the parking
brake.
3. Turn OFF the ignition on both
vehicles. Unplug unnecessary accessories plugged into the cigarette
lighter or the accessory power
outlet. Turn off the radio and all
lamps that are not needed. This will
avoid sparks, helping save both
batteries and the radio.
4. Open the hood on the other vehicle
and locate the positive (+) and
negative (−) terminal locations on
that vehicle.
Open the hood on your vehicle and
find the positive (+) and negative
(−) terminal locations.
See Engine Compartment Overview
on page 9-5 for more information on
location of the Battery.
Caution
If any accessories are left on or
plugged in during the jump starting
procedure, they could be damaged.
The repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Whenever
possible, turn off or unplug all accessories on either vehicle when jump
starting the vehicle.
Warning
An electric fan can start up even
when the engine is not running and
can injure you. Keep hands, clothing
and tools away from any underhood
electric fan.
9-62 Vehicle Care
Warning
Using an open flame near a battery
can cause battery gas to explode.
People have been hurt doing this, and
some have been blinded. Use a
flashlight if you need more light.
Be sure the battery has enough water.
You do not need to add water to the
battery installed in your new vehicle.
But if a battery has filler caps, be sure
the right amount of fluid is there. If it
is low, add water to take care of that
first. If you do not, explosive gas
could be present.
Battery fluid contains acid that can
burn you. Do not get it on you. If you
accidentally get it in your eyes or on
your skin, flush the place with water
and get medical help immediately.
Warning
Fans or other moving engine parts
can injure you badly. Keep your
hands away from moving parts once
the engine is running.
5. Check that the jumper cables do not
have loose or missing insulation. If
they do, you could get a spark. The
vehicles could also be damaged.
Before you connect the cables, here
are some basic things you should
know. Positive (+) will go to
positive (+) or to a remote positive
(+) terminal if the vehicle has one.
Negative (−) will go to a heavy,
unpainted metal engine part or to a
remote negative (−) terminal if the
vehicle has one.
Do not connect positive (+) to
negative (−) or you will get a short
that would damage the battery and
maybe other parts. Do not connect
the negative (−) cable to the
negative (−) terminal on the dead
battery because this can cause
sparks.
6. Connect the red positive (+) cable to
the positive (+) terminal on the
vehicle with the dead battery. Use a
remote positive (+) terminal if the
vehicle has one.
7. Do not let the other end touch metal.
Connect it to the positive (+)
terminal of the good battery. Use a
remote positive (+) terminal if the
vehicle has one.
8. Now connect the black negative (−)
cable to the negative (−) terminal of
the good battery. Use a remote
negative (−) terminal if the vehicle
has one.
Do not let the other end touch
anything until the next step. The
other end of the negative (−) cable
does not go to the dead battery. It
goes to a heavy, unpainted metal
Vehicle Care 9-63
engine part or to a remote negative
(−) terminal on the vehicle with the
dead battery.
9. Connect the other end of the
negative (−) cable away from the
dead battery, but not near engine
parts that move. The electrical
connection is just as good there, and
the chance of sparks getting back to
the battery is much less.
10. Now start the vehicle with the good
battery and run the engine for a
while.
11. Press the unlock symbol on the
remote keyless entry transmitter to
disarm your security system, if
equipped.
12. Try to start the vehicle that had the
dead battery. If it will not start after a
few tries, it probably needs service.
Caution
If the jumper cables are connected or
removed in the wrong order,
electrical shorting may occur and
damage the vehicle. The repairs
would not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Always connect and
remove the jumper cables in the
correct order, making sure that the
cables do not touch each other or
other metal.
Jumper Cable Removal
A. Heavy, Unpainted Metal Engine
Part or Remote Negative (−)
Terminal
B. Good Battery or Remote Positive
(+) and Remote Negative (−)
Terminals
C. Dead Battery or Remote Positive
(+) Terminal
9-64 Vehicle Care
TOWING
TOWING THE VEHICLE
To disconnect the jumper cables from
both vehicles, do the following:
1. Disconnect the black negative (−)
cable from the vehicle that had the
dead battery.
2. Disconnect the black negative (−)
cable from the vehicle with the
good battery.
3. Disconnect the red positive (+)
cable from the vehicle with the
good battery.
4. Disconnect the red positive (+)
cable from the other vehicle.
5. Return the underhood fuse block
cover to its original position, if
applicable.
If you need to have your vehicle towed,
please use our service network or
professional towing company.
The best method is to have the vehicle
transported using a recovery vehicle.
If towing by 2 wheels, lift the front
driving wheels and tow with the front
tires locked.
Vehicle Care 9-65
Towing The Vehicle With All
Wheel Drive System
Please observe the following procedures
when towing a vehicle:
Ÿ No passenger should remain in the
vehicle being towed.
Ÿ Release the parking brake of the
towed vehicle and place the transmission gear in neutral.
Ÿ Switch on the emergency warning
lights.
Ÿ Keep the speed limits.
Flat-bed equipment is the best method
of towing the vehicle to be equipped
with all wheel drive (AWD) system to
avoid any damages.
If not available to use a flat-bed
equipment, use a towing dolly to tow
the vehicle as illustrated below.
Caution
If you tow the vehicle equipped with
the all wheel drive (AWD) system
while front or rear tyres are rolling on
the road, the drive system in the
vehicle could be severely damaged.
Never tow your vehicle with the
front and rear tyres on the road.
9-66 Vehicle Care
EMERGENCY TOWING
Front Towing Eye
If towing service is not available in an
emergency, your vehicle may be
temporarily towed by a cable secured to
the emergency towing eye.
Caution
The front towing eye is provided under
the front bumper. Remove air dam of
passenger’s side and attach towing eye.
A driver must be in the vehicle to steer it
and operate the brakes.
Towing in this manner may be done
only on hard-surfaced road for a short
distance and at low speeds. Also the
wheels, axles, drive train, steering and
brakes must be all in a good condition.
When towing the vehicle with a tow
rope, the vehicle can be damaged.
To reduce damage:
Ÿ Use towing eye only if no other
towing equipment is available.
Ÿ Only tow the vehicle from the
front.
Ÿ Keep tow rope clear of bumper.
Ÿ Ensure tow rope is securely fixed
to towing eye, at both ends.
Check by pulling on tow rope.
Ÿ Towing with a tow rope could
cause severe automatic transaxle
damage. When towing vehicle
with automatic transaxle, use flat
bed or wheel lift equipment.
Ÿ Drive off slowly and avoid jerky
movements.
Vehicle Care 9-67
Rear Towing Eye
2. Open the cover on the rear bumper
and screw the towing eye attachment firmly in place.
When the rear towing eye attachment is
used, always pull the cable or chain in a
straight direction with respect to the
eye. Do not apply force to the hook from
any side direction. To prevent damage,
do not take up slack in the cable too
quickly.
Warning
When towing with a tow rope, control
of towed vehicle can be lost.
Ÿ Do not tow if the wheels, transaxle, axles, steering or brakes
are damaged.
Ÿ Do not remove the key from the
ignition switch as this will lock
the steering and this will make
the vehicle undriveable.
Caution
Do not use transport tie-down hook
to tow your vehicle.
The vehicle could be damaged.
When towing another vehicle, use the
rear towing eye attachment. It should be
used only in an emergency situation.
(for example, to pull the vehicle out of a
ditch, a snow bank, or mud.)
To use the rear towing eye attachment,
do the following:
1. Find the rear towing eye attachment
below the floor cover in the luggage
compartment.
Caution
Do not use transport tie-down hook
to tow another vehicle.
The vehicle could be damaged.
9-68 Vehicle Care
APPEARANCE CARE
EXTERIOR CARE
Washing The Vehicle
To preserve the vehicle's finish, wash it
often and out of direct sunlight.
Caution
Do not use petroleum-based, acidic,
or abrasive cleaning agents as they
can damage the vehicle's paint,
metal, or plastic parts. If damage
occurs, it would not be covered by
the vehicle's warranty. Approved
cleaning products can be obtained
from your CHEVROLET retailer.
Follow all manufacturer directions
regarding correct product usage,
necessary safety precautions, and
appropriate disposal of any vehicle
care product.
Avoid using high pressure washes
closer than 30 cm (12 in) to the surface
of the vehicle. Use of power washers
exceeding 8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can
result in damage or removal of paint
and decals.
Rinse the vehicle well, before washing
and after, to remove all cleaning agents
completely. If they are allowed to dry
on the surface, they could stain.
Dry the finish with a soft, clean cotton
towel to avoid surface scratches and
water spotting.
Finish Care
Application of aftermarket clearcoat
sealant/wax materials is not recommended. If painted surfaces are
damaged, see your CHEVROLET
retailer to have the damage assessed
and repaired. Foreign materials such as
calcium chloride and other salts, ice
melting agents, road oil and tar, tree
sap, bird droppings, chemicals from
industrial chimneys, etc., can damage
the vehicle's finish if they remain on
painted surfaces. Wash the vehicle as
soon as possible. If necessary, use nonabrasive cleaners that are marked safe
for painted surfaces to remove foreign
matter.
Occasional hand waxing or mild
polishing should be done to remove
residue from the paint finish. See your
CHEVROLET retailer for approved
cleaning products.
Do not apply waxes or polishes to
uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber, decals,
simulated wood, or flat paint as damage
can occur.
Caution
Machine compounding or aggressive
polishing on a basecoat/clearcoat
paint finish may damage it. Use only
non-abrasive waxes and polishes that
are made for a basecoat/clearcoat
paint finish on the vehicle.
To keep the paint finish looking new,
keep the vehicle garaged or covered
whenever possible.
Vehicle Care 9-69
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal
Parts
Regularly clean bright metal parts with
water or chrome polish on chrome or
stainless steel trim, if necessary.
For aluminum, never use auto or
chrome polish, steam, or caustic soap to
clean. A coating of wax, rubbed to a
high polish, is recommended for all
bright metal parts.
Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses
and Emblems
Use only lukewarm or cold water, a soft
cloth, and a car washing soap to clean
exterior lamps and lenses. Follow
instructions under "Washing the Vehicle"
earlier in this section.
Windshield and Wiper Blades
Clean the outside of the windshield
with glass cleaner.
Clean rubber blades using a lint-free cloth
or paper towel soaked with windshield
washer fluid or a mild detergent. Wash
the windshield thoroughly when cleaning
the blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and a
buildup of vehicle wash/wax treatments
may cause wiper streaking.
Replace the wiper blades if they are
worn or damaged. Damage can be
caused by extreme dusty conditions,
sand, salt, heat, sun, snow, and ice.
Weatherstrips
Apply silicone grease on weatherstrips
to make them last longer, seal better,
and not stick or squeak.
Tires
Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to
clean the tires.
Caution
Using petroleum-based tire dressing
products on the vehicle may damage
the paint finish and/or tires. When
applying a tire dressing, always wipe
off any overspray from all painted
surfaces on the vehicle.
Wheels and Trim - Aluminum Or
Chrome
Use a soft, clean cloth with mild soap
and water to clean the wheels. After
rinsing thoroughly with clean water,
dry with a soft, clean towel. A wax may
then be applied.
Caution
Chrome wheels and other chrome
trim may be damaged if the vehicle is
not washed after driving on roads
that have been sprayed with magnesium, calcium, or sodium chloride.
These chlorides are used on roads for
conditions such as ice and dust.
Always wash the chrome with soap
and water after exposure.
9-70 Vehicle Care
Caution
To avoid surface damage, do not use
strong soaps, chemicals, abrasive
polishes, cleaners, brushes, or cleaners that contain acid on aluminum or
chrome-plated wheels. Use only
approved cleaners. Also, never drive a
vehicle with aluminum or chromeplated wheels through an automatic
car wash that uses silicone carbide tire
cleaning brushes. Damage could
occur and the repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Steering, Suspension, and Chassis
Components
Visually inspect the front and rear
suspension and steering system for
damaged, loose, or missing parts or
signs of wear. Inspect the power
steering for proper hook-up, binding,
leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Visually
check constant velocity joints, rubber
boots, and axle seals for leaks.
Body Component Lubrication
Lubricate all key lock cylinders, hood
hinges, tailgate hinges, and the steel
fuel door hinge unless the components
are plastic. Applying silicone grease on
weatherstrips with a clean cloth will
make them last longer, seal better, and
not stick or squeak.
Underbody Maintenance
Use plain water to flush dirt and debris
from the vehicle's underbody. Your
CHEVROLET retailer or an underbody
car washing system can do this. If not
removed, rust and corrosion can
develop.
Sheet Metal Damage
If the vehicle is damaged and requires
sheet metal repair or replacement, make
sure the body repair shop applies anticorrosion material to parts repaired or
replaced to restore corrosion protection.
Original manufacturer replacement
parts will provide the corrosion protection
while maintaining the vehicle warranty.
Finish Damage
Quickly repair minor chips and scratches
with touch-up materials available from
your CHEVROLET retailer to avoid
corrosion. Larger areas of finish damage
can be corrected in your CHEVROLET
retailer’s body and paint shop.
Chemical Paint Spotting
Airborne pollutants can fall upon and
attack painted vehicle surfaces causing
blotchy, ring-shaped discolorations, and
small, irregular dark spots etched into the
paint surface. See your CHEVROLET
retailer for assistance and rectification.
Vehicle Care 9-71
INTERIOR CARE
To prevent dirt particle abrasions,
regularly clean the vehicle's interior.
Immediately remove any soils. Note
that newspapers or dark garments that
can transfer color to home furnishings
can also permanently transfer color to
the vehicle’s interior.
Use a soft bristle brush to remove dust
from knobs and crevices on the
instrument cluster. Using a mild soap
solution, immediately remove hand
lotions, sunscreen, and insect repellant
from all interior surfaces or permanent
damage may result.
Your CHEVROLET retailer may have
products for cleaning the interior. Use
cleaners specifically designed for the
surfaces being cleaned to prevent
permanent damage. To prevent
overspray, apply all cleaners directly to
the cleaning cloth. Cleaners should be
removed quickly. Never allow cleaners
to remain on the surface being cleaned
for extended periods of time.
Cleaners may contain solvents that can
become concentrated in the interior.
Before using cleaners, read and adhere
to all safety instructions on the label.
While cleaning the interior, maintain
adequate ventilation by opening the
doors and windows.
To prevent damage, do not clean the
interior using the following cleaners or
techniques:
Ÿ Never use a razor or any other sharp
object to remove a soil from any
interior surface.
Ÿ Never use a brush with stiff bristles.
Ÿ Never rub any surface aggressively
or with excessive pressure.
Ÿ Do not use laundry detergents or
dishwashing soaps with degreasers.
For liquid cleaners, use approximately 20 drops per 3.78 L (1 gal) of
water. A concentrated soap solution
will leave a residue that creates
streaks and attracts dirt. Do not use
solutions that contain strong or
caustic soap.
Ÿ Do not heavily saturate the upholstery when cleaning.
Ÿ Do not use solvents or cleaners
containing solvents.
Interior Glass
To clean, use a terry cloth fabric
dampened with water. Wipe droplets
left behind with a clean dry cloth.
Commercial glass cleaners may be
used, if necessary, after cleaning the
interior glass with plain water.
Caution
To prevent scratching, never use
abrasive cleaners on automotive
glass. Abrasive cleaners or aggressive cleaning may damage the rear
window defogger.
Fabric/Carpet
Start by vacuuming the surface using a
soft brush attachment. If a rotating
9-72 Vehicle Care
brush attachment is being used during
vacuuming, only use it on the floor
carpet. Before cleaning, gently remove
as much of the soil as possible using one
of the following techniques:
Ÿ Gently blot liquids with a paper
towel. Continue blotting until no
more soil can be removed.
Ÿ For solid soils, remove as much as
possible prior to vacuuming.
To clean:
1. Saturate a clean lint-free colorfast
cloth with water or club soda.
Microfiber cloth is recommended
to prevent lint transfer to the fabric
or carpet.
2. Remove excess moisture by gently
wringing until water does not drip
from the cleaning cloth.
3. Start on the outside edge of the soil
and gently rub towards the center.
Fold the cleaning cloth to a clean
area frequently to prevent forcing
the soil into the fabric.
4. Continue gently rubbing the soiled
area until there is no longer any
color transfer from the soil to the
cleaning cloth.
5. If the soil is not completely removed,
use a mild soap solution followed
only by club soda or plain water.
If the soil is not completely removed, it
may be necessary to use a commercial
upholstery cleaner or spot lifter. Test a
small hidden area for colorfastness
before using a commercial upholstery
cleaner or spot lifter. If ring formation
occurs, clean the entire fabric or carpet.
Following the cleaning process, a paper
towel can be used to blot excess moisture.
Instrument Panel, Vinyl, and Other
Plastic Surfaces
Use a soft microfiber cloth dampened
with water to remove dust and loose
dirt. For a more thorough cleaning, use
a soft microfiber cloth dampened with a
mild soap solution.
Caution
Soaking or saturating leather, especially perforated leather, as well as
other interior surfaces, may cause
permanent damage. Wipe excess
moisture from these surfaces after
cleaning and allow them to dry
naturally. Never use heat, steam, spot
lifters, or spot removers. Do not use
cleaners that contain silicone or waxbased products. Cleaners containing
these solvents can permanently
change the appearance and feel of
leather or soft trim and are not
recommended.
Do not use cleaners that increase gloss,
especially on the instrument panel.
Reflected glare can decrease visibility
through the windshield under certain
conditions.
Vehicle Care 9-73
FLOOR MATS
Caution
Use of air fresheners may cause
permanent damage to plastics and
painted surfaces. If an air freshener
comes in contact with any plastic or
painted surface in the vehicle, blot
immediately and clean with a soft
cloth dampened with a mild soap
solution. Damage caused by air
fresheners would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty.
Warning
If a floor mat is the wrong size or is
not properly installed, it can interfere
with the pedals.
Interference with the pedals can
cause unintended acceleration and/or
increased stopping distance which
can cause a crash and injury. Make
sure the floor mat does not interfere
with the pedals.
Use the following guidelines for proper
floor mat usage.
Ÿ The original equipment floor mats
were designed for your vehicle. If
the floor mats need replacing, it is
recommended that certified floor
mats be purchased. Non-recommended floor mats may not fit
properly and may interfere with the
accelerator or brake pedal. Always
check that the floor mats do not
interfere with the pedals.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Use the floor mat with the correct
side up. Do not turn it over.
Do not place anything on top of the
driver side floor mat.
Use only a single floor mat on the
driver side.
Do not place one floor mat on top of
another.
9-74 Vehicle Care
Removing and Replacing the Floor
Mats
1. Pull up on the rear of the floor mat
and remove.
2. Reinstall by lining up the floor mat
and snap into position.
3. Make sure the floor mat is properly
secured and verify that it does not
interfere with the pedals.
Service and Maintenance 10-1
SERVICE AND
MAINTENANCE
General Information .................... 10-1
Scheduled Maintenance .............. 10-2
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants ................................... 10-5
GENERAL
INFORMATION
SERVICE INFORMATION
CONFIRMATIONS
In order to ensure economical and safe
vehicle operation and to maintain the
value of your vehicle, it is of vital
importance that all maintenance work
is carried out at the proper intervals as
specified.
Confirmation of service is recorded in
the Service Guide.
The date and mileage is completed with
the stamp and signature of the servicing
CHEVROLET retailer.
Make sure that the Service Guide is
completed correctly as continuous
proof of service is essential if any
warranty or goodwill claims are to be
met, and is also a benefit when selling
the vehicle.
10-2 Service and Maintenance
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
SERVICE SCHEDULES
Maintenance services and record retention are the owner’s responsibility. You should retain evidence that proper maintenance has
been performed on your vehicle in accordance with the scheduled maintenance services chart.
For vehicles with normal annual mileage.
2.5 Years/37500
3 Years/45000
3.5 Years/52500
4 Years/60000
4.5 Years/67500
5 Years/75000
5.5 Years/82500
6 Years/90000
6.5 Years/97500
7 Years/105000
I
R
I
I
I
I
R
I
2 Years/30000
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.5 Years/22500
1 Year/15000
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
Kilometers or time in months, whichever comes first
6 Months/7500
MAINTENANCE
INTERVAL
I
I
I
R
I
I
I
I
R
I
I
I
I
R
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
R
I
I
R
I
R
I
I
I
R
I
I
I
I
I
R
I
I
I
I
R
I
I
I
I
R
I
I
I
I
R
I
I
I
I
R
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
R
I
I
R
I
R
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
R
I
R
I
I
R
I
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
Drive Belt (alternator, power steering and A/C compressor)
Engine Oil and Engine Oil Filter (1) (3)
Cooling System Hose and Connections
Engine Coolant (3)
Fuel Filter
Fuel Line and Connections
Air Cleaner Element (2)
PCV System
Chart Symbols:
I- Inspect these items and their related parts. If necessary, correct, clean, replenish, adjust, rotate or replace.
R- Replace or change
(1) If a vehicle is operated under severe conditions: short distance driving, extensive idling or driving in dusty conditions, c hange engine oil and the filter every 7,500 kms or 6 months,
whichever comes first.
(2) Inspect the air cleaner element every 7,500 kms or 6 months if vehicle is driven under dusty driving conditions. If necessary, correct, clean or replace.
(3) Refer to “Recommended Fluids and Lubricants”.
Service and Maintenance 10-3
For vehicles with normal annual mileage.
1 Year/15000
1.5 Years/22500
2 Years/30000
2.5 Years/37500
3 Years/45000
3.5 Years/52500
4 Years/60000
4.5 Years/67500
5 Years/75000
5.5 Years/82500
6 Years/90000
6.5 Years/97500
7 Years/105000
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
Kilometers or time in months, whichever comes first
6 Months/7500
MAINTENANCE
INTERVAL
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
R
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
R
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
R
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CHASSIS AND BODY
Exhaust Pipe & Mountings
Brake / Clutch Fluid (3) (4)
Front Brake Pads & Discs (5)
Rear Brake Pads & Discs (5)
Parking Brake
Brake Line and Connections (Including Booster )
Manual Transaxle : Leak Check (3)
Transfer Case / Rear Differential : Leak Check (3)
Chassis and Underbody Bolts and Nuts Tight / Secure
Chart Symbols:
I-
Inspect these items and their related parts. If necessary, correct, clean, replenish, adjust, rotate or replace.
R- Replace or change
(3) Refer to “Recommended Fluids and Lubricants”.
(4) Change the brake fluid every 15,000 kms or 1 year (whichever is earlier) if the vehicle is mainly driven under severe conditions:
-
Driving in hilly or mountainous terrain, or
-
Towing a trailer frequently.
(5) More frequent maintenance is required if under severe condition: frequent low-speed operation in stop-and go traffic or driving in dusty conditions.
10-4 Service and Maintenance
For vehicles with normal annual mileage.
6.5 Years/97500
7 Years/105000
6 Years/90000
5.5 Years/82500
5 Years/75000
4.5 Years/67500
4 Years/60000
3.5 Years/52500
I
I
I
I
L
R
3 Years/45000
I
I
I
I
L
I
2.5 Years/37500
I
2 Years/30000
I
1.5 Years/22500
1 Year/15000
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
Kilometers or time in months, whichever comes first
6 Months/7500
MAINTENANCE
INTERVAL
I
I
I
I
I
I
L
I
I
I
I
I
L
R
CHASSIS AND BODY
Automatic Transaxle Fluid (7)(3)
Tire Condition and Inflation Pressure (8)
Wheel Alignment (6)
Wheel Balancing (6)
Steering Wheel & Linkage
Power Steering Fluid & Lines
Drive Shaft Boots
Safety Belts, Buckles & Anchorages
Lubricate Locks, Hinges & hood Latch
A/C Filter (9)
I
As and
As and
I
I
I
I
L
I
See remarks (7) under “Chart Symbols”
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
when required or as suggested by CHEVROLET retailer
when required or as suggested by CHEVROLET retailer
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
R
I
R
I
R
I
R
I
R
Chart Symbols:
I - Inspect these items and their related parts. If necessary, correct, clean, replenish, adjust, rotate or replace.
R - Replace or change
L - Lubricate
(3) Refer to "Recommended Fluids and Lubricants".
(6) If necessary, rotate and balance wheels.
(7) Replace every 1,57,500 kms for normal driving condition (Inspection is not required. A fluid inspection is only required if there is a transmission failure or a fluid leak.)
Replace every 75,000 kms for severe driving condition as below
- For vehicles mainly driven in heavy city traffic in hot weather, in hilly or mountainous terrain, when frequently towing a trailer, or used for taxi, police or delivery service.
(8) Tire condition should be inspected before driving and tire pressure should be checked each time you fill your fuel tank or at least every 14 days using a tire pressure gauge.
(9) More frequent maintenance is required if under dusty driving conditions.
Service and Maintenance 10-5
RECOMMENDED
FLUIDS AND
LUBRICANTS
ADDITIONAL SERVICING
Extreme Operating Conditions
Extreme operating conditions are given
when at least one of the following
occurs frequently :
Ÿ Repeated short-distance driving
less than 5 miles (10 km).
Ÿ Extensive idling and/or slow-speed
driving in stop-and-go traffic.
Ÿ Driving on dusty roads.
Ÿ Driving on hilly or mountainous
terrain.
Ÿ Towing a trailer.
Ÿ Driving in heavy city traffic where
the outside temperatures regularly
reach 90°F(32°C) or higher.
Ÿ Driving as a taxi, police or delivery
vehicle.
Ÿ Frequent driving when outside
temperature remains below freezing.
Police vehicles, taxis and driving
school vehicles are also classified as
operating under extreme conditions.
Under extreme operating conditions, it
may be necessary to have certain
scheduled service work done more
frequently than the scheduled intervals.
Seek technical advice on the servicing
requirements dependent on the specific
operating conditions.
Only use products that have been tested
and approved. Damage resulting from
the use of non approved materials will
not be covered by the warranty.
Warning
Operating materials are hazardous
and could be poisonous. Handle with
care. Pay attention to information
given on the containers.
10-6 Service and Maintenance
RECOMMENDED FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS
Item
Capacity
Service Interval
Classification
Engine oil
(Including oil filter)
5.4L
Change every 15,000 kms or 1 year (whichever is earlier)
Engine Coolant
9.1L
Change every 52,500 kms or 3.5 years (whichever is earlier)
Manual Transaxle Fluid
(FWD)
1.8L
Fluid change or inspection is not required unless there is a
transmission failure or a fluid leak
BOT303 Mod
Automatic Transaxle
Fluid (AWD)
8.77L
Replace every 1,57,500 kms for normal driving condition
(Inspection is not required. A fluid inspection is only required if
there is a transmission failure or a fluid leak.
Replace every 75,000 kms for severe driving conditions as below
- For vehicles mainly driven in heavy city traffic in hot weather,
in hilly or mountaneous terrain, when frequently towing a
trailer, or used for taxi, police or delivery service
DEXRON VI
Brake Fluid
Clutch Fluid
0.67L
0.053L
Change every 30,000 kms or 2 years (whichever is earlier)
Change every 30,000 kms or 2 years (whichever is earlier)
DOT4
DOT4
Power Steering Fluid
1.1L
Inspect every 15,000 kms or 1 year (whichever is earlier)
and replenish if necessary.
DEXRON VI
Transfer Case Fluid (AWD)
0.8L
Fluid change or inspection is not required unless there is a
failure or a fluid leak.
Synthetic Hypoid
75W-90
Differential Carrier
Assembly Fluid (AWD)
0.6L
Fluid change or inspection is not required unless there is a
failure or a fluid leak.
Synthetic Hypoid
75W-90
5W-30 ACEA A3/B4
Ethylene glycol based
long life coolant
Service and Maintenance 10-7
Engine Oil
Engine Oil is identified by its Quality
and its Viscosity Grade. “Quality” and
“Specification” are equivalent terms in
this respect. Engine Oil Quality is more
important than Viscosity when selecting
which Engine Oil to use. The Oil Quality
ensures e.g. engine cleanliness, wear
protection and oil aging control, whereas
Viscosity Grade gives information on
the oil’s thickness over a temperature
range.
Engine Oil Quality for Service
Only use 5W-30 ACEA A3/B4 engine
oil.
Topping up Engine Oil
The viscosity should be of the correct
rating. Only use 5W-30 ACEA A3/B4
engine oil.
Use of Engine Oil with only ACEA
A1/B1 or only ACEA A5/B5 Quality is
prohibited, as it can cause long term
engine damage under certain operating
conditions.
Engine Oil Additives
The use of supplemental Engine Oil
Additives could cause damage and
invalidate the warranty.
Engine Oil Viscosity Grades
The SAE Viscosity Grade gives information of the thickness of the Oil.
Multigrade Oil is indicated by two
figures:
The first figure, followed by a W,
indicates the low temperature Viscosity
and the second figure indicates the high
temperature Viscosity.
SAE 5W-30 is the best Viscosity Grade
for your vehicle. Do not use other
Viscosity Grade Oils such as SAE 10W30, 10W-40 or 20W-50.
Cold Temperature Operation:
If operating your vehicle in an area of
extreme cold, where the temperature
falls below -25°C, a Viscosity Grade
SAE 0W-xx should be used. An Oil of
this Viscosity Grade will provide easier
cold starting for the engine at extremely
low temperatures.
10-8 Service and Maintenance
When selecting an Oil of the appropriate Viscosity Grade be sure to always
select an Oil that meets the dexos™‚
Specification.
Ÿ Down to -25°C: 5W-30, 5W-40.
Ÿ Down to -25°C and below: 0W-30,
0W-40.
The SAE viscosity grade gives information of the thickness of the oil.
Multi grade oil is indicated by two
figures.
The first figure, followed by a W,
indicates the low temperature viscosity
and the second figure the high
temperature viscosity.
Coolant and Antifreeze
Use only organic acid type-long life
coolant (LLC) antifreeze.
In countries with moderate climate the
coolant provides freeze protection
down to approx. -35°C.
In countries with cold climate the
coolant provides freeze protection
down to approx. -50°C. This concentration should be maintained all yearround.
Maintain a sufficient concentration of
anti-freeze.
Coolant additives intended to give
additional corrosion protection or seal
against minor leaks can cause function
problems. Liability for consequences
resulting from the use of coolant
additives will be rejected.
Brake/Clutch Fluid
Only use authorised brake/clutch fluid
(DOT 4) for this vehicle.
Over time, brake fluid absorbs moisture
which will reduce braking effectiveness. The brake fluid should therefore
be replaced at the specified interval.
Brake fluid should be stored in a sealed
container to avoid water absorption.
Ensure brake fluid does not become
contaminated.
Power Steering Fluid
Only use Dexron VI fluid.
Manual Transmission Fluid
Only use Castrol BOT 303 Mod fluid.
Automatic Transmission Fluid
Only use Dexron VI fluid.
Transfer Case Fluid (AWD)
Only use synthetic hypoid 75W-90
fluid.
Differential Carrier Assembly Fluid
(AWD)
Only use synthetic hypoid 75W-90
fluid.
Technical Data 11-1
TECHNICAL DATA
VEHICLE
IDENTIFICATION
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER (VIN)
IDENTIFICATION
PLATE / LABEL
The vehicle identification number
(VIN) is engraved at the centre of the
fire wall.
The identification plate / label is on the
passenger's door frame.
Vehicle Identification .................. 11-1
Vehicle Specifications ................. 11-3
11-2 Technical Data
In some models, the plate / label is
located in the engine compartment.
Technical Data 11-3
VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS
DRIVETRAIN
ENGINE
6-Speed Manual Transaxle
Engine
Sales designation
Engine identifier code
Type
Valvetrain
Displacement (cc)
Bore x stroke (mm)
Compression ratio
Max. Power (kW@rpm)
Max. Torque (Nm@rpm)
Fuel system
Battery
Rating (V-Ah)
Cold cranking (CCA)
Z22D1
LNQ
4-Cylinder/in-line
4 Stroke diesel direct
injection
DOHC 16 valves
2231
86 x 96
16.3:1
137.2@3800
424@2000
Common rail injection
12-90
810
Drive system
st
Gear ratios
1
2nd
rd
3
4th
5th
6th
Reverse
Final drive ratio
Front wheel drive
4.167
2.130
1.321
0.954
0.755
0.623
3.917
3.895
6-Speed Automatic Transaxle
Drive system
Gear ratios
1st
2nd
3rd
4th
5th
6th
Reverse
Final drive ratio
All wheel drive
4.584
2.964
1.912
1.446
1.000
0.746
2.940
3.230
11-4 Technical Data
WHEEL AND TYRE
BRAKE SYSTEM
Brake System
Hydraulic vacuum assisted diagonal
dual circuit with auto slack adjuster
Ventilated disc
Ventilated disc
Type
Front wheel
Rear wheel
CAPACITIES
Capacities
Tyre
size
235/65/R17
104H
215/70 R16
100T*
Wheel and Tyre
Tyre Pressure (kPa) [psi]
Tyre
Wheel
dimension make
Front
Rear
7J x 17
240 [35]
DIMENSIONS
6.5J x 16 Hankook
WEIGHT
Weight
MT
AT
MT
Maximum Gross vehicle weight (kg)
AT
Kerb weight (kg)
Exterior Dimensions
Wheel base (mm)
Track (mm)
Min ground clearance (mm)
MT
AT
Front
Rear
MT
AT
240 [35]
* Spare steel wheel only
65.0
5.4
9.1
Fuel tank (L)
Engine oil (L) (Including oil filter)
Coolant (L)
Overall length (mm)
Overall width (mm)
Overall height (mm)
Hankook
4,673
1,870
1,755
2,702
2,705
1,567
1,576
177
176
1803
1903
2505
2538
Technical Data 11-5
BULB SPECIFICATIONS
Front
Rear
Interior
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Bulbs
Wattages x Quantity
Headlamp low beam
55W x 2
55W x 2
Headlamp high beam
5W x 2
Parking lamps
21W x 2
Turn signal lamps
24W x 2
Fog lamps*
Outside mirror turn signal lamps* LED type 5 x 2
21W x 2
Turn signal lamps
Brake / Tail lamps
0.2W x 75ea x 2
16W x 2
Backup lamps
Fog lamps*
LED type
Center high mounted stop lamps 5W x 5
5W x 2
License plate lamps
10W x 2
Dome lamps (Center & Rear)
10W x 2
Front reading lamps
5W x 2
Front door step lamps
Glove box lamp
Remarks
Halogen bulb
Halogen bulb
2 1
Halogen bulb
6
35
4
C7E8007A
LED type
11
8
8
9
7
12
5W x 1
* Bulb specification in some model can be different from the above table. See the wattage
printed on the bulb before replacing burnt bulbs.
10
C7E8008A
WARNING
The same rating of the bulb to be used during replacement and any usage of higher wattage bulbs can cause thermal issues such as melting
of lamp housing and its surrounding parts. Warranty would be void if higher wattage bulbs are being used.
11-6 Technical Data
Service and Warranty 12-1
SERVICE AND
WARRANTY
Standard limited warranty
coverage ...................................... 12-2
Predelivery inspection and
vehicle delivery ........................... 12-9
Owner's statement of
acceptance ................................. 12-11
Chevrolet service ...................... 12-13
Maintenance record sheet ......... 12-19
Battery ...................................... 12-21
Separate corrosion protection
service ....................................... 12-22
Body inspection record ............. 12-23
Emission warranty .................... 12-25
Annexure - I .............................. 12-29
Annexure - II ............................. 12-30
12-2 Service and Warranty
STANDARD LIMITED WARRANTY COVERAGE
1. SCOPE
Chevrolet Sales India Private Limited, a private limited company incorporated under the companies Act 1956 and having its Registered
office at Block - B, Chandrapura Industrial Estate, Halol - 389351, District Panchmahals, Gujarat, India. and Works at A-16, MIDC Talegaon
Industrial Area (Phase-II), Near Floriculture Park, Talegaon Navlakh Umbhre Village Road, Tehsil-Maval, Pune - 410507, Maharashtra
warrants that your new Chevrolet Captiva ("vehicle") is free from defect in material or workmanship, subject to your compliance with the
following terms and conditions mentioned hereunder and other vehicle maintenance norms as mentioned elsewhere in this service
booklet.
Only an authorized CHEVROLET retailer as mentioned in this booklet will make the necessary repairs, using new, re-conditioned or remanufactured parts with a view to correcting any defect covered by this warranty.
2. WHAT IS COVERED
Time and distance limits for New Vehicle Warranty Coverage.
Warranty Type
Warranty Limits
Other Warranties
A : General
Three (3) years or 1,00,000 kms
(whichever is earlier) from the date of
delivery by a CHEVROLET retailer or
the date of first registration of the motor
vehicle, whichever occurs first.
These parts are covered by other warranties :
1. Battery (one (1) year) (covered by the battery manufacturer**)
2. Tyres (one (1) year) (covered by the tyre manufacturer**)
3. Audio/Radio/Acc. (one (1) year)
(covered by the Audio/Radio/Acc. manufacturer**)
See clause 5.
B : Rust Through*
Three (3) years or 1,00,000 kms
(whichever is earlier) from the date of
delivery of the motor vehicle or from the
date of first registration of the motor
vehicle, whichever occurs first.
The warranty covers exterior body metal except :
1. Items not covered by warranty listed in clause 3
2. Exhaust pipe and fuel system rust
* A hole through a body panel caused by rust / corrosion from inside to outside.
** Service / warranty shall be provided by the concerned equipment manufacturer
Service and Warranty 12-3
•
The obligation under this New Vehicle Warranty is limited to the repair of the new motor vehicle at no charge by the Chevrolet
authorized retailer. For parts replaced during such repair the same warranty applies until the end of the New Vehicle Warranty period
as stipulated herein. All warranty claims expire at the end of the warranty period as specified under Clause 2. The Owner is
responsible for any repair or replacement which are not covered by this warranty.
•
Liability of Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd. under this New Vehicle Warranty is limited to the value of the service, repairs/
replacement of parts found to be defective within the warranty period. Beyond servicing and/or repairing defective parts in the
vehicle, Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd. does not undertake to replace the vehicle / or reimburse the purchaser by payment of any
money in respect of the vehicle purchased by them.
•
Under the terms of New Vehicle Warranty, installation, free service will be provided only within the municipal limits of the
cities/towns where Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd. has its service network, as elaborated elsewhere in this Owner's Manual. This
list of retailers is subject to change/modification without prior notice. Service outside the municipal limits specified above will be
provided after charging the actual to and from traveling and incidental expenses, as prevailing from time to time.
•
Necessary care and caution is taken in manufacturing of the vehicle, however, Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd. shall not be liable for
any loss or damage caused to any article, property, death or disability caused to any human life arising out of fire, electric fault, short
circuit, accidental handling or negligent use of the vehicle. The maximum liability in monetary terms shall be restricted to the value
of the defective parts and / or value of services rendered only. Furthermore, the New Vehicle Warranty, in no case, shall extend to the
payment of any monetary consideration whatsoever, of the replacement or return of the vehicle as a whole.
•
The decision of Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd. will be final and binding on all matters arising out of this New Vehicle Warranty.
•
The owner should preserve the original Invoice for necessary verification and produce the same, as and when required.
•
The optimum performance of the vehicle is under standard test conditions.
This New Vehicle Warranty is issued at Talegaon, District Pune, Maharashtra and competent courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction
over matters by or following from time to time.
12-4 Service and Warranty
3. WARRANTY LIMITATIONS
The warranty will cease to exist in following conditions:
a. Failure to have the required periodic inspection and required service performed as per the Periodic Maintenance Schedule.
b. Improper or wrong maintenance and in deviation with guidelines mentioned in this service booklet.
c. Any modification, alterations made to the vehicle such as including but not restricted to adding lights, changing engine specifications
to increase horsepower, or using wide tyres, and or any other modification in the vehicle that may likely to have an effect on the
performance of the vehicle. (e.g. defects caused by the installation of non homologated wheels and tyres are not covered by the
warranty.)
d. Failure to use genuine parts / fluids (oil, coolant, brake fluid) and / or other accessories / consumables recommended or approved by
Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd.
e. Use of the vehicle for purposes or in a manner other than the one mentioned in the Owner's Manual. Exceeding specified capacities
such as loading weight, passenger, speed, use as a commercial vehicle and rpm limitations.
f. Damage caused by driving the vehicle under severe conditions such as un-pliable or water-logged roads, in races or rallies.
g. Damage caused by natural disasters including but not restricted to earthquakes, storms, floods, fire and accidents. The owners are
recommended to keep their vehicle insurance valid at all times.
h. Damage caused by smoke, chemicals, bird-droppings, salt, stone chipping, scratches, iron dust or any other extraneous
circumstances like external mechanical or chemical influences (regarding paint or body damage, specially stone throw, air-borne
rust, industrial fall out), damage to catalytic converter due to use of wrong/bad quality fuel acting on the vehicle.
i. Damage caused by normal wear (for instance brake-pad, etc.) or exposure to the elements such as discoloring or deformation of any
interior, plastic, chrome or painted part or surface.
j. Sensory complaint by the owner against symptoms such as noise, vibration or oil stains which do not effect performance.
Service and Warranty 12-5
k. Damage which should have been detected during normal usage but became serious when left unattended to and/or the owner of the
vehicle having failed to claim and having rectified a defect which was already apparent during vehicle delivery, immediately after
delivery or a defect which becomes apparent at a later date immediately after it became apparent.
l. Failure of the owner to adhere to the requirements outlined in Clause 4.
m. Fuel system damage caused by water or other foreign matter in the fuel system.
n. Damage caused by the installation of non genuine accessories or equipment after the vehicle has been purchased from the
CHEVROLET retailer such as radio, car telephone, CD radio set, or cargo carrier and / or other activities of a similar nature.
o. Damage caused by running vehicle on adulterated fuel/lubricants or fuel/lubricants other than those specified by Chevrolet Sales
India Pvt. Ltd.
p. Damage caused by usage of any non-recommended Oil additive / Engine flushing agent.
Note : Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd. doesn’t recommend any Oil additive / Engine flushing agent for its vehicles.
WHAT IS NOT COVERED
•
Adjustments, cleaning, inspection, or required periodic maintenance.
•
Parts designated as requiring periodic replacement.
•
Warranty repair not performed by a CHEVROLET retailer.
•
Charges or fees for telephone, tow, transportation charges of the vehicle to the nearest CHEVROLET retailer, rental car, and so forth;
compensation for inconvenience or commercial losses; all other consequential costs relating to the owner being unable to use the
vehicle.
12-6 Service and Warranty
•
•
•
Any accident, damage, loss or destruction due to negligent, careless use of vehicle.
Damage to the engine while driving in water logged conditions or entry of water in to the engine.
Consumptive parts and oil/grease and other fluids. (See the following tables of consumptive parts and oil/grease and other
fluids.)
Consumptive Parts
Drive Belts
Air cleaner element
Fuel filter
Oil filter
Clutch disc, clutch parts
Brush holders
Brake shoe and pads
Brake discs
Brake drums
Wiper blades
Light bulbs
Motor brushes
Hoses
Fuses, etc.
Oil/Grease and other fluids:
Engine oil
Transmission fluid
Differential carrier
assembly fluid
Transfer case fluid
Power steering fluid
Brake fluid
Coolant
Grease
Washer fluid
Battery fluid
Diesel
Air conditioner refrigerant
Other lubricants, etc.
No warranty repair shall be made if it is found that the vehicle Identification number like chassis / engine number, odometer or the
warranty & service booklet (Owner's Manual), have been tampered with. This list is neither exclusive nor exhaustive and the decision of
Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd. shall be final and binding.
Service and Warranty 12-7
4. WHAT THE OWNER MUST DO
In order to keep this warranty valid you must:
a. Use your vehicle as instructed in the Owner’s Manual.
b. Have your vehicle inspected according to this schedule.
The cost of the service is borne by the owner. If the services are not performed within the specified time limits, the general and the rust
through warranty as referred to under Clause 2 above, shall be rendered null and void and shall not be reinstated by a subsequent
service.
c. Keep the warranty & service booklet (Owner’s Manual) and all receipts in a safe place to present to the CHEVROLET retailer at
regular maintenance visits and when repair work is required.
5. PARTS COVERED BY OTHER WARRANTY CONDITION
a. Battery : The coverage period is 1 year from the date of new vehicle registration regardless of the distance traveled.
b. Tyres : This warranty is covered by the tyre manufacturer. The coverage period is one year. Please check with your CHEVROLET
retailer for details.
c. Audio/Radio/Acc. : This warranty is covered by the audio/radio/Acc. manufacturer. The coverage period is one year. Please check
with your CHEVROLET retailer for details.
6. MAKING THE WARRANTY EFFECTIVE
The warranty goes into effect after CHEVROLET authorized retailer fills in the appropriate information about your vehicle and
places the retailer's official seal and signature in the warranty & service booklet (Owner’s Manual).
7. REQUIREMENTS FOR WARRANTY WORK
To have warranty work carried out, present the warranty & service booklet (Owner’s Manual) to the CHEVROLET retailer as
mentioned in this booklet. If the warranty & service booklet is lost or incomplete, then work to be carried out with respect to the
standard warranty shall be refused.
12-8 Service and Warranty
8. CHANGE OF OWNERSHIP
If the vehicle is sold during the warranty period, please deliver the warranty & service booklet (Owner’s Manual) to the new owner.
The new owner will need to complete the change of address or subsequent ownership notification card located elsewhere in this
booklet in order for the coverage to be transferred.
9. EXPENSES ASSOCIATED WITH WARRANTY WORK
The expenses of repair work and parts of your CHEVROLET vehicle will be covered by CHEVROLET standard limited warranty in
accordance with the WARRANTY & SERVICE BOOKLET (OWNER’S MANUAL). Other expenses that are not covered by the
CHEVROLET Standard Limited Warranty must be covered by the owner.
10. Chevrolet Sales India Private Limited is launching the CHEVROLET Captiva in different cities in a phased manner. The
CHEVROLET retailer responsible for delivering your Captiva is qualified to provide all Captiva related services within the city
where he is located. As other CHEVROLET retailers become operational to handle the Captiva, they will also be able to provide
similar Captiva related services. IN ORDER FOR THE WARRANTY ON YOUR VEHICLE TO APPLY, IT IS IMPERATIVE
THAT YOUR CAPTIVA BE SERVICED, HANDLED AND ATTENDED TO ONLY BY CHEVROLET RETAILER AS SET
FORTH IN THIS BOOKLET.
11. The following requisite document should be presented to the CHEVROLET retailer at the time of making a claim under New Vehicle
Warranty:
•
Original invoice issued by CHEVROLET retailer.
•
Warranty and service booklet / maintenance record.
•
Any other document deemed to be necessary by CHEVROLET retailer and/or Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd..
Service and Warranty 12-9
PREDELIVERY INSPECTION AND VEHICLE
DELIVERY
Before delivering the vehicle we carried out a thorough
predelivery inspection in order to ensure that your Chevrolet
vehicle is in a fault-free condition. Accompanying this
appropriately filled out service booklet (Owner's Manual) are the
tool kit and your vehicle documents.
You have been informed of the service intervals and necessary
service checks, including under extreme operating conditions
and in particular with regard to oil changing of diesel engines.
City, date :
CHEVROLET Retailer’s / ASO’s Stamp and Signature
12-10 Service and Warranty
Service and Warranty 12-11
OWNER’S
STATEMENT OF ACCEPTANCE
I hereby certify that the vehicle has been delivered in an orderly
and proper operating condition, including Keys, Service booklet
(Owner's Manual) and tool kit. I have read and understood
the terms and conditions pertaining to the New Vehicle
Warranty and agree to abide by the same.
I have been informed of the service intervals and necessary
service checks, including under extreme operating conditions.
Date of delivery :
City, date :
Name and signature of customer :
This sheet must be detached prior to vehicle delivery and placed with the vehicle file after it has been signed by the customer.
12-12 Service and Warranty
Service and Warranty 12-13
1000 kms / 30 days reassurance check-up (whichever is
earlier)
Dear Customer,
VIN no. __________________________________________
PDI no. __________________________________________
We are confident that you and your family would be enjoying
the safe and comfortable drive of the Chevrolet Captiva.
We would like to undertake a thorough check-up of the
vehicle at 1000 kms or 30 days, whichever occurs earlier.
This will also allow us to re-emphasize the salient features of
the Captiva to you.
Date of service_____________________________________
Date of delivery____________________________________
Retailer code ______________________________________
Customer’s name___________________________________
Customer’s tel. no. _________________________________
In the unlikely event of an emergency assistance, please
call your nearest CHEVROLET retailer as mentioned in
this booklet or please feel free to call our 24 hr. helpline at
1800 3000 8080.
I confirm that the vehicle has been inspected and delivered to
my satisfaction.
Retailer's Signature
Customer’s Signature
12-14 Service and Warranty
1000 kms Reassurance check-up
General Status review
Check closing efforts of doors,
keyless entry system & other
functions
Under hood
Visually check routing, leaks &
damage
— Check fluid levels
— Engine oil level
— Brake/clutch oil level
— Coolant level
— Power steering oil
— M/T / A/T oil
Windscreen washer level & add
washer fluid
Underbody, wheels
Visually check routing, leaks &
damage
Check tyre pressure
Electrical Checks
Malfunction indicator lamp
Engine check lamp
Charging lamp
Oil pressure lamp
Parking brake lamp/indicator
High beam/Turn signal Hazard
indicator & all other telltale lamp
Cigarette lighter/rear defogger
Check lighting system
Horn/Radio/Outside Mirrors
High/Low beam/Hazard signal
Turn signal/Flash to pass signal
Front/Rear fog lamps/Tail lamps
Stop lamp/Reversing lamp/Trunk
lamp
Dynamic Evaluation
Steering function/noise/abnormal
drag
Clutch & gear shifting function/
noise
Accelerating & braking function/
noise
Check tyres
Any other abnormal noise
Service and Warranty 12-15
CHEVROLET Inspection
CHEVROLET Inspection
2nd Service Check 1 year / 15000 kms whichever occurs earlier
1st Service Check 6 months / 7500 kms whichever occurs earlier
VIN ______________________________________________
VIN ______________________________________________
Regn. No.__________________________________________
Regn. No.__________________________________________
Delivery date _______________________________________
Delivery date _______________________________________
Date of service _____________________________________
Date of service _____________________________________
Kms _____________________________________________
Kms _____________________________________________
I confirm that the job has been attended to my satisfaction.
I confirm that the job has been attended to my satisfaction.
Customer’s Signature
Customer’s Signature
Labour free & Parts are chargeable
(Retain with job card)
Labour free & Parts are chargeable
(Retain with job card)
12-16 Service and Warranty
Delivering Retailer’s stamp & date
Delivering Retailer’s stamp & date
I hereby certify that the work has been carried out as per the
schedule.
I hereby certify that the work has been carried out as per the
schedule.
Servicing Retailer’s / ASO stamp & date
Servicing Retailer’s / ASO stamp & date
Service and Warranty 12-17
CHEVROLET Inspection
CHEVROLET Inspection
4th Service Check 2 years / 30000 kms whichever occurs earlier
3rd Service Check 1.5 years/22500 kms whichever occurs earlier
VIN ______________________________________________
VIN ______________________________________________
Regn. No.__________________________________________
Regn. No.__________________________________________
Delivery date _______________________________________
Delivery date _______________________________________
Date of service _____________________________________
Date of service _____________________________________
Kms _____________________________________________
Kms _____________________________________________
I confirm that the job has been attended to my satisfaction.
I confirm that the job has been attended to my satisfaction.
Customer’s Signature
Customer’s Signature
Labour & Parts are chargeable
(Retain with job card)
Labour & Parts are chargeable
(Retain with job card)
12-18 Service and Warranty
Delivering Retailer’s stamp & date
Delivering Retailer’s stamp & date
I hereby certify that the work has been carried out as per the
schedule.
I hereby certify that the work has been carried out as per the
schedule.
Servicing Retailer’s / ASO stamp & date
Servicing Retailer’s / ASO stamp & date
Service and Warranty 12-19
MAINTENANCE RECORD SHEET
(Repair category - Free Service/Paid Service/Running Repair/Accident Repair)
Repair
Date
R.O. No.
Kms.
Repair
Category
Details of Repair Done
Name of Servicing
Retailer
Retailer’s Stamp &
Signature
12-20 Service and Warranty
MAINTENANCE RECORD SHEET
(Repair category - Free Service/Paid Service/Running Repair/Accident Repair)
Repair
Date
R.O. No.
Kms.
Repair
Category
Details of Repair Done
Name of Servicing
Retailer
Retailer’s Stamp &
Signature
Service and Warranty 12-21
BATTERY
•
Defects arising out of faulty vehicle electrical systems, negligent
maintenance, incorrect charging or improper filling of the battery by
unauthorised dealers/auto electricians are not covered by warranty.
•
Consequent liabilities are not covered by this warranty policy.
Battery type :
Battery make :
Battery number :
Important Instructions
•
The battery must be fitted firmly in the cradle.
•
Connecting cables and connectors must be fastened securely on to the
battery.
•
Connections must be made in the right polarity.
•
Terminals must be kept coated with petroleum jelly/vaseline. DO
NOT USE GREASE.
•
Battery top & vent plugs must always be kept clean & dry .
•
Electrolyte level must always be maintained in line with the bottom of
the vent hole. In case of any drop in electrolyte level, add pure
distilled water. NEVER ADD ACID.
•
Battery is warranted for a period of one year only.
•
Liability under this warranty is limited to defects arising out of faulty
material or workmanship developing under proper use and NOT
when the battery is merely discharged.
CHEVROLET retailer’s
Stamp
12-22 Service and Warranty
SEPARATE
CORROSION PROTECTION
SERVICE
Body/ Underbody Corrosion Protection Service
Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd. provides a three (3) years or
1,00,000 kms (whichever is earlier) warranty vehicle that no rustthrough of the body/underbody will occur, provided that the
directives from Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd. concerning the
treatment, maintenance, and care of the vehicle (Owner’s
Manual) and especially the inspection and checks prescribed in
the service booklet have been carried out.
Furthermore, the body paintwork and the corrosion protection
must be visually inspected for damage as part of the regular
annual inspection or 15,000 kms service. The customer is
informed of any damage detected and measures to rectify this
damage. Any damage discovered is also indicated in the
following corrosion protection diagram.
Confirmation of the inspection is indicated by a stamp and dated
signature, accompanied by indication of the vehicle mileage on
the following verification documents.
Make use of this possibility in order to avoid problems during
warranty claims regarding rust- through of the body / underbody.
The rust through warranty is not applicable if areas damaged by
any reason remain unattended and become the cause of corrosion.
All repairs when required should be carried out promptly and by
the CHEVROLET retailer.
Service and Warranty 12-23
BODY INSPECTION RECORD
Vehicle identification number
In order to maintain the Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd. rust-through warranty,
the vehicle must be subjected to an inspection by CHEVROLET retailer once
a year. Any resulting work is subject to a charge.
Registration number
Check-up 1 year after initial registration.
Name / address of owner
Check-up date
Odometer reading
Damage found
1. Outer body
Yes
No
2. Under body
Yes
No
3.Engine compartment
Yes
No
Retailer
stamp / signature
Damage repaired
Remarks :
Yes
No
12-24 Service and Warranty
BODY INSPECTION RECORD
Vehicle identification number
In order to maintain the Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd. rust-through warranty,
the vehicle must be subjected to an inspection by CHEVROLET retailer once
a year. Any resulting work is subject to a charge.
Registration number
Check-up 2 year after initial registration.
Name / address of owner
Check-up date
Odometer reading
Damage found
1. Outer body
Yes
No
2. Under body
Yes
No
3.Engine compartment
Yes
No
Retailer
stamp / signature
Damage repaired
Remarks :
Yes
No
Service and Warranty 12-25
EMISSION WARRANTY
(Applicable in NCR Delhi, Chennai,
Kolkata and Mumbai)
Subject to other terms of the warranty
policy and the conditions and obligations laid down hereunder, Chevrolet
Sales India Pvt. Ltd., hereafter called
Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd.,
certifies that the components liable to
affect the emission of the gaseous
pollutants in the vehicle in the normal
use despite the use to which it may be
subjected, comply with the provisions
of Rule 115 (2) of the Central Motor
Vehicle Rules, 1989, and further
warrants that if on examination by a
service center duly authorized by the
Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd., the
vehicle is discovered to be failing to
meet the emission standard as specified
in the said rule, our authorized service
center shall take such corrective
measures as may be necessary and shall
at its sole discretion either repair or
replace free of charge such components
of emission control system as are
specified in Annexure II hereof.
The definitions of various terms used in
Emission warranty proposal are given
in Annexure –I. These definitions shall
be in line with the definition of the
existing product Warranty definition.
Conditions :
1. This warranty will be in addition to
and will run concurrently and
parallel to the product warranty and
will apply only in respect to
components as mentioned in
Annexure-II.
2. The period of the vehicle’s warranty
shall commence from the date of
the vehicle sale.
2.1 Warranty period - 1,00,000 kms or
3 years whichever occurs earlier,
from date of the vehicle sale.
3 The warranty claim will be accepted
only after examination carried out
by CHEVROLET retailers leading
to a firm conclusion that none of the
original settings/specifications
have been tampered with and that
the components (s) as mentioned in
Annexure –II has/have a manufac-
turing defect, and /or, that the
vehicle is unable to meet the In-use
emission standards.
4. The methods of examination to
determine the warrantable condition
of the components will be at sole
discretion of Chevrolet Sales India
Pvt. Ltd. and or its retailers and
results of such examination will be
final and binding. If, on examination, the warrantable condition is
not established, Chevrolet Sales
India Pvt. Ltd. will have the right to
charge full, or part, of the cost of
such examination and resulting
repairs / rectification.
5. In case of acceptance of the
warranty under Emission Warranty,
Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd. will
replace, at retailers, free of charge,
the components which are covered
as mentioned in Annexure-II, but
the consumables as mentioned in
OM shall be charged as per actual
applicable rates.
6. In case of a vehicle in which the
12-26 Service and Warranty
components covered under Emission Warranty or the associated parts,
are not independently replaceable,
on account of their being integral
parts of a complete assembly,
Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd. will
have the sole discretion to replace
either the entire assembly or by using
some of the parts of the system
through suitable repairs or modifications.
7. Any consequential repairs or
replacement of parts which may be
found necessary to establish
compliance to In-use emission
standards, in addition to the
replacement of the components
covered under Emission Warranty,
will not be made free of cost unless
such parts are also found to be in a
warrantable condition within the
scope and limit of the product
Warranty (Chevrolet Captiva
3years /1,00,000 kms, whichever is
earlier on vehicle). The consumables
and labour shall be charged per actual
during such repairs or replacement of
parts.
8. All the parts removed for replacement under warranty will be the
property of Chevrolet Sales India
Pvt. Ltd.
9. Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd. will
not be responsible for the cost of
transportation of the vehicle to the
nearest retailer or any loss due to
non-availability of the vehicle
during the period of a warranty claim
and examination by CHEVROLET
retailers.
10. Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd. will
not be responsible for any fines,
penalties that may be charged by
Statutory or Regulatory authorities
on account of failure of the vehicle
to comply with the in-use emission
standards on the vehicle not meeting any such given legal/ regulatory
requirement, during inspection by
such authorities.
11. Emission Warranty will be applicable irrespective of the change of
ownership of the vehicle provided
all the conditions as laid down in this
document are met from the date of
original sale of the vehicle.
This Emission Warranty will be
applicable only if the customer :
(i) Observes all the important instructions and any other precautions
listed in the OM for use of the
vehicle.
(ii) Under all circumstances uses lubricants and fuel as recommended by
Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd.
(iii)Regularly obtains and carries out
maintenance at CHEVROLET
retailers as per the list in this
booklet only, in accordance with
Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd.
guidelines and enters the details in
the Service Booklet.
(iv)Immediately approaches the nearest
CHEVROLET retailers as per the
list in this booklet upon discovery
of failure to comply with the In-use
emission standard inspite of having
maintained and used the vehicle in
Service and Warranty 12-27
accordance with the instructions in
the OM and having carried out such
repairs and adjustments as may be
required with a view to establish
such compliance.
(v) Produces the ‘Pollution Under
Control (PUC)’ certificate valid for
the period immediately preceding
the test during which the failure is
discovered, the test having been
carried out either for obtaining a
new certificate, or pursuant upon
being directed by an officer as
referred to in sub – rule (2) of Rule
116 of the Central Motor Vehicles
Rules.
(vi)Produces the service booklet (Owner’s Manual) and all relevant bills
for verification of details.
(vii)Produces receipts covering maintenance of the vehicle as specified
in the OM from the date of original
purchase of the vehicle.
(viii)Produces valid certificate of
insurance & RTO registration.
Conditions under which warranty
is NOT applicable:
1. Non production/availability of a valid
‘Pollution under Control’ certificates
as described in customer obligation
(V).
2. In case the vehicle is not serviced by
CHEVROLET retailers as per the
list in this booklet as per the service
schedule described in the maintenance chart given in the Owner’s
Manual.
3. A vehicle, which has been subjected
to abnormal use, abuses, neglect
and improper maintenance or has
met with an accident.
4. Use of such replacement parts,
which are not specified and approved by Chevrolet Sales India Pvt.
Ltd.
5. If the vehicle or parts thereof, have
been altered, tampered with or
modified or replaced in an
unauthorized manner.
6. A vehicle on which the odometer is
not functioning or the odometer has
been changed or the reading of
which has been changed / tampered
with so that the actual mileage
cannot be readily determined.
7. A vehicle, which has been used, for
competitions, races, rallies or for
the purpose of establishing records.
8. Examination by CHEVROLET
retailers as per the list in this
booklet of the vehicle shows that
any of the conditions stipulated in
the OM with regard to use and
maintenance have been violated.
9. A vehicle, which has been run on
adulterated fuel or lubricant or fuels
lubricants other than those,
specified by Chevrolet Sales India
Pvt. Ltd.
Scope and Limits:
1. This emission warranty is in
addition to the product warranty for
the vehicle as per the scope and
limit described in the OM and all
conditions described therein will
apply, in addition to those exclusively stipulated in this warranty.
12-28 Service and Warranty
2. The emission warranty covers only
compliance with the emission
standard as specified in sub rule (2)
of Rule 115 of CMVR. It does not
cover any other performance of these
parts or routine test and consequent
maintenance or adjustments to
establish compliance to the in-use
emission standard as applicable to
the state, in which the vehicle is
registered and is in use.
Service and Warranty 12-29
ANNEXURE-I
Definitions:
1. Vehicle : The Motor Vehicle approved for sale within India under the provisions of Central Motor Vehicle Rules, 1989 or any
subsequent amendment or substitution thereof.
2. Owner’s Manual (OM) : A document given to the customer at the time of sale of the vehicle giving guidelines on use and
maintenance of the vehicle including the terms and conditions of Warranty
3. Maintenance : Maintenance as per the schedule provided in the Owner’s Manual by Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd. including
inspection, verification check, adjustment and replacement, if necessary.
4. Service Booklet : The scheduled service record book in Owner’s Manual, which is required to be filled by CHEVROLET retailer at
the time of service.
5. Abnormal Use : The situations when the vehicle is put to use other than that intended by Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd. such as
racing, overloading or use of adulterated fuel or fuel not recommended by Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd.
6. Manufacturing Defect : Means deficiency or deviation from normal production tolerance in design, material, or workmanship in a
device or system which affects any parameter, performance, or component belonging to emission control system.
7. Product Warranty : The manufacturer warranty as provided by Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd., which covers failure of various parts
and systems as per the Owner’s Manual. 3 years/1,00,000 kms, whichever is earlier on vehicle.
8. Emission Warranty : Warranty for emission performance of the vehicle as determined by sub-rule (2) of rule no 115 of the Central
Motor Vehicles Rules, 1989.
9. Authorized Service Centers : Any service facilities authorized by Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd. to perform warranty repairs. This
shall include all of CHEVROLET retailers that are recognised for service of subject vehicles or any other service center duly
authorized by Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd.
10. Warrantable Condition : Warrantable condition means any condition of a vehicle, which triggers the responsibility of Chevrolet
Sales India Pvt. Ltd. to take corrective action within the framework of emission Warranty. This however shall not include any
statutory or regulatory fines or penalties.
11. Warranted Parts : Those components, listed as per Annexure–II.
12-30 Service and Warranty
ANNEXURE-II
List of Components
S. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Covered under Emission Warranty
Part name
Catalytic Converter***
Exhaust Manifold Gasket
Electronic Control Module
Mass Air Flow Sensor
Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
Air Temp. Sensor
Exhaust Temperature Sensor
Coolant Temperature Sensor
Injectors
Fuel Pressure Regulator Valve
Exhaust Gas Re-circulation Valve
Fuel Pump
High Pressure Pump
*** Catalytic Converter is covered only for emission related failures as provided under the warranty statement. Replacements if any shall
not be applicable for breakage and noise problems.
Note : All the above mentioned parts are covered only if the car fails to meet the prescribed Emission norms. Any other performance
problems shall be treated as not relevant to the Emission warranty.
Service Network 13-1
SERVICE NETWORK
CHEVROLET SALES INDIA
SALES AND SERVICE NETWORK
North Zone................................... 13-2
West Zone ................................... 13-8
South Zone ................................ 13-12
East Zone .................................. 13-17
International .............................. 13-20
✬
m
Indicates Retailer (Sales and Service)
Indicates Chevrolet Authorized Service Center
Authorized Service Center (ASC) are authorized to carry out Periodic Maintenance (Free/Paid, Minor Running Repair) Only.
The list of authorized Retailers / ASC are mentioned herein as of October, 2013. For any change in authorized Retailers /ASC, please visit
www.chevrolet.co.in.
13-2 Service Network
NORTH ZONE
✬
STATE - DELHI
✬
Auto Vikas Sales & Service Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom 1 :
26/3-4, Najafgarh Road Industrial Area,
Moti Nagar, New Delhi - 110015
Tel. : 011 - 49050505
Workshop 1:
12-A, Shivaji Marg, Najafgarh Road,
New Delhi - 110015
Tel. : 011 - 42070707, 42070788
Fax : 011 - 25451004, 42070735
Showroom & Workshop 2 :
J-10, Rajapuri, Palam, Matiala Road,
Opp. Sector-5, Dwaraka, New Delhi - 110 075
Tel. : 011 - 45595959, 45595909
Fax : 011 - 45595979
✬
Arya Automobiles
Showroom :
Plot No. 193, Metro Pillar No. 543,
Main Rohtak Road, Mundka, New Delhi - 110041
Tel. : 011 - 8743030301 / 302
Fax : 011 - 28342887
Workshop :
KH-82/21/2 &22/2, Phirni Road,
Udyog Nagar Industrial Area,
Near Mundka Metro Pillar No.547,
New Delhi - 110 041
Tel. : 011 - 28342884
STATE - HARYANA
✬
Workshop :
B-25, Okhla Industrial Area, Phase-1,
New Delhi - 110020
Tel. : 011 - 41955500, 9015777888
✬
Globus Motocorp Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom :
ZB-43 & 44/487, Zulphe Bengal, Main GT Road,
Dilshad Garden, Delhi - 110095
Tel. : 011 - 43355555
✬
✬
✬
Metro Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
Bawa Potteries Industrial Complex,
Aruna Asaf Ali Marg, Vasant Kunj - 110 070
Tel. : 011 - 41761717, 46156666
✬
Showroom 2 :
A-2/6, Safdarganj Enclave,
Africa Avenue, New Delhi - 110 029
Tel. : 011 - 46146666 / 75
✬
Triumph Motors
Showroom :
A-9/3 Wazirpur Industrial Area, Near Richi Rich,
New Delhi - 110052
Tel. : 011 - 47444666
Fax : 011 - 42475584
Workshop 1:
C-13, Plot No. 65, SMA Industrial Area, GTK Road,
Opp. Jahangir Puri, Azadpur, New Delhi - 110 033
Tel. : 011 - 47444777
Workshop 2 :
G-14, Udyog Nagar, Rohtak Road, Peeragarhi,
Delhi-110041
Tel. : 011 - 42010101
Fax : 011 - 42010132
AMBALA
Ambala Automobiles India Ltd.
Showroom :
Ramgarh, Near Central Jail Bridge, Chandigarh Road,
Baldev Nagar, Ambala City - 134 003
Tel. : 0171 - 2543010
Fax : 0171 - 2543510
Workshop :
Barwala, Naraingarh Road, Ambala City - 134 003
Tel.: 0171 - 2678013
Workshop :
B-31, Jhilmil Industrial Area, Behind Jhilmil Metro
Station, New Delhi - 110095
Tel. : 011 - 43388888
Workshop 3 :
B-239, Okhla Industrial Area Phase-1,
New Delhi - 110 020
Tel. : 011 - 49808080
Fax : 011 - 49808031
Workshop 4 :
62, Rama Road, New Delhi - 110015
Tel. : 011 - 43210707, 43210703
Fax : 011 - 43210709
Go Auto Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom :
A 231, Okhla Industrial Area, Phase-1,
New Delhi - 110020
Tel. : 011 - 41855500, 9015444555
BHIWANI
Shailesh Automobiles
Showroom & Workshop :
Rohtak Road, Bhiwani - 127021
Tel. : 01664 -204006/008
DADRI
Shailesh Automobiles
Showroom & Workshop :
Near Loharu Chowk, Bhiwani Road, Dadri - 127 306
Tel. : 9253660069/70
FARIDABAD
Regent Automobiles Ltd.
Showroom :
14/3 , Mathura Road, Faridabad - 121 003, Haryana
Tel. : 0129 - 4088530 / 31
Fax : 0129 - 2252304
Workshop 1 :
14/5, Main Mathura Road, Faridabad - 121 003
Tel. : 0129 - 2252151 - 55, 4261200
Workshop 2 :
Plot No.57, Sector-27C, Opp. Crown Interiorz Mall,
13/1, Mathura Road, Faridabad - 121 003
Tel.: 0129 - 2577777
✬
GURGAON
Bhanu Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom:
Shop No. 4, Omaxe Wedding Mall, Main Sohna Road,
Near Subhash Chowk, Gurgaon - 122001
Tel. : 0124 - 4757777
Service Network 13-3
Workshop:
Plot No. 541, Sector-37, Part-II, Gurgaon - 122001
Tel. : 0124 - 4598888
✬
❍
✬
✬
✬
✬
✬
Gentech Toolings Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
Plot No. 66, IDC, Opp. Sector - 14
Mehrauli - Gurgaon Road, Gurgaon - 122 001
Tel. : 0124 - 4638751 - 54, 4368787
Fax : 0124 - 4638700
Orix Auto Infrastructure Services Ltd.
Workshop :
7B, Sector - 18, Maruti Industrial Area,
Gurgaon - 122 015
Tel. : 0124 - 3014700 / 701 / 719
Fax : 0124 - 3014702
YAMUNA NAGAR
Oberoi Automobiles
Showroom & Workshop :
Aggarsain Chowk, Near Gupta Palace,
Jagadhri - 135 003
Tel. : 01732 - 212030, 212010
KURUKSHETRA
VPS Speciality Papers
Showroom & Workshop :
Plot No.145 &146, Industrial Area, Sector 2,
Kurukshetra - 136 118
Telefax : 01744 - 231050
HISSAR
Ashwani Automotors
Showroom & Workshop :
9 km Stone, OP Jindal Marg, Hissar - 125 044
Tel. : 01662 - 220710 / 11 / 12
JHAJJAR
Shailesh Automobiles
Showroom & Workshop :
Tehsil Road Jhajjar, Haryana - 124 001
Tel. : 9253660066 / 9254171300
JIND
Lekh Raj Motors Pvt. Ltd
Showroom & Workshop:
Safidon Road, opp. Brahmin Dharamsala, Jind.
Tel. : 9992900082
✬
✬
✬
✬
✬
✬
✬
KAITHAL
Lekh Raj Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
Ambala Road, Kaithal, Haryana - 136027
Tel. : 0174 - 6226827
KARNAL
Aryaman Automobiles
Showroom & Workshop :
117/6, K.M. Milestone, Near Hotel New
World, G. T. Road, Karnal - 132 001
Tel. : 0184 - 2220011, 2220325
TeleFax : 0184 - 2220025
PANIPAT
Aryaman Motors
Showroom & Workshop :
Plot No 64, Sector -25, Huda Industrial Area Phase 1,
Panipat - 132103
Tel. : 0180 - 2666222 / 2666800
ROHTAK
Badhwar Automobiles Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
Sonepat Road, Rohtak - 124 001
Telefax : 01262 - 256666
REWARI
Vardhman Automobiles Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
Opp. Gurudwara, Jhajhar Road, Rewari - 123 401
Tel. : 01274 - 250440 / 251188
Fax : 01274 - 255966
SONIPAT
Malwa Motors Sales Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
NH-1, 31 Km Stone, G.T. Road, Kundli,
Sonipat - 131 001, Haryana
Tel. : 0130 - 2219384 - 85, 2370386, 2371386
Fax : 0130 - 2219384
SIRSA
Padam Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
Hisar Road, Opp Traffic Police Post, Sirsa - 125055
Tel. : 01666 - 244445
Fax : 01666 - 244442
STATE - HIMACHAL PRADESH
✬
✬
✬
✬
✬
✬
KANGRA
Himachal Autowheels Pvt. Ltd.
(Platinum Chevrolet)
Showroom & Workshop :
N.H 20 Kachhiary, Kangra - 176001
Tel. : 01892 - 260600/260601
MANDI
Ram Hari Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
Rani Ki Bain, Gutkar, Mandi - 175 021
Tel. : 01905 - 225692
Fax : 01905 - 221691
MANALI
Ram Hari Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
Rotang Road, Village Vishisht Vihal, PO Vashisht,
Tehsil - Manali, Distt - Kullu, Manali - 175131
Tel. : 01902 - 254001
SIMLA
Rajvir Motors
Showroom & Workshop :
Byepass Road, Parasdass Garden, Simla - 171 001
Tel. : 0177 - 2674284 - 6
Fax : 0177 - 2674287
SOLAN
Rajvir Motors
Showroom & Workshop :
Kalka Shimla Road, Near Mehta Market,
Kumarhatti, Solan, Himachal Pradesh - 173 229
Telefax : 01792 - 266338
UNA
Bhagat Ram Motorways Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
Una Nangal Road, Rakkar Colony, Una - 174 303
Tel. : 01975 - 238799
Fax : 01975 - 238699
STATE - PUNJAB
✬
AMRITSAR
S V Motors
Showroom :
Near Amritsar Gate, GT Road, Amritsar - 143001
Tel. : 0183 - 2700102
Fax : 0183 - 2700101
13-4 Service Network
Workshop :
Main GT Road, Opp. ITBP Office, Amritsar - 143001
Tel. : 0183 - 2700201
✬
✬
✬
BATALA
Kashmir Autmobiles Pvt. Ltd. (Platinum Chevrolet)
Showroom & Workshop:
Opp. Cambridge International School, Saidmubarak,
Amritsar Road, Batala - 143505
Tel.: 01871 - 241024
BHATINDA
Padam Cars Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
Goniana Road, 8th Mile Stone, NH-10,
Bhatinda - 151 005
Tel. : 0164 - 27601111 / 9216350205
Telefax : 0164 - 2760153
CHANDIGARH
RSA Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom:
Plot No.5, Industrial Area, Phase-I,
Chandigarh - 160 002
Tel. : 0172 – 5033333,9914110606
Fax. : 0172 - 5033338
Work Shop:
Plot No. 2, Industrial Area, Phase-I,
Chandigarh – 160 002
Tel. : 0172 – 5039999,5041233,9814106962
Fax. : 0172 - 5039939
✬
Padam Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom:
182/2, Industrial Area, Phase 1, Chandigarh - 160002
Tel. : 0172 - 5212900
Workshop :
185, Industrial Area, Phase 1, Chandigarh -160002
Tel. : 0172 - 5212999
✬
✬
HOSHIARPUR
Bedi Automobiles
Showroom & Workshop :
Piplawala, Jalandhar Road, Hoshiarpur - 146 022
Tel. : 01882 - 329696
Fax : 01882 - 253763
✬
✬
✬
✬
✬
JALANDHAR
Aakriti World
Showroom :
Ground Floor, Vasal Tower, Police Lines,
Opp. President Hotel, Jalandhar - 144001
Telefax : 0181 - 5003333
✬
Workshop :
1746 Ladowali Road, Near BSF Chowk,
Jalandhar - 144001
Tel. : 0181 - 5057777
✬
LUDHIANA
Padam Cars Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
Khasra No. 279/3, G.T. Road,
Dhandari Kalan, Ludhiana
Tel. : 0161 - 2510014
Telefax : 0161 - 2510015
✬
Omni Wheels Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
Plot No 73, New Kuldeep Nagar,
Basti Jodhewal Chowk, Ludhiana - 141 007
Tel. : 0161 - 5055900
Fax : 0161 - 5055911
NAWASHAHAR
Aakriti World
Showroom & Workshop :
Chandigarh Road, Nawashahar, Punjab - 144 514
Tel. : 01823 - 285656
Telefax : 01823 - 285858
PATHANKOT
Kashmir Automobiles Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
Simbel Chowk, Dalhousie Road, Pathankot - 145 001
Tel. : 0186 - 2257022 - 24
SANGRUR
Padam Cars Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
College Road, Opp. Kamal Palace, Sangrur - 148001
Tel. : 9216350134, 9216911461
STATE - RAJASTHAN
✬
ROPAR
Padam Cars Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
Chandigarh Road, Nangal Chowk, Ropar - 140 001
Telefax : 01881 - 500099
MOGA
Padam Cars Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
Near Majestic Resorts, Ferozepur Road,
Moga - 142 001
Tel. : 01636 - 225755
PATIALA
Padam Cars Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
Main Patiala - Rajpura Road,
Opp. Caspa Resort, Bahadurgarh, Patiala - 147 001
Tel. : 0175 - 2663813 - 14, 9217100905 - 9
Fax : 0175 - 2663828
AJMER
Rajdeep Autowheels [P] LTD.
Showroom :
12-15, ASC Road, Vaishali Nagar, Ajmer - 305001
Tel. : 0145 - 2628989 / 2625116
Workshop :
Khasara No-319 Kankarda Bhunaboy, NH-8,
Jaipur Road, Ajmer - 305001
Tel. : 0145 - 2788192 / 93 / 2788222 / 23
✬
✬
✬
ALWAR
Triumph Motors
Showroom & Workshop :
Old Delhi Road, Near Jhankar Hotel, Alwar - 301 001
Telefax : 0144 - 3047571 - 78
BIKANER
Sunehri Cars
Showroom & Workshop :
Plot No. 15, Transport Nagar,
NH-15, Ganganagar Road, Bikaner - 334 001
Tel. : 8003399060 / 66 / 69
BANSWARA
Atharva Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Workshop :
Janamedi, Udaipur Road, Banswara - 327001
Tel. : 02962 - 250227
Service Network 13-5
✬
CHITTORGARH
Atharva Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom :
Plot No. 86, Kabir Colony, Bhilwara Road,
Chittorgarh - 312001
Tel. : 01472 - 247598
Fax : 01472 - 247598
✬
Workshop :
29-32, Sushilpura, Shyam Nagar,
Ajmer Road, Jaipur - 302018
Tel. : 0141 - 3535300, 2812865
Workshop :
Near Saint Paul's School, Opp. Rajasthan State
Seed Corp., Nimbhera Road, Chittorgarh - 312001
Tel. : 01472 - 240598
✬
✬
CHOMU
Triumph Motors
Showroom & Workshop :
Near Radha Soami Bagh, Jaipur Road,
Chomu - 303702
Tel. : 0142 - 3304000
JAIPUR
Triumph Motors
Showroom 1 :
Corporate Tower, A-1, Jawahar Lal Marg,
Jaipur - 302015
Tel. : 0141 - 4057575
Fax : 0141 - 4057500
Workshop 2 :
Baid Garden, Near Heera Pura Power Station,
Ajmer Road, Jaipur - 302016
Tel. : 09829973356
✬
✬
Showroom 2 :
C7D, Sawai Jai Singh Highway,
Bani Park, Jaipur - 302016
Tel. : 0141 - 4122222
Fax : 0141 - 4122233
Workshop 1 :
G-109A, Sitapura Industrial Area, Jaipur - 302 004
Tel. : 0141 - 5122333, 5113636, 5143737,
5122797, 5122798, 5143636, 4090409
Fax : 0141 - 5122552
Workshop 2 :
E-12B, Vishwakarma Ind. Area, Road No. 01,
Jaipur - 302013
Tel. : 0141 - 4255555
Workshop 3 :
E1 - 2295, Ramchandrapura Industrial Area,
Sitapura Ext, Jaipur - 302022
Tel. : 0141 - 4090409
Baid Motors
Showroom :
1 A, & 28A, Karoli Bagh, Near Gujar Ki Thadi,
Near Gopal Pura Bye Pass, Jaipur - 302019
Tel. : 0141 - 2299992
JHUNJUNU
Triumph Motors
Showroom & Workshop :
G1-8, 9 & H1-16,17, Phase – 2, RIICO Industrial Area,
Jhunjhunu – 333001
Tel. : 01592 -203163, 250001-3, 250145, 250146
JODHPUR
Atharva Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom :
27/27A, Light Industrial Area,
Near Shastri Circle, ITI Road, Jodhpur - 342 003
Tel. : 0291 - 3048491
✬
✬
✬
✬
KOTA
Triumph Motors
Showroom & Workshop :
E - 137C, Road No. 5,
Indraprastha Industrial Area, Kota
Tel. : 0744 - 2372333, 2372666
PALI
Atharva Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
Opp. Krishi Mandi, Jodhpur Road, Pali - 306401
Tel. : 9414060104
SRI GANGANAGAR
Sunehri Cars
Showroom & Workshop :
6th Km Stone, Surat Garh Road, NH-15,
Sri Ganganagar
Tel. : 8003399070 / 71
UDAIPUR
Atharva Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
A-83, Mewar Industrial Area, Madri, NH-8,
Ahmedabad Bye Pass, Udaipur - 313 002
Tel. : 0294 - 3002730, 3002769
Fax : 0294 - 2490108
STATE - UTTAR PRADESH
✬
Workshop :
E-711, Mia Bsni, IInd Phase,
Behind Krishna Dharam Kanta, Jodhpur - 342 005
Tel. : 0291 - 3048217 - 22
Fax : 0291 - 3048223
✬
SIKAR
Triumph Motors
Showroom & Workshop :
Near Circuit House, NH-11, Jaipur Sikar Road,
Sikar - 332001
Tel. : 01572 - 245971
ALLAHABAD
Eldee Motors
Showroom :
Eldee Enclave, 2, S.P. Marg, Civil Lines,
Allahabad-211 001
Tel. : 0532 - 2560743, 44
Workshop :
Kanodia Mill Compound 1, Luker Ganj,
Allahabad - 211 001
Tel. : 0532 - 2616368
✬
✬
AGRA
Kalyan Auto Sales
Showroom & Workshop :
Opp. Bhagwati Dhaba, Near New Sabji Mandi,
Sikandra, Agra - 282 007
Tel. : 0562 - 2640460 / 62 / 63
Fax : 0562 - 2640461
BAREILLY
VAT Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
4.5 KM, Rampur Road, CB Ganj, Bareilly - 243 001
Tel. : 0581 - 2560741
Fax : 0581 - 2560731
13-6 Service Network
✬
✬
FAIZABAD
Megha Auto (I) Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
Lucknow Byepass Road, Sahadatganj,
Faizabad - 224 001
Tel. : 09839099210
✬
JHANSI
Sri Venkateshwar Autocare Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
Jhansi Kanpur Road, Goramachhiya, Jhansi - 284001
Tel. : 0510 - 2371144, 6450158
KANPUR
Cross Road Auto Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom :
40, Government Industrial Estate,
Opp. Sindhi Colony, Fazal Ganj, Kanpur - 208 012
Tel.: 0512 - 2221276 / 2220043
Workshop 1 :
C-15A, Panki Industrial Area, Site-1, Kanpur - 208012
Tel.: 0512 - 2691293, 2691377
Romi Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom :
14/63, Civil Lines, Kanpur - 208 001
Tel.: 0512 - 3224703
✬
✬
Workshop :
120/192 (4), Lajpat Nagar,
Near Mariampur Crossing, Kanpur - 208 012
Tel. : 0512 - 3224701 / 3224702
✬
GHAZIABAD
Shiva Motors
Showroom & Workshop :
28/3/5, Site - IV, Industrial Area,
Sahibabad, Ghaziabad
Tel.: 0120 - 3008600 / 605 / 631 / 632 / 635 / 636
Fax: 0120 - 3008643 / 45 / 48 / 49 / 50
Workshop 2 :
58/3, Site 04, Sahibabad, Ghaziabad - 200300
Tel. : 0120 - 4558765
✬
✬
GORAKHPUR
United Motors
Showroom :
Kasia By-pass Road, Near Dr. Riyaz Ortho Hospital,
Mohaddipur, Gorakhpur -273001
Tel.: 0551-2201667
Fax.: 0551-2338299
Workshop :
Saryu Nahar Colony, Singharia,
Gorakhpur-Deoria Road, Gorakhpur - 273008
Tel.: 0551-2270231
✬
Workshop 2 :
122/236, A-1 & C-1, Fazalganj,
Near Sangam Talkies, Kanpur - 208012
Tel.: 8009461111
LUCKNOW
Megha Auto (I) Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
10/CP/5, Ring Road, Vikasnagar,
Opp. Jagrani Hospital, Lucknow - 226 020
Tel. : 0522 - 4057999 / 4007977 / 2330180
Workshop 2:
Mishipur Depot, Near Sanatan Cold
Storage, Kursi Road, Lucknow - 226 026
Tel. : 0522 - 2890631
✬
✬
✬
MATHURA
Kalyan Auto Sales
Showroom :
NH-2, Agra-Matura Road, Mathura
Tel. : 9927000967
MEERUT
Vardajyoti Automobiles Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
Madhuban Cinema Bldg., Madhuban Colony,
Baghpath Road, Meerut - 250 002
Tel. : 0121 - 2404005 - 08
Fax : 0121 - 2404009
MORADABAD
Siggma Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
Near Radhakrishna Mandir,
Delhi Road, Moradabad - 244001
Tel. : 0591-2550100-05, 7351007701-05, 7351003805
MIRZAPUR
Saraswati Industries
Showroom & Workshop :
Pili Kothi, Station Road, Mirzapur - 231001
Tel. : 05442 - 223923
NOIDA
Shiva Motors
Showroom :
G-24, Sector 11, Noida - 210301
Tel. : 0120 - 3920150 / 158
Workshop :
C-80/81A, Sector - 8, Noida
Tel. : 0120 - 3359807 / 813
✬
✬
SAHARANPUR
DPM Autosales
Showroom & Workshop :
Ambala Road, Near Badi Nahar, Saharanpur
Tel. : 0135 - 2640877
SHAHJAHANPUR
VAT Motors Pvt. Ltd.,
Showroom & Workshop :
Axis Chevrolet, 4.5 Km, Bareilly Road, Mauzampur,
Shahjahanpur - 242001
Tel. : 8795030111
STATE - UTTARAKHAND
✬
✬
DEHRADUN
DPM Autosales
Showroom & Workshop :
Mohabewala Industrial Area,
Saharanpur Road, Dehradun
Tel. : 0135 - 2642051 / 52 / 53
Fax : 0135 - 2642054
HALDWANI
Analysis Motors
Showroom :
Rampur Road, Near Sushila Tewari Hospital,
Haldwani - 263139, Distt. Nainital
Tel.: 9258071041,9258071009
Workshop :
7.5km Stone, Gora Padav, Bareilly Road,
Haldwani-263641
Tel. : 05946 - 232050
Service Network 13-7
✬
RUDRAPUR
Analysis Motors
Showroom :
Near Axis Bank, Nanital Road, Rudrapur - 263 153
Tel. : 9258071011
Workshop:
Industrial Area Kiccha Bypass Road,
B-27, Rudrapur - 263153
Tel:. 05944 - 243836
STATE - JAMMU & KASHMIR
✬
✬
✬
JAMMU
K. C. Motors
Showroom & Workshop :
NH-1, Byepass Road, Jammu - 180 004
Tel. : 0191 - 2465769 / 59, 2460829
Fax : 0191 - 2476660
RS PURA
K. C. Motors
Showroom & Workshop :
Bagha Marh, RS Pura, Jammu
Tel. : 01923 - 252809
Fax : 01923 - 252809
SRINAGAR
K. C. Motors
Showroom & Workshop :
By Pass Road, Hyderpora, Srinagar - 190 014
Tel. : 0194 - 2443188
13-8 Service Network
WEST ZONE
✬
STATE - GOA
✬
VASCO-DA-GAMA
Subrai Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
F L Gomes Road, Vasco-Da-Gama, Goa - 403 802
Tel. : 0832 - 2517421 / 22
Fax : 0832 - 2513924
✬
STATE - GUJARAT
✬
AHMEDABAD
Gallops Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
Near JCB Service Station, S.G. Highway,
Sarkhej, Ahmedabad - 380 015
Tel. : 079 - 2474346, 39835544, 39835501
Fax : 079 - 39835588
Showroom 2 :
A/8,9,10,11,12,13 & 14, Radhe Shopping Mall,
Khokhra, Maninagar, Ahmedabad
Tel. : 079 - 32941862 / 32440235
Showroom 3 :
Vedas Ground Floor, Opp SBI Saijpur Branch,
NH 8 Naroda, Patia Cross Road, Ahmedabad - 382325
Tel. : 079 - 22820106
✬
✬
✬
Workshop 2 :
Opp. Amraivadi Post Office, Near Hatkeswar Circle,
Maninagar, Ahmedabad - 380 026
Tel. : 079 - 30486501 / 02 / 03
✬
✬
ANAND
Shree Gopinathji Agencies
Workshop :
Survey No. 570 - A/2, Near Indira Statue,
Lambhavel Road, Anand - 388 001
Tel. : 02692 - 247979 / 247878
BHARUCH
Shree Gopinathji Agencies
Showroom & Workshop :
Beside K.U & Company Petrol Pump,
NH-8, Village Vadadala, Bharuch - 392 015
Tel. : 02642 - 654245, 291303, 654845
Telefax : 02642 - 231584
✬
✬
BHAVNAGAR
V Raj Motors
Showroom & Workshop :
Plot No. 150, Near Press Quarter,
Opp. Maruti Showroom, Bhavnagar-Rajkot Road,
Chitra, Bhavnagar - 364 003
Tel. : 0218 - 2444590, 2444445
BHUJ
Cargo Motors
Showroom & Workshop :
Plot No. 10, Survey No. 29/1,
Bhuj - Mirzapur Road, Bhuj - 370001
Tel. : 02832 - 654191 / 654192
Workshop :
Jamnagar to Rajkot Highway, 8 - Happa,
Jamnagar - 320 120
Tel. : 0288 - 3921194 - 98
✬
✬
GANDHIDHAM
Cargo Motors
Showroom & Workshop :
NH-8A, Kandla Port Road, Gandhidham - 370 201
Tel. : 02833 - 654370, 653317, 9825611692
GODHRA
Shree Gopinathji Agencies
Showroom & Workshop :
Moonlight Cinema Compount, Vavdi,
Godhra - 389 001
Tel. : 02672 - 645828, 265270, 265271
✬
✬
GANDHI NAGAR
Gallops Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
Near Nigam Petrol Pump, Rajshree Cinema Road,
Sector-21, Gandhinagar - 382 010
Tel. : 0232 - 30516107
HIMMATNAGAR
Gallops Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
Near Motipura Circle, Opp. S.T. Workshop,
Shamlaji Highway, Himmatnagar - 383 001
Tel. : 02772 - 229525, 229524, 308000, 308001
JAM NAGAR
Gallops Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom :
Jamnagar - Rajkot Highway, Hapa,
Opp. Tata IB Motors, Jamnagar
Tel. : 0288 - 3216060
MEHSANA
Gallops Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
Opp. Wide Angle, Nagalpur Highway,
Mehsana - 384 002
Tel. : 02762 - 241010, 302401 / 02 / 06
Fax : 02762 - 245151
NAVSARI
Monarch Motors
Showroom & Workshop :
Mahalaxmi Estate, Near Bhana Petrol Pump,
Near Grid Char Rasta, N.H. No. 8, Navsari - 396424
Tel. : 02637 - 265788 / 265599
PALANPUR
Gallops Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
Survey No. 525/1, Palanpur – Delhi Highway,
Near Palanpur - Deesa Char Rasta, Palanpur - 385001
RAJKOT
Gallops Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
Survey No. 219/220, Opp. Parin furniture,
Next to Jay Ganesh, AT & PO,
Kotharia Gondal Highway, Rajkot - 360 003
Tel. : 0281 - 3205151, 2370006 / 8 / 9 / 10,
3983400, 3983407
Showroom 2:
Ground Floor, Fortune Square, Jalaram Street,
Near Kotecha Circle, Kotecha, Rajkot - 360001
Tel. : 9909992033
✬
SURAT
Empire Cars Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
Plot No. 3, Near Rangoli Hotel, Rundh,
Dumas Road, Surat - 395007
Tel. : 0261 - 6713300 / 33
Service Network 13-9
✬
Workshop :
Next To Sameeti School, Patel Nagar Circle,
Udhna Gam, Surat - 394210
Tel.: 0261-3091001
✬
Showroom & Workshop 3 :
3/A, Sahajanand Industrial Estate,
Munjmahuda, Akota, Vadodara - 390 020
Tel. : 0265 - 2681010, 2681020, 2359898, 2334109
Fax : 0265 - 2681050, 2681060
Monarch Cars Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom:
Umiya Nagar Society,
Near Shree Choshath Joganiyo Mata Mandir,
Udhna Magdalla Road, Surat-394210
Tel.: 0261-2720481, 2720482, 09825274707
Nanavati Motors
Showroom:
Orchid Tower, Opp Intercity Township,
Puna Kumbharia road, Surat-395010
Tel.: 9879114447
STATE - MADHYA PRADESH
✬
✬
Workshop :
Opp. SBI Bank, Puna Patiya,
Puna Kumbhariya Road, Surat-395010
Tel. : 0261-6456449/429/430
Fax : 0261-2647771
✬
✬
✬
SURENDRA NAGAR
Gallops Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
Plot No. 267, GIDC Vadhvan, Opp. Market Yards,
Near Rekha Bearings, Surendra Nagar
Tel. : 02752 - 321542 - 43
✬
VAPI
Desai Automobiles
Showroom & Workshop :
At & Po : Balitha, Near Woodland Hotel,
National Highway No. 8,
Taluka Pardi, Vapi, Valsad - 395 015
Tel. : 0260 - 6531783, 2400250 - 51
Fax : 0260 - 2426525
✬
VADODARA
Shree Gopinathji Agencies
Showroom & Workshop :
Opp. Gujarat Elec. Board Sub Station,
(Near Prakuti Resort), Chhani, Baroda - 390002
Tel. : 0265 - 2761105 / 06
Showroom & Workshop 2 :
R. S. No. 7, Opp. Atladra Railway Station,
Atladra, Vadodara - 390 012
Tel. : 0265 - 2681050, 1060, 0187, 1010, 1020
Fax : 0265 - 2681050, 2354984
✬
✬
BHOPAL
Super Cars Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
Plot No. 21 Sector G, Govindpura Industrial Area,
J.K. Road, Bhopal - 462 021
Tel. : 0755 - 4028400, 4228201
Fax : 0755 - 4228203
Varenayam Motors
Showroom & Workshop :
189, Angoori Bagh, Jinsi Road, Bhopal - 462008
Tel. : 0755 - 2575288 / 299 / 300
Fax : 0755 - 2579918
CHHINDWARA
Sunshine Motors
Showroom & Workshop :
College Road, Lalbagh, Chhindwara- 480001
Tel. : 0716 - 244125, 244129, 244193 / 194
Fax : 0716 - 244126
GWALIOR
Sumedha Vehicles Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
Opp. Jhansi Road Police Station,
Jhansi Road, Gwalior - 474 009
Tel. : 0751 - 2422067, 4015789, 3291856
Fax : 0751 - 2348024
Workshop :
Plot no.- 11/11,11/12, Survey no.- 26, Gram Palada,
Khandwa Road, Indore - 452011
Tel : 0731 - 6656000
✬
✬
✬
✬
JABALPUR
Oriental Motors
Showroom & Workshop :
497, Karmeta, Near Padwar Kala,
Katangee Bye Pass Road, Jabalpur - 482 003
Tel. : 0761 - 3250007, 3260002, 3250003, 3290001
Fax : 0761 - 4027011
KHANDWA
Bedi Motors
Showroom & Workshop :
Gram Rehmapur, Indore Road, Khandwa - 450 001
Tel. : 0733-2244075
RATLAM
Super Cars Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
Jaora Road, Near RTO Office, Ratlam - 457 001
Tel. : 07412 - 260040
SATNA
Oriental Motors
Showroom :
Virat Nagar Colony, Pateri, Panna Road, Satna - 485 001
Tel. : 07672 - 229495
Workshop :
27, Industrial Area Near Union Floor, Rewa Road,
Satna - 485001
Tel. : 7672 -252763
INDORE
Super Cars Ltd.
Showroom :
Saket Tower - 3A, Ratlam Kothi,
Near Geeta Bhavan Square, AB Road, Indore - 452 001
Tel. : 0731 - 4700053, 54
Telefax : 0731 - 4700052
STATE - MAHARASHTRA
✬
Workshop :
49, United Compound, Iasudiya Mori,
Dewas Naka, Indore
Tel. : 0731 - 470055, 56, 57
Fax : 0731 - 470054
Chhabra Autolink Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom :
Plot no.-10 Vishnupuri Main, Near Medisquare
Hospital, Indore - 452001
Tel : 0731- 4267800
AHMEDNAGAR
Saideep Cars Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
Survey No. 55/1B/2/1, Nagar Manmad Road,
Ahmednagar - 414 111
Tel. : 0241 - 2779225 - 7
Fax : 0241 - 2779228
13-10 Service Network
✬
✬
✬
AKOLA
Star Motors
Showroom & Workshop :
9/1, Geeta Nagar Near, Alankar Petrol Pump,
Akola - 444 005
Tel. : 07242800087 / 7350008428
AMRAVATI
Star Motors
Showroom & Workshop :
Plot No. 8, Navathe Square Bandnera Road, Amravati
Tel. : 0721 - 2510199, 9921008861, 7350008426
✬
✬
AURANGABAD
Soham Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
Plot No. 2 & 3, N-2, Mukundwadi, Airport Road,
Aurangabad - 431 003
Tel. : 0240 - 6603769, 6503769
Workshop 2 :
Plot No. 28 & 29, MIDC Chikalthana, Aurangabad
Tel. : 0240 - 2489411, 2474342 - 6
✬
✬
✬
DHULE
Jitendra Wheels Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
P-62, Behind Hotel Manas, MIDC Avdhan,
Dhule - 424 001
Tel. : 02562 - 281222 / 232
Workshop 2 :
C/o Bharat Tiles & Marbles Ltd.,
Jaibhimnagar, Dharukhana Road, Reay Road (East),
Near Sujala Hotel, Mumbai - 400 010
Tel. : 022 - 64560303, 23774514 / 15 / 16
Fax : 022 - 23774505
KOLHAPUR
Unique Automobiles
Showroom & Workshop :
122/1, Pulachi Shiroli, Opp. Sangli Phata,
Kolhapur - 416 122
Tel. : 0230 - 2461518 - 19
Fax : 0230 - 2461520
Workshop 3 :
Plot No. D - 238 - A, TTC Industrial Area,
MIDC Shiravane, Nerul, Navi Mumbai - 400 706
Tel. : 022 - 43448800
MUMBAI
Ashtavinayak Auto Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom :
D Mall, Off Veera Desai Road, Andheri (West),
Mumbai - 400 053
Tel. : 022 - 66488888
Fax : 022 - 66488880
Workshop 4:
RC 27 F - O/W/P23, Brick Bunder Sewri,
Haybunder Road, Kala Chowki, Mumbai - 400033
Tel.: 022 - 64560303
✬
Workshop :
Ram Mandir Road, Somani Gram,
Next to Central Warehouse Corporation,
Oshiwara, Goregaon (West), Mumbai - 400 051
Tel. : 022 - 26765555
✬
Workshop :
Plot No. E12, Behind Telephone Exchange MIDC,
Chandrapur - 422 406
✬
Showroom 2 :
264-265, Vaswani Chambers, Opp. Old Passport
Office, Pravhadevi, Mumbai - 400 025
Tel. : 022 - 434594444, 24221711-12
Fax : 022 - 24222713
Showroom 2 :
Ayodhya Park, Opp. Sangam Talkies,
Kavala Naka, Kolhapur - 416 001
Tel. : 0231 - 2535315, 2535425
Fax : 0231 - 2535615
BARAMATI
Mota Automotive Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
41 / 1 / B / 17, Nira Road, Kasba, Tehsil - Baramati,
Dist - Pune - 413102
Tel. : 02112 - 222212, 220212
CHANDRAPUR
ND Cars Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom :
Nagpur Road Padoli, Chandrapur - 442 406
JALGAON
Soham Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
93/1, MIDC, RL Square Aurangabad Road,
Jalgaon - 425003
Tel. : 0257-2211151, 2270085
✬
AVK Automart Pvt. Ltd.
Workshop :
Fida Hussain Industrial Estate,
Near Samrat Hotel, Pandurang Wadi Road,
Mira Road (West), Mumbai - 401 104
Tel. : 022 - 28453178, 28455507, 28453564
Nikhil Automobiles Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop 1 :
A 70, TTC Industry Area, Thane Belapur Road,
Kharghar, Near ICI Color Company,
Khoparkaine West, Navi Mumbai - 400 709
Tel. : 022 - 27780801, 40708888
Fax : 022 - 40708899, 27780805
JMD VFM Cars India Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom :
471 A- 1st Floor KK Square, Adjoining Solitaire
Corporate Park, Near P&G Plaza Andheri (East),
Mumbai - 400099
Tel : 022- 28565900/02/03
Workshop :
Plot No. 48-A,Khairani Road, Opp. Gundecha
Chambers off, Sakivihar Road, Sakinaka Andheri
(East), Mumbai - 400072
Tel : 022- 28565900/01/02
✬
✬
NASIK
Jitendra Wheels Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
B-88, Arihant Plaza, MIDC, Ambad, Next to Hotel Taj,
Mumbai - Agra Highway, Nasik - 422 010
Tel. : 0253 - 2384432 / 632 / 832, 6636666, 6637777
Fax : 0253 - 2384532
NAGPUR
Star Motors
Showroom & Workshop :
44 / 4, Wahajara, Kamptee Road,
NH - 7, Nagpur - 440 026
Tel. : 0712 - 6507836/37, 6507916, 6461503 / 04
Fax : 0712 - 2632429
Service Network 13-11
✬
Tajshree Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom :
Plot No. 1 Hindustan Colony, Wardha Road,
Nagpur - 440 002
Tel. : 0712 - 2250242 / 2250243 / 2250244
Workshop :
Plot No. 679, Ghat Road,
Near Cotton Market Square, Nagpur - 440 018
Tel. : 0712 - 2734466 / 2734467
✬
✬
NANDED
Bafna Automotives
Showroom & Workshop :
Gut No. 235, Pimpalgaon (Mahadeo),
Nanded – Akola Road, Nanded - 431 607
Tel. : 02462 - 274069 / 652099, 311102
✬
✬
✬
PUNE
Platinum Chevrolet
Showroom & Workshop 1 :
Sr No 45/1/B/A, Shankarseth Road, Gutkewadi,
Pune - 411037
Tel. : 020 - 26440029
Singh Cycle & Motor Co.
Showroom 1 :
S. No. 38/4, Krishna Complex,
Hadapsar Bypass Road, Near Radisson Hotel,
Kharadi, Pune - 411 014
Tel. : 020 - 32419385 / 32319526
Workshop 2 :
Patel Tiles Compound, Sr.No. 42/1, Shivaji Nagar,
Behind ST Bus Stand, Pune - 411005
Tel. : 020 - 32424202, 65270809, 7774010500
SANGLI
Unique Automobiles
Showroom :
442-3, Kulkarni Complex, 100 feet road,
South Sivaji Nagar, Sangli - 416 416
Tel. : 0233 - 2326544
Fax : 0233 - 2326594
Workshop :
Kulkarni Complex, 100 Feet Road,
Near MSEB Sub-Station, Sangli - 416 416
Tel. : 0233 - 2326544
Fax : 0233 - 2326594
✬
Showroom 2 :
ICC Trade Centre, Showroom No. 4, Survey No. 403
A/2, Senepati Bapat Road, Pune - 411016
Tel. : 020 - 25666941 / 2 / 3 / 4
Workshop 1 :
Reality Warehousing Pvt. Ltd., Gate No. 1337 / 1,
Pune Nagar, Wagholi, Pune - 412 307
Tel. : 020 - 46609999
SOLAPUR
Gandhi Wheels
Showroom :
163/1, Railway Lines, Solapur - 413 001
Telefax : 0217 - 2629400
Workshop :
Pioneer Estate Corporation, 133-134,
Pokhran Road No.2, Opp. Oswal Park,
Thane (West) - 400601
Tel. : 022 - 66040000
Fax : 022 - 66040102
✬
Workshop :
Vale, Pune Road, Solapur - 413 001
Tel. : 0217 - 2500800
Showroom & Workshop 2 :
Survey No 5/4, Najhate Nagar, kalewadi Main Road,
Thergaon, Pune - 411033
Tel. : 020 - 66326600, 66326632, 66326666
✬
SATARA
Unique Automobiles
Showroom & Workshop :
41, Mutha Colony, Sadar Bazar, Satara - 416 002
Tel. : 09623225299
YAVATMAL
SARAS MOTORS
Pobaru Marketing & Agencies Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom :
Shop No. 5,6,7,8 Udhyog Bhavan,
Dharwha Road, Yavatmal - 445 001
Tel. : 07232 - 255991
Fax : 07232 - 255992
Workshop :
Block No. B-16 MIDC (Lohara), Yavatmal - 445001
Tel. : 07798883816
Fax : 07232 - 255992
✬
THANE
SC Auto Corporation
Showroom:
Modi House, Opp. to LIC Building, Naupada,
Eastern Express Highway, Thane (West),
Thane - 400 602
Tel. : 022 - 67610000
Fax : 022 - 67610209
Angel Auto World Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop 1 :
Grishma garden, Gokhivare, Vasai East, Thane,
Mumbai (Vasai) - 401208
Tel :0250-6453030 /6061777
Showroom & Workshop 2 :
J-176, MIDC, Tarapur Road,
Boisar (West) - 401505
Tel. : 02525 - 655454 / 655353
✬
Nikhil Automobiles Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
Survey No.6, Hissa No.6, Manpada Gaon,
Kalyan Shill Road, Dombivali (East) - 421204.
Tel. : 0251-3048888/3048899
STATE - CHATTISGARH
✬
✬
BILASPUR
Vardhaman Motors
Showroom & Workshop :
Near Uslapur Railway Crossing, Mungeli Road,
Sakri, Bilaspur
Tel. : 07752 - 217934 / 217935
RAIPUR
Vardhaman Motors
Showroom & Workshop :
9/1, Mahoba Bazar, GE Road, NH-6,
Kumhari Dist. - Durg, Raipur - 492 001
Tel. : 7489177999, 7883221999
Showroom 2 :
Ashoka Millenium, Ring Road,
Raipur - 492 0011
Tel. : 7714030104, 7712410008
13-12 Service Network
SOUTH ZONE
Showroom 2 :
House No. 1-3-1045, Viceroy Hotel Lane,
Kawadiguda Road, Hyderabad - 500 080
Tel. : 040 - 27532385 - 89
Fax : 040 - 27532384
STATE - ANDAMAN & NICOBAR
✬
PORTBLAIR
Group Engineers
Showroom :
Prem Nagar Junction, (SY No 1394/1),
Haddo Post Port Blair - 744102
Tel. : 03192 - 230301, 242901
Showroom 3 :
Plot No.3 & 4, Ravi Colony, Main Road,
Kondapur, Hyderabad - 500084
Tel. : 040 - 45469999 / 89 / 79 / 69
Fax : 040 - 45469959
Workshop :
Opp Womens Working Hostel, Dollygunj,
Port Blair, Junglighat Post, Portblair - 744103
Tel. : 03192 - 253044 / 253011
Workshop 2 :
1-8-670, Azamabad, RTC 'X' Road, Hyderabad-500020
Tel. : 040 - 27668678 / 27668761
Fax : 040 - 27668632
STATE - ANDHRA PRADESH
✬
✬
✬
✬
✬
CHITTOOR
M.G. Brothers Automobiles (P) Limited
Showroom & Workshop :
NH 4, Near Iruvaram Check Post, Chittoor - 517 001
Tel.: 92470 00003, 9247000027
GUNTUR
Fusion Motors
Showroom & Workshop :
Plot No. 296 & 297, Opp. Sarvani Diesel Enginnering,
Autonagar Main Road, Autonagar, Guntur - 522001
Tel. : 0863 - 6454545
HYDERABAD
Kun Automobiles (P) Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop 1 :
Plot No. 74, Snehapuri Colony, Near Andhra Bank,
Nagole Main Road, Nagole, Hyderabad – 500 035
Tel. : 040 - 24220013, 44886666, 44886767/700/701
Fax : 040 - 24220313
✬
✬
Workshop 3 :
Plot No. 21, Mini Industrial Estate,
Hafeezpet Road, Kondapur, Hyderabad - 500049
Tel. : 040 - 31906677
ANANTPUR
Dheeraj Motors
Showroom & Workshop :
Survey No. 239/2C & 241/1C, Kakkapali Gram
Panchayat, Opp. Sakshi News Paper Office,
Anantapur - 515 001
BHIMAVARAM
Orange Auto Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
Door No. 2-25, # 6, Near Bharath petroleum bunk,
Undi Road, Bhimavaram - 534 202
Tel. : 9052781234 / 905224678
✬
Workshop 4 :
Plot No.37, Survey No.45,Vignan Junior College
Road, Kundapur, Hyderabad - 500081
Tel. : 040 - 31906699
✬
Orange Auto Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom 1 :
6-3-249/3, Abhinandan Towers, Road No. 1,
Banjara Hills, Hyderabad - 500 034
Tel. : 040 - 66515555
Fax : 040 - 66469999
Showroom & Workshop 3 :
A2, Balanagar Techno Craft Industrial Estate,
Balanagar, Hyderabad - 500 037
Tel. : 040 - 23721111
Fax : 040 - 23729999
KHAMMAM
Fusion Motors
Showroom & Workshop :
Plot No. 11, Sri Sri Circle, Opp. Reliance Petrol Bunk,
Rotary Nagar, Bypass Road, Khammam - 507 002
Tel.: 9247623666, 8096991122
KURNOOL
Dheeraj Motors
Showroom :
Survey No. 133/1a & 131/1, NH-7,
Near Eenadu Press Office, Kurnool - 518 004
Tel. : 08518 - 253777
Fax : 08518 - 251777
Workshop :
NH-7 Road, Near APSP 2nd Battalian,
Ballary Chowrasta, Kurnool - 518 004
Tel. : 8518 - 253777
✬
Workshop 1 :
B-45/46, Industrial Estate, Near Andhra Bank
Sanatnagar, Hyderabad - 500 018
Tel. : 040 - 66265555 / 66269999
Showroom & Workshop 2 :
16-2-705/1/1, Malakpet, Opp. Srukrupa Market,
Hyderabad - 500 036
Tel. : 040 - 66815555
Fax : 040 - 66179999
KARIMNAGAR
Kun Automobiles (P) Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
M.No.8-6-128, Kothi Rampur, Hyderabad Highway
Road, Karim Nagar - 505 001
Tel. : 0878 - 2276633 / 9885520022
Fax : 0878 - 2276633
NELLORE
M.G. Brothers Automobiles (P) Limited
Showroom:
26-2-1777, Near Ayyappa Temple, Vedayapalem Area,
Nellore-524004
Tel:. 9247000000
Workshop :
Plot No. 95 & 96, Wood Complex,
Near Ayyappa Temple, Nellore - 524004
Tel. : 9247000022
✬
RAJAHMUNDRY
Orange Auto Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
D. No. 82-10-2, Venkateswara Nagar,
Near Lalacheruvu, Near ONGC Complex, NH-5 Road,
Rajahmundry - 533 103
Tel. : 0883 - 6575555 / 6580888
Service Network 13-13
✬
TIRUPATHI
M.G. Brothers Automobiles (P) Limited
Showroom:
11-46/A, Renigunta Road, Tirupathi - 517501
Tel.: 9299999970
Workshop :
Plot No: 254, Auto Nagar,
Near Vinayaka Temple, Renigunta Road,
Tirupathi - 517506
Tel.: 9247000024
✬
VISHAKHAPATNAM
Orange Auto Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
D. No.38-22-87, Varun Avenue, NH-5, Murali Nagar,
NH. Birla Junction, Vishakhapatnam - 530 075
Tel.: 0891 - 2572222, 9052402345
Workshop :
H. No. 23-6-132, Hunter Road,
Opp. Citizens Club, Warangal
Tel. : 0870 - 2523377 / 88 / 99
Fax : 0870 - 2523399
✬
✬
✬
WARANGAL
Kun Automobiles (P) Ltd.
Showroom :
Door No. 15-2-4-1-1 & 15-2-4,
Mulugu Cross, Warangal - 506 007
Tel. : 0870 - 2421955
Fax : 0870 - 2421955
BANGALORE
Frontline Automobiles
Workshop :
# 36/2 - A, Pattangere Main Road,
Next to R.R. Nagar RTO, Mysore Road,
Bangalore - 560 059
Tel. : 080 - 28604682 / 28605550
Kropex India Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
49/1, Singasandara, Hosur Main Road,
Bangalore - 560 068
Tel. : 080 - 43574357
Fax : 080 - 43574353
Workshop 3 :
No. 558/1,60 ft Road, 9th Cross, HAL 2nd Stage,
Old Airport Road, Behind Leela Palace,
Kodihalli, Indiranagar, Bangalore - 560008
Tel. : 080 - 49155858
✬
Showroom 2 :
#7/1, Binnamangala, 100 Feet Road, 1st Stage,
Indira Nagar, Bangalore, Karnataka - 560 038
Tel. : 080 - 42019013
Fax : 080 - 42019216
VIJAYWADA
Fusion Motors
Showroom :
Fusion Towers, 36-12-2, Opposite to Siddartha
Public School, Moghul Rajapuram,
Vijayawada - 520 010
Tel. : 0866 - 6645555 / 9603123666
Fax : 0866 - 6645592
Workshop :
Opposite to Fusion Towers, 36-12-2,
Near Siddartha Public School, Moghul Rajapuram,
Vijayawada - 520 010
Tel. : 0866 - 6645593 / 94, 9603123777
Showroom 5 :
# 95/3, Doddanekundi Village, Karthik Nagar,
Marathahalli, Bangalore - 560037
Tel. : 080-30651404
STATE - KARNATAKA
Showroom 2 :
D. No. 4-46-12, G. K. Mansiom, Pedawaltier,
Vishakhapatnam - 530 017
Tel.: 0891 - 2572222, 4444
Fax: 0891 - 6645555
✬
Showroom 4 :
No. 300 A - 70, 36th Cross, 10th Main,
5th Block, Jay Nagar, Bangalore - 560 041
Tel. : 080 - 42542999
Workshop 2 :
Sy. No. 26, Hanumareddy Layout,
Chinnapanahalli Main Road, Marathahalli Post,
Bangalore - 560037
Tel. : 9663388812
✬
Trident Automobiles Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
SY. No, 18/1B, (Old No 18/1C), Nayanda Halli Grama,
Kengeri Hobli, Bangalore - 560038
Tel. :080 - 67149191/292, 67149001
Showroom & Workshop 2 :
No. 122/1, C. Shankar Reddy Layout, Kalyana Nagar,
Outer Ring Road, Bangalore - 560 043
Tel. : 080 - 43430300, 43430500
Fax : 080 - 43430308, 43430517
Showroom 3 :
14, Langford Avenue, Langford Road,
Bangalore - 560 025
Tel. : 080 - 4330300
K.H.T. Chevrolet (A Division Of Morzaria Real
Tech Private Limited)
Showroom :
No: 725, West of Cord Road, Rajajinagar,
1st Stage, Mahalakshmi Layout, Bangalore - 560 086
Tel. : 080 - 49363636
Workshop :
No. 305, 5th Main Road, 2nd Cross, 4th Phase,
Peenya Industrial Area, Bangalore - 560 058
Tel. : 080 - 49353637
✬
✬
✬
BELGAUM
Bellad Enterprises Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
Shri Krishna Weaving Mill Compound,
Venguaral Road, Vijaya Nagar, Belgaum - 591 108
Tel. : 0831 - 2449556 / 557, 6514911
Fax : 0831 - 2472209
BELLARY
Bellad Enterprises Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
Near Bellary Rolling Mills, Anantpur Road,
Bellary - 583 101
Tel. : 08392 - 261234 / 5
Fax : 08392 - 261235
DAVANGERE
Modi Motors
Showroom & Workshop :
#869/1-2, PB Road, Opposite Sai International Hotel,
Davangere - 577006
Tel. : 08192 - 233896
13-14 Service Network
✬
✬
✬
✬
✬
✬
GULBARGA
VKG Motor World
Showroom & Workshop :
Plot - 1&2, Survey No. 116/2, Behind Mahendrakar
Complex, Kapnoor Humnabad Road, Gulbarga - 585104
Tel. : 08472 - 224555
Fax : 08472 - 258019
HUBLI
Bellad Enterprises Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
Opp. NGEF, Rayapura, Dharwad,
P. B. Road, Hubli-580025
Tel .: 0836 - 2218338 / 39
Telefax : 0836 - 2218337
MANGALORE
Frontline Automobiles
Showroom & Workshop :
NH-17, Kullur, Mangalore - 575 013
Tel. : 0824 - 2453091, 2453162, 2453092
Telefax : 0824 - 2459391
STATE - KERALA
✬
✬
✬
MYSORE
Dyuthi Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
No. 201 / 1 & 2, Hunsur Road, Hinkal Village,
Mysore -570017
Tel. : 0821 - 4240500 - 16
Fax : 0821 - 4241899
SHIMOGA
Frontline Automobiles
Showroom & Workshop :
Shankar Mutth Road, Shimoga - 577 201
Tel. : 08182 - 229099
Fax : 08182 - 229098
UDUPI
Frontline Automobiles
Showroom :
Shekinah Manor, D. No. 10-47-A1,
Near Laxmi Venkatesh Temple, NH-17,
Ambagilu, Puttur, Santhekatte Post, Udupi - 576 105
Tel. : 0820 - 2581999
Fax : 0820 - 2583801
Workshop :
NH-17, Behind IOCL Fuel Station,
Katapady, Udupi - 574 105
ALLEPPEY
Geeyam Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom :
Koorayil Annex, Opp. Bhattathiripurayidom,
Near MCH Junction, Alappuzha, Alleppey - 688 001
Tel. : 0477 - 2238501
CALICUT
German Motors
Showroom & Workshop :
118-A, Chungam Junction, West Hill, Calicut - 673005
Tel. : 0495 - 2383680 / 81, 2383770 / 71
Fax : 0495 - 3041100, 2381909
COCHIN
Geeyem Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
11/336, NH-47 Bye Pass, Nettor P.O.,
Ernakulam, Cochin - 682 304
Tel. : 0484 - 2703245 - 49, 3097100, 3097101
Fax : 0484 - 2703244
Showroom 2 :
33/2440B, Geetanjali Junction, NH Byepass
Chakkaraparambu, Cochin - 682 032
Tel. : 0484 - 2343146
✬
✬
✬
✬
✬
✬
✬
✬
CHALAKKUDY
Geeyem Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom :
IX/461A, B, Panampilly College, NH-47, Potta,
Chalakkudy - 680722
Tel. : 0480 - 2705125, 2705123
KANJRAPALLI
Geeyem Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom :
Near A K J M School, K K Road, Kanjirappally
(Kottayam Dt.)
Tel. : 0482 - 8201616
KANNUR
German Motors
Showroom & Workshop :
BP6-14A, Valapattanam, Kannur - 670 010
Tel. : 0497 - 2774466 - 67, 3057200
Fax : 0497 - 27744666, 3057200
KASARGOD
German Motors
Showroom & Workshop :
15/89B, Citizen Nagar, Chengala, Kasargod - 671123
Tel. : 04994 - 302200 - 10
Fax : 04994 - 302211
KAYAKULAM
Geeyam Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
NH-47, Near MSM College, Kayakulam - 690 502
Telefax : 0479 - 2446650
KODANGULUR
Geeyem Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom :
XII/ 121-122, Opp. Medicare Hospital,
Kottapuram PO, TKS Puram, Kodungalur - 680 667
Tel. : 0480 - 2803561 / 62
KOTAYYAM
Geeyam Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
Karithas Junction, Thellakom P.O., Kotayyam-686016
Tel. : 0481 - 2792203
Fax : 0481 - 2792383
KOLLAM
Deedi Motors
Showroom :
Post Office Junction, Pallimukku, Kollam - 691 010
Tel. : 0474 - 3257777 / 2725959
Fax : 0474 - 2725900
Workshop :
Cantonment, North Nagar, Pullikada, Kollam - 691001
Tel. : 0474 - 2750010 / 11
✬
✬
KOTTAKKAL
German Motors
Showroom & Workshop :
260A, Palathara, Cherusola P.O., Kottakkal,
Malappuram
Tel. : 0494 - 2611666
MUVATTUPUZHA
Geeyam Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom :
Mackar Plaza, EEC Market Road, PNB Junction,
Muvattupuzha - 686 673
Tel. : 0485 - 606600, 2835272 / 73
Fax : 0485 - 2832554
Service Network 13-15
Workshop :
902/903,Opp. Mackar Plaza, EEC Market Road,
PNB Junction, Muvattupuzha - 686 673
Tel. : 0485 - 2835272 / 73
Fax : 0485 - 2832554
✬
✬
✬
✬
✬
✬
MUTTUM
Geeyem Motors
Showroom & Workshop :
SY NO: 70/15, 71/10, Thai Kkattukara P.O, N H Road,
Distt. Aluva, Muttum, Cochin - 683106
Tel. : 0484 - 2632193 / 94 / 95 / 96 / 97
PERINTHALMANNA
German Motors
Showroom & Workshop :
AP-IV 664F, Opp. ITC, Tirurkad,
Perinthalmanna - 679 531
Tel. : 04933 - 325060, 237000, 239878
Telefax : 04933 - 2737000
PALAKKAD
Geeyam Motors
Showroom & Workshop :
Door No. 8/1198, NH Bypass Road,
Chandra Nagar, Palakkad - 678 007
Tel. : 0491 - 2504133
Fax : 0491 - 2504143
Workshop :
Near Boating Station, Puzhakkal Post Office,
Thrissur - 680553
Tel. : 0487 - 2225100, 2225101
✬
✬
THRISSUR
Geeyem Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom :
14/3-A1, Guruvayoor Road Puzhakkal,
Ayyanthole P.O., Thrissur - 680 003
Tel. : 0487 - 2388945 - 46, 2388851 - 52
Fax : 0487 - 2388851
TRIVENDRUM
Deedi Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom / Workshop :
Erumalathopu, N.H. Bye Pass Road, Venpalvattom,
Anayara P.O., Trivendrum - 695 029
Tel. : 0471 - 2556006, 3257777, 2558599, 2558499
Fax : 0471 - 2551020
WAYNAD
German Motors
Showroom / Workshop :
Muttil - Post, North Kalpetta, Waynad - 673 122
Tel. : 04936 - 304200 / 202414
Fax : 04936 - 304201
✬
PONDICHERRY
Aakash Auto Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom :
No. 1, Sounderrajan, 100 ft. Road, Sounder Rajan
Nagar, Mudaliarpet, Pondicherry - 605 004
Tel. : 0413 - 2204400
Fax : 0413 - 2204033
Showroom & Workshop 2 :
No. 8-NP, Developed Plot, Guindy Industrial Estate,
Ekkattuthangal, Near Kasi Theatre, Chennai - 600097
Tel. : 044 - 23458941 / 42
✬
✬
Workshop :
No. 23, 9th Cross, Metupallyam,
Industrial Estate, Pondicherry - 605 009
Tel. : 0413 - 2279900
CHENNAI
Sundaram Motors
Showroom & Workshop :
180, Anna salai Road, Chennai - 600 006
Tel. : 044 - 28579203 / 28 / 32
Fax : 044 - 28579210
Workshop 2:
116/4 Mahalakshmi Nagar Extention,
Numbal Village Thirverkadu Post, Chennai - 600077
Tel.: 044 - 26493020/21
CUDDALORE
Aakash Auto Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop:
RS No.155/11, Vadalur Main Road, Periamedu,
Karaikadu Village, Cuddalore Taluk,
Cuddalore - 607005
Tel.: 04142-297997, 7373299933, 7373599933
COIMBATORE
Anamallais Agencies (P) Ltd.
Showroom :
252, Mettupalayam Road, Coimbatore - 641 043
Tel. : 0422 - 2435555 / 2432999
Fax : 0422 - 2446151
Workshop :
249A, Mettupalayam Bye Pass Road,
Coimbatore - 641043
Tel. : 0422 - 2433444
STATE - TAMIL NADU
✬
KLN Motors Agencies Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom 1 :
Old No. 861, New No. 232, Poonamallee High Road,
Kilpauk, Chennai - 600 010
Tel : 044 - 23452937 / 38
Telefax : 044 - 23452936
Workshop 1 :
Shop No. 50, SIDCO Industrial Area,
Ambattur, Chennai - 600 058
Tel. : 044 - 23452930 - 32
STATE - PONDICHERRY
PATHANAMTHITTA
Deedi Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
Kumbazhethu Buildings, Churulicode P.O.,
Kozhencherry Road, Pathanamthitta - 689 645
Tel. : 0468 - 2272079, 2272080
Fax : 0468 - 2272078
THIRUVALLA
Deedi Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom :
No. 54/2, Kurusumoottil Buildings,
M C Road, Mazhuvangad, Thiruvalla - 689 101
Tel. : 0469 - 2740800
✬
✬
Pressana Automobile
Showroom :
No. 1987, Trichy Main Road, LCT Complex,
Coimbatore - 641005
Tel. : 0422 - 4041111
Workshop :
505/1, Sowaripalayam Main Road,
Ramanathapuram, Coimbatore - 641045
Tel. : 0422 - 4051111
13-16 Service Network
✬
✬
ERODE
Pressana Automobile
Showroom & Workshop :
No.1, ChinnaKadu Thottam,
Veerapampalayam, Dhindal P.O., Erode - 638 012
Tel. : 0424 - 2276046 / 47
Fax : 0424 - 2276048
HOSUR
Thriive Cars
Showroom :
2, Rajappa Mudaliar Building,
NH-7, Krishnagiri, Bangalore Byepass Road, Hosur
Tel. : 04344 - 644588
Workshop :
2/2, 1E, Balaji Nagar, Rayakottai Road,
Opp. to LUK India, Hosur - 635109
Tel. : 04344 - 291033
✬
✬
✬
✬
KARUR
Pressana Automobile
Showroom & Workshop :
No.3, Salem Byepass Road, Kulathupalayam,
Karur - 635 006
Tel. : 04324 - 222301
Fax : 04324 - 222302
✬
MADURAI
A.R.A.S. Motors (P) Ltd.
Showroom :
35/1, Dindigul National Highway,
Near A. R. C. Parcel Service, Villangudi,
Madurai - 625018
Tel. : 0452 - 2669617, 3091917
Fax : 0452 - 2669618
✬
Workshop :
Plot No. 64 & 68, Thiruvalavayanallur Post,
National Highway No. 7, Opp Arokya Milk
Processing Unit, Nagari, Madurai - 625 221
Tel. : 0452 - 2463612 / 13 / 14
✬
✬
NAGERCOIL
A.R.A.S. Motors (P) Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop:
2/86, Tirunelveli Main road,
Ozhuginasery, Nagercoil - 629 001
Tel. : 04652 - 644664 (Showroom)
04652 - 272443 (Workshop)
✬
NAMAKAL
Thriive Cars
Showroom :
5/58, Salem Main Road, Namakal
Tel. : 04286 - 275603
✬
Workshop :
276/85, Tiruchengode Main Road,
Opp. Old Lakshmi Kalyana Mandapam,
Namakkak - 637 001
✬
PUDUKOTTAI
Jayaraj Karz
Showroom & Workshop :
5915/1, Khalif Nagar, Thirumayam Road,
Pudukottai - 622 001
Tel. : 04322 - 262223
✬
PERAMBALUR
Jayaraj Karz
Showroom & Workshop :
No. 36, Trichy to Chennai Highway, Eraiyur,
Veppanthattai, Perambalur, Tamilnadu - 621 133
Tel. : 9244222728
SALEM
Thriive Cars
Showroom & Workshop :
1116, Salem Chennai Highway Road,
Near Holy Cross, Hr. Sec. School,
Ammapet, Salem - 636 014
Tel. : 0427 - 2242603
Fax : 0427 - 2242604
TRICHY
Jayaraj Karz
Showroom & Workshop :
Madurai Main Road, Panjapur, Trichy - 620 012
Tel. : 0431 - 2906420 / 6541207
Fax : 0431 - 2202187
THIRUNELVELLI
A.R.A.S. Motors (P) Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
1183/3, National Highway Jothipuram,
Konganthanparai, Thirunelvelli - 627 007
Tel. : 0462 - 2551070, 3269638
Fax : 0462 - 2554111
TIRUPUR
Anamallais Agencies Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
396/6, Kamaraj Road, Palladam Road,
Tirupur - 641 604
Tel. : 0421 - 2198999
THANJAVUR
Jayaraj Karz
Showroom & Workshop :
Pudukottai Bye - Pass Road, Thanjavur
Tel. : 04362 - 226452
VELLORE
Sayar Cars
Showroom & Workshop :
S.F. No. 3004, New By Pass Road,
Near Collectorate, Vellore - 632004
Tel.: 0416 - 2222017
Service Network 13-17
EAST ZONE
✬
STATE - ARUNACHHAL PRADESH
✬
ITANAGAR
Sango Motors
Showroom & Workshop :
NH-52A, Near Shiv Mandir, 6 Km
Between Nahalagun, Dist. Papumpare
Itanagar, Arunachal Pradesh - 791 110
Tel. : 0360 - 2001166 / 67, 2033153
STATE - ASSAM
✬
✬
✬
✬
✬
BONGAIGAON
Raj N Dibyani Automobiles
Showroom & Workshop :
Near Lower Assam Hospital, Chapaguri Road,
North Bongaigaon, Bongaigaon
Tel.: 03664 - 231890, 230545
DIBRUGARH
Pashupati Traders
Showroom & Workshop :
P. N. Road, Chiring Chapori, Dibrugarh - 786 001
Tel. : 0373 - 2323281
Telefax : 0373 - 2323296
GUWAHATI
Srishti Automobiles Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom :
Opp. Pantaloons, G S Road, Rukminigaon,
Guwahati, Assam - 781 022
Tel. : 0361 - 2223666
Fax : 0361 - 2223888
SHIBSAGAR
Pashupati Traders
Showroom & Workshop :
KPM Chariali, Shivasagar, Shivasagar - 785 640
Tel. : 03772 - 220082 / 88
NAGAON
LB Motor (A Unit of Borah & Sons Pvt. Ltd)
Showroom & Workshop:
AT Road, Dimarguri, Nagaon - 782003
Tel.: 03672- 253157
TEZPUR
GNB Motors
Showroom :
P.O. Nikamul, Beside Udyanpath,
Tezpur - 784001
Tel. : 03712 - 255999
Workshop :
P.O. Nikamul, Udyanpath,
Tezpur - 784001
Tel. : 03712 - 255998
✬
TINSUKIA
Dhansri Motors
Showroom & Workshop :
Opposite New Tinsukia Railway Junction,
A.T. Road, Hijuguri, Tinsukia - 786125.
Tel. : 0374 - 2311397
Workshop :
Bhootnath Road, Sahadurpur, PS Agamkuan,
Patna - 800 020
Tel. : 0612 - 2341151
✬
✬
✬
✬
MUZAFARPUR
Pandey Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
Mithila Body Builders, NH-18,
Bhagwanpur, Muzafarpur - 842 001
Tel. : 0621 - 2252762
PATNA
Pandey Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom 1 :
Pandey Plaza, Exhibition Road, Patna - 800 001
Tel. : 0612 - 2205195, 3955491
Fax : 0612 - 2205196
Showroom 2 :
Kankarbagh, Bhootnath Road, Patna - 800 020
Tel. : 0612 - 3958708, 3297110
GAYA
Brijnandan Automobile Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
727 Old 1026 / New No. NH - 83,
Near BMP - 3, Gaya - 823004
Tel. : 0631 -2200131
PURNEA
Hare Krishna Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
Damka Chowk, NH - 31, Gulabbagh, Purnea - 854326
Tel. : 9234323211
STATE - JHARKHAND
✬
✬
STATE - BIHAR
Workshop :
Radha Nagar, VIP Road, Six mile, Guwahati,
Assam - 781 022
✬
SILCHAR
Smart Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
NH-54, Ramnagar, Silchar - 788 008
Tel. : 03842 - 268701, 9207042806
✬
✬
BOKARO
Power Motors
Showroom & Workshop :
N-1, City Centre, Sector - 4,
Bokaro Steel City, Bokaro - 827004
Tel. : 0654 2- 233555 / 232977
Fax : 06542 - 232988
HAZARIBAGH
Laxmi Auto
Showroom & Workshop :
Zulu Park Road, Near SBI Main Branch,
Hazaribagh - 825301
Tel. : 06546 - 222929
JAMSHEDPUR
Narbheram Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
M-4, Phase-VI, Adityapur Industrial Area,
P.O. Gamaria, Jamshedpur - 832 108
Tel. : 0657 - 3293612, 3297763, 3290649, 6510531
Telefax : 0657 - 2200532
RANCHI
Rahul Automobiles Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom 1 :
Piska More, Ratu Road, Ranchi - 834 005
Tel. : 0651 - 2510251 / 52
13-18 Service Network
Showroom 2 :
Line Tank Road, MR Tower, Ranchi - 834 001
Tel. : 0651 - 3298436
Fax : 0651 - 2510252
✬
Workshop :
Ratu Road, Near Kamre Ashram, Ranchi - 834 005
Tel. : 0651 - 2511558 / 564, 3241206
STATE - ORISSA
❍
✬
✬
✬
✬
BEHRAMPUR
SHCL
Workshop :
Padmoshree Cinema Hall, Lakshmi Bazar,
First Gate, Behrampur - 760 006
Tel. : 0680 - 2270611
Fax : 0680 - 2270911
BALASORE
Venus Auto Works Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop:
NH - 5, Remuna Golai, Januganj,
Near Bhatter Mill, Balasore -756 019
Tel. : 06782 - 244013, 244014
BHUBANESHWAR
Venus Auto Works Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
A/62, Nayapall, NH-5, Bhubaneshwar - 751 012
Tel. : 0674 - 2565393 (Showroom)
0674 - 2564440 (Workshop)
Telefax : 0674 - 2564858
Super Sales Automobiles Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
Plot No. 644/2148, NH-5, Pahal,
Bhubneswar, Dist - khurda - 752 101
Tel. : 0674 - 2463913, 2463914, 6543010 / 11
CUTTACK
Super Sales Automobiles Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom :
Rudrapur, NH - 5, Pratap Nagri, Cuttack - 753 011
Tel. : 0671 - 2686878
Fax : 0671 - 2686889
✬
SAMBALPUR
Bharat Motors
Showroom & Workshop :
9, Industrial Estate, New Central School,
Bariapali, Sambalpur - 768 002
Tel. : 0663 - 2402736, 2405286
Fax : 0663 - 2585894
Workshop 2 :
108 F, Nilgunge Road, Agarpara, Kolkata - 700058
Tel. : 033 - 25552509
✬
ROURKELA
Balaram Motors
Showroom & Workshop :
Opposite Pahadi Kanta, Vedvyash, Rourkela - 769 041
Workshop :
5/51, Jagatipota, Ahalya Nagar,
Opp. Jagatipota Kisan Market, Kolkatta - 700 099
Tel. : 033 - 40161718, 24264224, 24264214
STATE - WEST BENGAL
✬
✬
✬
ASANSOL
Shaila Autotech
Showroom & Workshop :
NH-2, Chanda More, Asansol - 713 339
Telefax : 0341 - 2343704 / 705
HOWRAH
Priti Motor Udyog (P) Ltd.
Showroom :
NH-6, Bombay Howrah Highway, Howrah
✬
✬
Devansh Auto Sales Pvt. Ltd.
Workshop :
49, DC Dey Road, Lane Beside Silver Sprin,
E M By-Pass Road, Kolkata - 700015
Tel. : 033 - 23296666
❍
Longia Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Workshop 1 :
15/1D, Sahanagar Road, (Near Rashbehari Avenue
Crossing), Kolkatta - 700 026
Tel. : 033 - 66270100 / 119
Fax : 033 - 66270121
KOLKATA
OSL Autotech Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom :
2/1A, Sarat Bose Road, Lansdowne Towers,
Kolkata - 700 020
Tel. : 033 - 66270400
Workshop :
49 E, Topsia Road South, Kolkata - 700 046
Tel. : 033 - 66270500
Speed Autotech
Showroom :
"The Meridian", Kazi Nazrul Islam Sarani,
(VIP Road), Kolkata - 700 059
Tel. : 033 - 25007915 - 9
Fax : 033 - 40150824
Workshop 1 :
241/2B, APC Road, Opp. Khanna Cinema,
Kolkata - 700 004
Tel. : 033 - 25551370 / 72 / 73 / 74, 25552509
Dulichand Motors Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom :
"Shrachi Towers", 686 Anandapur,
E.M. Bypass, Near Ruby Hospital, Kolkatta - 700 107
Tel. : 033 - 24431801 - 02, 40141616
Fax : 033 - 40141624
Workshop 2 :
Budge Budge Trunk Road, Rampur, P.O. : Gobindopur,
P.S. : Maheshtala, Kolkata - 700 141
Tel. : 033 - 66270222/223/205
Fax : 033 - 66270208
✬
SILIGURI
Kaysons Automotive Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
IIIrd Mile, Checkpost,
Opp. New Eastern Bypass Road,
Sevoke Road, Siliguri - 734 401
Tel. : 0353 - 2544533 - 35, 2777723
Fax : 0353 - 2544456
Service Network 13-19
STATE - MANIPUR
✬
IMPHAL
Rajpri Enterprise
Showroom & Workshop :
Chigmeirong Mamang Leikai,
Imphal East, Imphal - 795 001
Tel. : 0385 - 2421183
STATE - NAGALAND
✬
DIMAPUR
Urban Station
Showroom & Workshop :
NSC Petrol Pump, NH-39, 6th Mile, Kohima Road,
Dimapur, Nagaland - 797 112
Tel. : 03862 - 240994, 240992
STATE - TRIPURA
✬
AGARTALA
Sri Krishna Automobiles
Showroom & Workshop :
Plot No. 4612 & 4615, Shanihani,
Airport Road, Agartala, Tripura West - 799 001
Tel. : 0381 - 2342566
STATE - MEGHALAYA
✬
SHILLONG
DH Royal Cars
Showroom & Workshop :
Parkview, Fire Brigade,
Shillong - 793 014
Tel. : 0364 - 2520481, 2520477
STATE - SIKKIM
✬
GANGTOK
GEN X Motors
Showroom :
5th Mile, Jhordhara, Tadong, Gangtok - 737 102
Tel. : 03592 - 202515
Fax : 03592 - 203171
Workshop :
C/o Garima Enterprise, P.S. Road, Gangtok - 737 101
Tel. : 03592 - 202515
STATE - MIZORAM
✬
AIZAWL
Highland
Showroom & Workshop :
A-L Road, Zemabawk, Aizawl - 796017
Tel. : 0389 - 2351916
13-20 Service Network
INTERNATIONAL
✬
✬
SRI LANKA
Mag City Motor Company Pvt. Ltd.
Showroom & Workshop :
No. 320A, Darley Road,
Colombo - 10, Sri Lanka
Tel. : 0094777410407
BHUTAN
Global Trade
Showroom :
Lkahilham, Changgankha,
Thimphu, Bhutan
Workshop :
Post Box No. 1037, Olarongcchu,
Thimphu, Bhutann
Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd.
All information, illustrations and specifications contained in this Owner's Manual are based on
the latest production information available at the time of publication. The right is reserved to
make changes at any time without notice.
Regd. Office : Block-B, Chandrapura Industrial Estate, Halol - 389 351
Dist. Panchmahals, Gujarat, India. Phone : 91 2676 221000
Customer Assistance Center : Plot No. 15, Echelon Institutional Area,
Sector 32, Gurgaon - 122 001, Haryana, India. Tel.: 91 124 3080000
Works : A-16, MIDC Talegaon Industrial Area (Phase-II),
Near Floriculture Park, Talegaon Navlakh Umbhre Village Road, Tehsil-Maval,
Pune - 410 507, Maharashtra, India. Tel: 91 2114 663939
Part No.:J29600201
Revision No. 00
Revision Date
11/2013/250
Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd.
All information, illustrations and specifications contained in this Owner's Manual are based on
the latest production information available at the time of publication. The right is reserved to
make changes at any time without notice.
Regd. Office : Block-B, Chandrapura Industrial Estate, Halol - 389 351.
Dist. Panchmahals, Gujarat, India. Phone : 91 2676 221000
Customer Assistance Center : Plot No. 15, Echelon Institutional Area,
Sector 32, Gurgaon - 122 001, Haryana, India. Tel. : 91 124 3080000
Works : A-16, MIDC Talegaon Industrial Area (Phase-II),
Near Floriculture Park, Talegaon Navlakh Umbhre Village Road, Tehsil-Maval,
Pune - 410 507, Maharashtra, India. Tel: 91 2114 663939
24 Hr. Helpline at 1800 3000 8080
Part No.:J29600201
Revision No. 00
Revision Date
04/2013/250
Owner’s Manual
Operation, Safety and Maintenance
Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd.
All information, illustrations and specifications contained in this Owner's Manual are based on
the latest production information available at the time of publication. The right is reserved to
make changes at any time without notice.
Regd. Office : Block-B, Chandrapura Industrial Estate, Halol - 389 351.
Dist. Panchmahals, Gujarat, India. Phone : 91 2676 221000
Customer Assistance Center : Plot No. 15, Echelon Institutional Area,
Sector 32, Gurgaon - 122 001, Haryana, India. Tel. : 91 124 3080000
Works : A-16, MIDC Talegaon Industrial Area (Phase-II),
Near Floriculture Park, Talegaon Navlakh Umbhre Village Road, Tehsil-Maval,
Pune - 410 507, Maharashtra, India. Tel: 91 2114 663939
24 Hr. Helpline at 1800 3000 8080
Part No.:J29600201
Revision No. 00
Revision Date
04/2013/250
Owner’s Manual
Operation, Safety and Maintenance
Chevrolet Sales India Pvt. Ltd.
All information, illustrations and specifications contained in this Owner's Manual are based on
the latest production information available at the time of publication. The right is reserved to
make changes at any time without notice.
Regd. Office : Block-B, Chandrapura Industrial Estate, Halol - 389 351.
Dist. Panchmahals, Gujarat, India. Phone : 91 2676 221000
Customer Assistance Center : Plot No. 15, Echelon Institutional Area,
Sector 32, Gurgaon - 122 001, Haryana, India. Tel. : 91 124 3080000
Works : A-16, MIDC Talegaon Industrial Area (Phase-II),
Near Floriculture Park, Talegaon Navlakh Umbhre Village Road, Tehsil-Maval,
Pune - 410 507, Maharashtra, India. Tel: 91 2114 663939
24 Hr. Helpline at 1800 3000 8080
Part No.:J29600201
Revision No. 00
Revision Date
04/2013/250
Owner’s Manual
Operation, Safety and Maintenance
Download PDF

advertising